Skip to main content

Full text of "United States Coins by Design Types"

See other formats


United  States 
Coins  by  Design  Types 


An  Action  Guide  for  the 
Collector  and  Investor 


Q.  David  Bowers 


Q.  David  Bowers 


U.S.  Coins  by  Design  Types 


An  Action  Guide  for  the 
Collector  and  Investor 


by 

Q.  David  Bowers 


Jk 

Bowers  and  Merena  Galleries,  Inc. 


-3>E?R' 


Other  reference  books  by  Q.  David  Bowers: 

Coinsand  Collectors,  United  States  Half  Cents  1793-1857,  Early  Ameri¬ 
can  Car  Advertisements,  Put  Another  Nickel  In,  Guidebook  of  Automatic 
Musical  Instruments— Vol.  I,  Guidebook  of  Automatic  Musical 
Instruments— Vol.  II,  How  to  Be  a  Successful  Coin  Dealer,  Encyclopedia  of 
Automatic  Musical  Instruments,  How  to  Start  a  Coin  Collection,  Collect¬ 
ing  Rare  Coins  for  Profit,  A  Tune  fora  Token,  Adventures  With  Rare  Coins, 
The  History  of  United  States  Coinage  (for  The  John  Hopkins  Universi¬ 
ty),  Treasures  of  Mechanical  Music  (with  Art  Reblitz),  The  Postcards  of 
Alphonse  Mucha  (with  Mary  Martin),  Robert  Robinson:  American  Illus¬ 
trator,  Common  Sense  Coin  Investment,  Official  ANA  Grading  Standards 
for  U.S.  Coins  (Introduction),  United  States  Gold  Coins:  An  Illustrated 
History,  Virgil  Brand:  The  Man  and  His  Era,  Abe  Kosoff:  Dean  of  Numis¬ 
matics,  The  Moxie  Encyclopedia,  United  States  Copper  Coins:  An  Action 
Guide  for  the  Collector  and  Investor,  U.S.  Three-Cent  and  Five-Cent  Coins: 
An  Action  Guide  for  the  Collector  and  Investor,  and  Nickelodeon  Theatres 
and  Their  Music. 


BOWERS  AND  MERENA  GALLERIES,  INC. 
Box  1224 

Wolfeboro,  NH  03894 
(603)  569-5095 

Catalogues  Issued 
Sales  by  Mail  Only 
(All  coins  are  kept  in  bank  vaults) 


AUw  *htS  concernin% this  book  are  reserved  by  the  publisher,  Bowers  and  Merena  Galleries, 
nc.  ntten  permission  is  required  for  reproduction  for  any  information  in  this  book,  except 
for  brief  excerpts  used  in  a  review  in  newspaper  or  magazine. 

Copyright  ©  1986  by  Bowers  and  Merena  Galleries,  Inc. 


4 


Contents 


1  An  Introduction  to  Collecting  by  Design  Types . 11 

2  New  Issues  COPPER  AND  SILVER  1793-1799 . 29 

3  New  Issues  COPPER  AND  SILVER  1800-1830 . 55 

4  New  Issues  COPPER  AND  SILVER  1831-1850 . 73 

5  New  Issues  COPPER,  COPPER-NICKEL,  AND  SILVER  1851-1860 . 93 

6  New  Issues  BRONZE,  NICKEL,  AND  SILVER  1861-1900  . 113 

7  New  Issues  COPPER,  NICKEL,  AND  SILVER  1901-1950 . 139 

8  New  Issues  COPPER,  NICKEL,  AND  SILVER  1951  Onward . 161 

9  New  Issues  GOLD  1795-1833  . 103 

10  New  Issues  GOLD  1834-1900  . 201 

11  New  Issues  GOLD  1901-1933  . 225 

Bibliography  . 241 


Index 


247 


CREDITS 

Typesetting  and  much  of  the  production  work  for  the  book  was 
done  by  Margaret  Graf.  Proofreading,  layout,  and  graphics  work 
were  by  the  Graphics  Art  Department  of  Bowers  &  Merena  Galler¬ 
ies,  Inc.,  including  Jane  McCabe,  Linda  Heilig,  Sarah  Whitten- 
French,  and  Jane  Fernald.  Photography  was  by  Anne  Hassin  and 
Cathy  Dumont. 

Thomas  J.  Becker,  Dr.  Richard  A.  Bagg,  Ray  Merena  and  Doreen 
Richards  helped  with  data  and  research  information.  Thanks  also 
to  the  United  States  Mint  and  the  American  Numismatic  Society. 

About  the  Author:  Q.  David  Bowers,  an  owner  (with  Raymond 
Merena)  of  Bowers  and  Merena  Galleries,  Inc.,  one  of  America's  lead¬ 
ing  rare  coin  dealerships,  has  been  involved  in  the  hobby  for  many 
years.  He  served  as  president  of  the  Professional  Numismatists  Guild 
1977-1979  and  is  a  recipient  of  the  PNG's  highest  honor,  the  Found¬ 
er's  Award.  A  life  member  (No.  336)  of  the  American  Numismatic 
Association,  he  became  a  member  of  that  organization's  Board  of 
Governors  in  1979,  served  as  vice-president  for  the  1981-1983  term 
and  as  president  for  the  1983-1985  term.  His  column,  "Numismatic 
Depth  Study,"  has  appeared  in  Coin  World  for  many  years  and  has 
earned  several  "Best  Columnist  Awards"  given  by  the  Numismatic 
Literary  Guild.  Another  column,  "Coins  and  Collectors,"  appears 
monthly  in  The  Numismatist.  His  by-line  has  appeared  in  all  other 
major  numismatic  publications,  including  Numismatic  News,  Coins 
Magazine ,  and  CoinAge.  He  has  written  the  numismatic  section  of  En¬ 
cyclopedia  Americana.  The  author  of  over  two  dozen  books  and  sever¬ 
al  thousand  articles,  his  writing  has  appeared  in  such  diverse  publi¬ 
cations  as  American  Heritage ,  Reader's  Digest ,  and  Barron's.  In  1976  he 
received  the  Alumni  Achievement  Award  from  the  College  of  Busi¬ 
ness  Administration,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University,  from  which 
he  graduated  earlier. 


6 


** 


An  Introduction  to  Collecting  by 

Design  Types 


Some  Background 

Collecting  coins  by  design  types  is  a  fascinating  numismatic  pur¬ 
suit.  By  this  method,  instead  of  collecting  a  single  series  or  special¬ 
ty  by  die  varieties  or  mintmarks,  a  display  is  formed  consisting  of 
one  each  of  many  different  motifs.  Thus,  while  the  specialist  in  nickel 
three-cent  pieces  desires  one  of  each  date  and  variety  from  the  first 
year  of  issue,  1865,  to  the  last,  1889— a  collection  involving  over  two 
dozen  pieces— the  type  set  collector  is  satisfied  with  just  one  to  illus¬ 
trate  the  design  in  his  set.  It  may  be  the  first  year  of  issue,  1865,  or 
it  may  be  an  interesting  variety  such  as  the  1887/6  overdate,  or  it  may 
be  a  rarity  in  the  series— the  1877,  for  example.  But,  whatever  piece 
is  selected,  just  one  is  needed  to  illustrate  the  type. 

When  I  first  began  my  professional  numismatic  activities  in  the 
1950s,  collecting  by  design  types  was  not  particularly  popular.  To 
be  sure,  Wayte  Raymond  had  his  "National"  album  pages  on  the 
market— pages  which  included  a  type  set  collection.  However,  by  and 
large  the  average  collector  of  the  day  was  concerned  with  putting 
together  a  string  of  dates  and  mintmarks. 

In  that  long-ago  era,  when  prices  for  most  coins  were  but  a  tiny 
fraction  of  what  they  are  today,  it  was  indeed  possible  to  collect  In¬ 
dian  and  Lincoln  cents,  nickels  from  the  Shield  type  through  the 
Liberty  and  Buffalo  styles  to  the  Jefferson  era.  Barber  and  Mercury 
dimes,  quarters  of  the  Barber,  Standing  Liberty,  and  Washington  de¬ 
signs,  half  dollars  from  the  Barber  type  of  the  1890s  to  date,  and  other 
series.  A  prized  rarity  such  as  a  1909-S  V.D.B.  cent,  a  piece  which 
is  certainly  among  the  most  famous  of  all  American  coins,  was  apt 
to  cost  all  of  $20  in  Uncirculated  preservation.  The  prized  1856  Fly¬ 
ing  Eagle  cent,  also  a  rarity,  was  a  bit  more  expensive,  but  $300  would 
take  home  a  nice  Proof  example. 

Uncirculated  Barber  half  dollars  of  the  1892-1915  era  cost  $5  or  so 


11 


The  MCMVII  (1907)  High  Relief  $20  gold  piece  is  considered  by  many 
to  be  the  most  beautiful  design  type  of  any  issue  released  in  general 
circulation.  The  work  of  noted  sculptor  Augustus  Saint-Gaudens,  the 
motif  was  created  at  the  personal  request  of  President  Theodore 
Roosevelt.  Problems  developed  in  striking  the  pieces  up  properly,  so 
after  just  11,250  were  made,  the  design  was  modified  to  a  shallow  re¬ 
lief  format. 


22 


for  a  common  date,  while  $10  to  $12  would  buy  a  beautiful  Proof. 
In  those  times,  $10,000  to  $20,000  could  buy  a  truly  remarkable  and 
quite  comprehensive  collection  of  United  States  coins,  while  even 
the  grandest  holdings  were  not  apt  to  be  worth  in  excess  of  $100,000. 
If  you  had  told  me  in  1953  that  a  quarter  century  later,  in  the  1979-1981 
era,  I  would  be  selling  the  Garrett  Collection  for  The  Johns  Hopkins 
University,  and  the  collection  would  cross  the  auction  block  at  $25 
million,  I  would  have  dismissed  the  thought  as  the  wildest  fiction! 

Throughout  the  1950s,  interest  in  coins  intensified.  Proof  sets, 
which  could  be  ordered  directly  from  the  Mint  for  $2.10  each,  be¬ 
came  a  popular  investment,  and  anyone  who  ordered  sets  earlier 
in  the  decade  saw  his  money  multiply  several  times  over,  a  situa¬ 
tion  which  did  not  go  unnoticed  to  latecomers— with  the  result  that 
by  1957  over  one  million  sets  were  ordered,  an  all-time  record.  In¬ 
vestment  interest  spread  to  other  areas  as  well.  Particularly  popular 
were  bank-wrapped  rolls  of  cents,  nickels,  dimes  and  quarters  dat¬ 
ing  back  to  the  1930s.  Morgan  silver  dollars,  which  were  to  become 
popular  in  a  later  era,  were  not  in  the  mainstream  of  numismatics. 
Few  people  collected  them. 

Investment  was  not  a  new  word  to  the  hobby.  Indeed,  the  pages 
of  the  American  Journal  of  Numismatics  and  other  19th  century  peri¬ 
odicals  are  sprinkled  with  comments  concerning  investment  and 
speculation.  Then,  as  in  later  decades,  coin  sets  and  series  went 
through  phases  of  popularity  and  market  interest,  with  the  result 
that  prices  rose  and  fell.  However,  the  trend  line  was  upward. 

In  1912,  Wayte  Raymond  advertised  in  The  Numismatist,  official 
journal  of  the  American  Numismatic  Association,  stating  that  invest¬ 
ment  was  a  normal  and  desirable  aspect  of  the  pursuit  of  rare  coins: 

"COINS  AS  AN  INVESTMENT.  Many  harsh  words  are  said  about 
the  collectors  who  interest  themselves  in  a  natural  speculation  as  to 
whether  or  not  the  coins  they  are  buying  today  will  appreciate  in 
value  ten  years  from  now.  Numismatists  of  the  old  school  tell  us  that 
the  true  collector  is  not  interested  in  any  such  appreciation  in  the 
value  of  his  collection  but  derives  his  entire  profit  and  pleasure  from 
the  coins  while  in  his  hands.  We  feel,  however,  that  the  average 
American  collector  while  he  greatly  enjoys  his  coins  also  feels  very 
pleased  if  on  disposing  of  his  collection  he  realizes  a  profit..." 

The  coin  market  continued  to  expand  in  the  1920s  and  1930s,  with 
the  1930s  in  particular  being  a  period  of  great  growth,  a  fire  fanned 
by  the  flames  of  the  commemorative  boom  of  1935-1936,  the  introduc¬ 
tion  of  Wayte  Raymond's  Standard  Catalogue  of  United  States  Coins,  the 
advent  of  the  popular  Whitman  "penny  boards,"  and  the  initiation 
of  the  Numismatic  Scrapbook  Magazine.  The  1940s  saw  further  growth, 
spurred  by  postwar  inflation  and  the  advent  in  1946  of  A  Guide  Book 
of  United  States  Coins,  a  publication  which  would  go  on  to  be  one 


13 


The  Liberty  Walking  half  dollar,  produced  from  1916  through  1947, 
is  a  favorite  with  numismatists  today.  Shown  above  is  one  of  the  scarc¬ 
er  issues  toward  the  end  of  the  coinage  span:  a  1938-D  Adolph  A.  Wein¬ 
man,  designer  of  the  coin,  also  produced  the  Liberty  Head  or  " 
Mercury”  dime  introduced  in  1916. 


24 


of  the  ten  best-selling  books  ever  produced. 

Still,  by  the  late  1950s,  the  field  of  numismatics  was  limited  primar¬ 
ily  to  aficionados,  those  who  for  the  most  part  took  the  subject  seri¬ 
ously  and  were  apt  to  spend  some  time  each  month  reading  the  Nu¬ 
mismatic  Scrapbook  Magazine ,  The  Numismatist ,  or  a  newspaper-style 
periodical  which  made  its  debut  in  1952:  Numismatic  News.  Coin  clubs 
flourished,  and  a  nice  way  to  spend  a  Tuesday  evening  was  to  go 
down  to  the  local  Elks  Lodge  and  meet  with  a  couple  dozen  others 
who  traded  coins  and  exchanged  stories. 

In  the  meantime,  prices  continued  their  upward  trend.  Each  year¬ 
ly  issue  of  A  Guide  Book  of  United  States  Coins  seemed  to  contain  prices 
higher  than  the  previous  one,  sometimes  sharply  higher.  Then  in 
1960  the  floodgates  opened.  Coin  collecting  became  a  national  pas¬ 
time.  Coin  World  was  launched  by  an  Ohio  newspaper  publisher,  and 
within  a  few  years  its  circulation  surpassed  the  150,000  mark!  The 
Philadelphia  and  Denver  mints  in  1960  each  produced  two  varieties 
of  Lincoln  cents,  a  Small  Date  issue  and  a  Large  Date  issue.  It  so 
happened  that  the  1960  Philadelphia  Small  Date  coin  was  consid¬ 
ered  scarce,  even  rare,  at  least  in  the  context  of  other  Lincoln  cents 
of  the  era.  Within  a  few  weeks  of  the  discovery  of  the  variety,  a  $50 
bank  bag  of  Philadelphia  Small  Date  cents  became  worth  over  $10,000! 
Here  was  a  chanced  to  make  a  fortune.  Time  magazine  picked  up 
the  news,  as  did  newspapers  all  across  the  country.  Soon,  thousands 
of  newcomers  entered  the  field.  While  they  may  have  started  by  buy¬ 
ing  or  finding  a  1960  Small  Date  cent,  they  went  on  to  discover  Lib¬ 
erty  Head  nickels,  $20  gold  pieces,  and  other  numismatic  delights. 

Prices  multiplied  and  then  multiplied  again.  By  1963,  prices  of  a 
decade  earlier,  1953,  seemed  to  be  incredible  bargains.  For  example, 
an  Uncirculated  1874  dime  worth  $9  in  1953,  according  to  A  Guide 
Book  of  United  States  Coins ,  was  worth  $70  a  decade  later!  A  Proof  1942 
half  dollar,  worth  $3.50  in  1953,  went  to  $23  in  the  next  10  years,  while 
the  rare  1848  quarter  eagle  with  CAL.  counterstamped  on  the  re¬ 
verse,  a  piece  in  Uncirculated  condition,  went  from  $275  in  1953  to 
a  mind-boggling  $5,000  in  1963! 

This  record  of  investment  success  spurred  even  more  interest,  and 
many  entered  the  field  of  numismatics  with  investment  in  mind. 
They  were  to  be  proven  right,  and  just  as  1953  prices  seemed  in¬ 
credibly  low  by  the  hindsight  of  1963,  by  the  late  1980s,  the  prices 
of  1963  seemed  to  be  incredibly,  unbelievably  cheap. 

By  the  early  1960s,  prices  had  risen  to  a  point  at  which  $20,000 
would  no  longer  build  a  fairly  comprehensive  collection  of  just  about 
everything  from  Indian  cents  through  Franklin  half  dollars  in  Un¬ 
circulated  or  Proof  condition.  The  increased  number  of  collectors 
caused  the  supply  of  coins  to  be  spread  widely  and  caused  prices 
to  rise.  As  a  dealer,  the  change  was  particularly  evident  to  me.  In 


15 


the  1950s,  a  client  was  apt  to  have  a  want  list  stating,  for  example, 
that  he  had  all  of  the  Barber  quarter  dollars  by  date  and  mintmark 
varieties,  except  for  1896-S,  1901-S,  and  1913-S;  that  in  the  Barber 
half  dollar  series  he  needed  just  the  mintmark  varieties  of  1896  and 
1897  plus  the  1901-S;  and  that  all  he  needed  to  fill  out  his  set  of  Un¬ 
circulated  Liberty  Walking  halves  was  a  decent  1921-S.  By  a  decade 
later,  1963,  few  people  were  collecting  Barber  coins  by  date  and  mint 
varieties.  Even  Indian  cents,  which  in  1953  were  one  of  the  most 
popular  collecting  disciplines  ever,  were  fading  in  popularity.  Rath¬ 
er,  the  typical  numismatist  settled  down  to  collect  just  two  or  three 
series.  He  might  pick  Mercury  dimes.  Standing  Liberty  quarters,  or 
Washington  quarters,  and,  even  so,  it  would  cost  more  money  to  com¬ 
plete  these  series  than  it  would  to  have  completed  a  far  larger  col¬ 
lection  ten  years  earlier. 

Realizing  that  it  was  no  longer  feasible  for  the  average  person  to 
collect  one  of  everything,  in  my  advertisements  I  began  telling  of  the 
virtues  of  collecting  by  designs.  Around  the  same  time,  the  Coin  & 
Currency  Institute,  managed  by  Robert  Friedberg,  put  on  the  mar¬ 
ket  its  Library  of  Coins  albums,  which  included  albums  for  collect¬ 
ing  by  design  types.  Soon,  the  Library  of  Coins  albums,  which  were 
packaged  in  book  form  (unlike  the  looseleaf  binder  and  separate  page 
format  of  the  earlier  Raymond  “National"  pages),  achieved  a  com¬ 
fortable  niche  in  the  marketplace.  Collecting  by  design  types,  once 
the  province  of  relatively  few  collectors,  came  to  the  forefront.  Coins 
which  were  not  great  rarities  in  absolute  terms,  but  which  were 
desirable  for  inclusion  in  type  sets,  were  bathed  in  an  intense  spot- 
light.  An  excellent  example  is  the  1796  quarter  dollar,  the  first  year 
of  issue  of  that  denomination.  As  quarter  dollars  go,  the  1796  is  not 
a  fantastic  rarity.  There  are  at  least  several  hundred  of  them  in  nu¬ 
mismatic  circulation,  of  which  quite  a  few  dozen  can  be  called  Un¬ 
circulated.  Considerably  rarer  are  high-grade  examples  of  such  quar¬ 
ter  dollars  as  1849-0,  1870-CC,  1871-CC,  and  1872-CC.  However,  only 
the  specialist  in  quarter  dollars  by  date  and  mintmark  desires  these 
mintmark  varieties.  On  the  other  hand,  anyone  aspiring  to  collect 
a  complete  set  of  United  States  coins  by  design  type  must  have  a 
1796  quarter,  for  it  was  the  only  year  in  which  the  Draped  Bust  ob¬ 
verse  design  was  produced  in  combination  with  the  Small  Eagle  re¬ 
verse.  The  demand  is  thus  double.  The  relatively  few  specialists  in 
quarter  dollars  by  date  sequence  need  a  1796,  but  a  far  greater  mar¬ 
ket  is  represented  by  collectors  aspiring  to  own  a  1796  for  a  type  set 
collection. 

Among  gold  coins  the  situation  of  the  1808  quarter  eagle  is  some¬ 
what  similar.  This  is  the  only  year  that  its  particular  design  was 
produced.  So,  anyone  wanting  a  complete  type  set  of  United  States 
gold  coins  must  buy  an  1808  to  illustrate  the  Capped  Bust  to  Left 


16 


variety  on  a  large-size  planchet.  Thus,  a  great  demand  is  placed  upon 
the  relatively  small  supply.  On  the  other  hand,  the  Coronet  or  Lib¬ 
erty  Head  type  quarter  eagle  was  minted  from  1840  through  1907, 
so  the  type  set  collector  has  his  pick  of  many  dozens  of  different  var¬ 
ieties,  some  of  which  are  relatively  common. 


Building  a  Type  Set 

Type  sets,  like  cats,  come  in  many  different  varieties.  There  is  no 
such  thing  as  an  "official"  type  set  or  "standard"  type  set.  One  nu¬ 
mismatist  may  desire  to  collect  one  each  of  the  different  design  types 
produced  of  copper,  nickel,  and  silver  coins  of  the  20th  century,  while 
another  may  desire  to  include  gold  coins  as  well.  Still  another  nu¬ 
mismatist  may  reach  back  into  the  last  century  and  collect  designs 
from  1850  to  date.  Another  collector  may  go  all  the  way  and  start 
with  the  first  federal  coinage  produced  at  the  Philadephia  Mint  in 
1793,  and  continue  forward  from  that  point.  Still  another  possibility 
is  to  collect  by  metals— a  type  set  of  gold  coins,  or  a  type  set  of  cop¬ 
per  coins. 

Basically,  a  type  set  consists  of  one  example  of  each  major  design. 
For  example,  among  small-diameter  American  one-cent  pieces,  there 
are  10  major  designs  from  the  first  issue  of  1856  to  the  present  day. 
They  are: 

1.  The  Flying  Eagle  cent  produced  in  pattern  form  in  1856  and  in 
quantity  for  circulation  in  1857  and  1858. 

2.  The  1859  Indian  Cent,  bearing  on  the  obverse  an  Indian  motif 
and  on  the  reverse  an  laurel  wreath.  The  laurel  wreath  motif  was 
used  only  this  one  year. 

3.  The  1860-1864  Indian  cent  struck  in  copper-nickel  alloy,  similar 
to  the  1859  Indian  cent  but  with  a  new  reverse  design  embodying 
an  oak  wreath. 

4.  The  Indian  cent  style  from  1864  to  1909  struck  on  a  thin  bronze 
planchet. 

5.  The  first  Lincoln  cent  design  produced  in  1909  and  bearing  on 
the  reverse  the  initials  V.D.B.,  for  the  engraver,  Victor  David  Brenner. 

6.  The  Lincoln  cent  style  produced  from  late  1909  through  1958, 
with  the  reverse  similar  to  the  preceding  but  without  the  V.D.B. 

7.  The  1943  Lincoln  cent  produced  in  zinc-coated  steel. 

8.  The  Lincoln  cent  style  of  1944  through  1946,  produced  from  melt¬ 
ed  cartridge  cases  and  of  a  slightly  different  alloy. 

9.  Lincoln  cents  of  the  1959-1982  years,  struck  in  bronze,  with  the 
Lincoln  Memorial  reverse  style. 

10.  Lincoln  cents  from  1982  to  date,  Lincoln  Memorial  reverse, 
produced  from  copper-coated  zinc. 

The  preceding  list  can  be  modified.  For  example,  among  the  fourth 


27 


type  of  cent,  the  Indian  cent  struck  on  a  thin  bronze  planchet  from 
1864  through  1909,  there  are  some  sub-varieties.  Some  1864  issues 
lack  the  initial  L  on  the  ribbon  of  the  headdress  of  the  Indian  and 
can  be  considered  a  separate  minor  type.  Later,  in  1886,  the  obverse 
was  changed  slightly,  so  that  on  Indian  cents  from  early  years 
through  1886  the  last  feather  of  the  headdress  points  between  the 
I  and  C  of  AMERICA,  whereas  certain  later  1886  cents  and  all  others 
through  1909  have  the  same  feather  pointing  between  the  C  and  the 
A.  So,  in  this  illustration,  instead  of  having  one  variety  of  Indian 
cent  to  illustrate  the  1864-1909  thin  bronze  planchet  style,  one  could 
have  three  pieces  as  follows:  1864  without  L  on  ribbon,  1864  through 
1886  with  L  on  ribbon  but  with  last  feather  of  the  headdress  point¬ 
ing  between  the  I  and  C  of  AMERICA,  and  the  variety  from  1886 
through  1909  with  L  on  ribbon  and  with  the  last  feather  of  the  head¬ 
dress  pointing  between  the  C  and  the  A. 

Conversely,  one  could  simplify  my  suggested  list  of  10  major  vari¬ 
eties.  You  can  take  the  position  that  the  eighth  item  in  my  list,  the 
Lincoln  cent  variety  made  of  a  slightly  different  alloy  from  1944 
through  1946,  is  not  all  that  significant,  and  that  it  would  not  have 
to  be  included,  for  it  is  of  the  same  design  as  all  other  cents  of  the 
1909-1958  era  (No.  6  in  the  preceding  list). 

The  point  of  this  is  that  building  a  type  set  is  a  personal  endeavor. 
You  can  customize  a  type  set  as  you  wish. 

While  most  numismatists  seek  to  include  any  example  of  a  design 
type,  others  have  set  different  requirements.  Occasionally  a  client 
will  aspire  to  include  the  first  year  of  issue  in  each  instance.  By  this 
method,  the  nickel  three-cent  piece  in  the  set  would  be  represented 
by  the  first  year  of  issue,  1865,  the  Liberty  Walking  half  dollar  would 
be  represented  by  the  first  year  of  issue,  1916,  the  Morgan  silver  dol¬ 
lar  would  be  represented  by  1878,  and  so  on. 

One  memorable  client  decided  to  include  a  major  rarity  to  illus¬ 
trate  the  type,  certainly  not  the  best  way  to  collect  economically,  but 
he  had  elegant  taste  and  a  checkbook  balance  to  match.  Thus,  to 
illustrate  the  Shield  nickel  style  of  1867  through  1883,  without  rays 
on  the  reverse,  he  picked  not  a  relatively  common  issue  such  as  an 
1882  or  1883,  but,  rather,  the  scarcest  variety  in  that  span,  the  highly- 
prized  1877.  To  illustrate  the  Mercury  dime  series  from  1916  through 
1945  he  picked— you  guessed  it— an  Uncirculated  1916-D!  The  result 
was  a  type  set  worth  a  king's  ransom,  or  at  least  that  of  a  prince— 
and  one  which  attracted  attention  wherever  it  was  displayed. 

Still  another  acquaintance  put  together  a  set  of  different  design 
types  of  coins  produced  only  at  the  Denver  Mint.  Another  numis¬ 
matist  did  the  same  thing  for  Carson  City.  Still  another  endeavored 


18 


In  1883  a  new  type  of  nickel  five-cent  piece  appeared,  the  Liberty 
Head  style,  modeled,  it  was  said,  after  the  goddess  Diana.  This  clas¬ 
sical  motif  continued  in  use  for  circulating  coinage  through  1912.  The 
very  first  1883  issues  omitted  the  word  CENTS  on  the  reverse — the  style 
shown  above.  This  error  was  recognized,  and  the  reverse  was  subse¬ 
quently  redesigned. 


19 


Vi’i 


to  include  the  last  year  of  issue  of  each  design,  an  interesting  coun¬ 
terfoil  to  the  more  common  practice  of  including  the  first. 

What  grades  should  I  buy?  The  answer  to  this  admits  many  differ¬ 
ent  possibilities.  In  general,  the  prices  of  modern  coins  are  such  that 
designs  from  1950  to  date  can  be  readily  obtained  in  Uncirculated 
and  Proof  state.  Issues  of  the  early  20th  century  can  be  collected  in 
grades  from  Extremely  Fine  upward,  depending  upon  how  much 
you  want  to  pay.  The  same  goes  for  pieces  minted  in  the  late  19th 
century.  Coins  produced  from  1793  through  about  1840  are  typically 
collected  in  higher  circulated  grades.  Fine  to  Extremely  Fine  or  AU. 
A  nice  Extremely  Fine  or  AU  piece  has  the  advantage  that  it  displays 
all  of  the  design  detail,  nearly  all  of  the  sharpness,  and  is  almost 
as  appealing  as  an  Uncirculated  piece,  but  in  the  marketplace  it  is 
apt  to  cost  just  a  tiny  fraction  of  the  price  of  a  higher  condition  coin. 
Again,  one  s  checkbook  balance  is  a  factor.  However,  even  if  you  could 
afford  it,  it  is  exceedingly  unlikely  that  a  complete  type  set  of  Unit¬ 
ed  States  coins  in  Choice  Uncirculated  grade  could  be  put  together 
in  your  lifetime.  No  matter  how  much  money  you  had  at  your  dis¬ 
posal,  you  might  be  stymied  when  it  comes  to  obtaining  superb 
pieces  of  certain  early  types. 

Probably  the  best  way  to  begin  a  type  set  of  United  States  coins 
is  to  start  with  issues  of  the  20th  century.  By  doing  this,  you  can 
gam  a  feeling  and  appreciation  for  the  subject,  you  can  study  and 
read  about  many  different  pieces,  and  you  will  then  gain  the  knowl¬ 
edge  to  be  able  to  better  choose  coins  from  an  earlier  era,  if  you  later 
decide  to  expand.  At  the  start,  I  suggest  acquiring  20th  century  pieces 
in  the  various  alloys  of  copper,  nickel,  and  silver.  From  that  point, 
you  can  expand  to  19th  century  pieces  or,  you  can  increase  the 
breadth  of  your  collection  by  adding  gold. 

As  a  point  of  information,  technically  the  20th  century  started  on 
January  1,  1901.  The  year  1900  was  the  last  year  of  the  19th  century. 
In  practice,  most  numismatists  overlook  this  distinction,  and  if  you 
show  someone  a  1900  half  dollar,  they  will  probably  tell  you  it  is  a 
"20th  century  coin."  Similarly,  when  the  year  1900  arrived  on  the 
American  scene,  celebrations  were  held  for  the  "new  century."  I  have 
every  expectation  that  when  the  year  2000  rolls  around  there  will 
be  a  lot  of  merrymaking  all  over  the  world-few  people  will  want 
to  wait  for  the  proper  year,  which  is  2001. 


A  Logical  Way  to  Collect 

In  1985,  Tom  Becker,  who  has  long  maintained  his  post  as  the  senior 
numismatist  at  Bowers  and  Merena  Galleries,  Ray  Merena,  and  I  were 
iscussing  the  popularity  by  collecting  by  design  types.  One  of  the 
obstacles  placed  in  the  way  of  collectors,  we  determined,  was  the 


20 


lack  of  availability  of  holders  which  permitted  one  to  assemble  United 
States  coins  by  design  types  in  a  logical  fashion.  After  quite  a  bit  of 
thinking  and  planning,  we  came  up  with  what  was  eventually  billed 
as  the  "Kingswood  Series"  of  custom-made,  gold-imprinted  holders, 
which  made  its  debut  later  in  the  same  year.  Following  the  initial 
announcement,  Tom  was  overwhelmed  with  orders,  and  it  was  sever¬ 
al  months  until  he  could  catch  up!  None  of  us  had  any  idea  the  de¬ 
mand  would  be  so  great. 

The  present  text  is  not  intended  to  be  a  sales  presentation  for  the 
"Kingswood  Series"  holders  for  these  holders  have  literally  sold 
themselves.  Rather,  it  is  to  illustrate  what  I  consider  to  be  a  logical 
way  to  collect  a  type  set.  You  may  disagree  and  may  want  to  take 
advantage  of  any  one  of  the  other  fine  holder  formats  available  in 
the  market,  or  you  may  want  to  keep  your  coins  in  individual  holders, 
in  plastic  envelopes,  or  some  other  way.  This,  of  course,  is  up  to  you. 
However,  as  the  "Kingswood  Series"  concept  has  proved  so  popu¬ 
lar  and,  as  noted,  seems  to  be  quite  logical  in  its  inception,  I  discuss 
it  here. 

The  "Kingswood  Series"  holders  trace  the  progress  of  coin  designs 
as  they  actually  appeared  on  the  American  scene.  For  example,  the  earli¬ 
est  holder  in  the  series,  designated  as  KW-1,  contains  design  types 
of  United  States  coins  introduced  during  the  1793-1799  years.  The 
Draped  Bust  large  cent,  for  example,  first  made  its  appearance  in 
1796  but  was  continued  through  1807.  Thus,  this  type  is  found  in 
holder  KW-1,  which  covers  new  issues  from  1793  to  1799  inclusive. 
There  is  no  opening  for  the  Draped  Bust  large  cent  in  the  second 
holder,  KW-2,  for  the  second  holder  covers  the  1800-1830  time  span, 
by  which  time  the  Draped  Bust  cent  was  already  a  familiar  design. 
However,  the  opening  for  the  Draped  Bust  cent  in  the  KW-1  holder 
notes  that  the  design  was  produced  from  1796  through  1807.  To  reiter¬ 
ate,  in  the  "Kingswood  Series"  holders  each  design  type  appears 
in  the  holder  covering  the  year  in  which  it  was  introduced.  To  my  way 
of  thinking,  this  is  more  meaningful  than  including  the  coin  twice 
or  putting  it  in  a  later  holder. 

By  means  of  the  "Kingswood  Series"  holders,  one  can  acquire  a 
series  of  holders  covering  different  time  spans.  Each  holder  is  a  com¬ 
plete  display  on  its  own  and  can  stand  all  by  itself. 

One  of  the  prime  advantages  of  building  a  type  set  is  that  you  will 
become  acquainted  with  many  different  series  covering  a  wide  vari¬ 
ety  of  designs  and  eras.  Each  coin  is  different,  each  has  its  own  sto¬ 
ry  to  tell— and  often  the  stories  are  fascinating.  While  the  following 
text  describes  and  illustrates  major  designs  in  the  American  series, 

I  recommend  that  you  go  beyond  what  I  have  noted  and  study  in 
detail  any  designs  that  are  particularly  fascinating  to  you.  For  exam¬ 
ple,  the  $10  and  $20  coinage  of  Augustus  Saint-Gaudens  could  form 


22 


A  "Kmgswood"  plastic  display  holder  for  United  States  coinage  de¬ 
signs,  new  copper  and  silver  issues  introduced  during  the  1793-1799 
years,  times  of  growth  and  experimentation  at  the  new  Philadelphia 
Mint.  In  addition  to  the  "Kingswood"  style  holder  shown  above,  a 

number  of  other  desirable  brands  and  configurations  are  available  in 
the  marketplace. 


22 


UNITED  STATES  COINAGE  DESIGNS 
NEW  ISSUES  -  COPPER  AND  SILVER 
1800-1830 


HALF  CENTS 


DRAPED  BUST 
1800-1808 


CLASSIC  HEAD 
1809-1836 


CENTS 


MATRON  HEAD 
18164837 


1808-1814 


HALF  DIMES 


HERALDIC  EAGLE 
1800-1805 


CAPPED  BUST 
1829-1837 


DIMES 


CAPPED  BUST-LARCE  CAPPED  BUST-SMALL 
18094827  1828-1837 


QUARTERS 


HERALDIC  EAGLE  CAPPED  BUST-LARGE 
1804-1807  1815-1828 


HALF  DOLLARS 


CAPPED  BUST 
1807-1836 


HERALDIC  EAGLE 
1801-1807 


BOVVERS  AND  MERENA 
"KINCSWOOD" 


A 


1 


A  "Kingswood"  holder  for  new  copper  and  silver  coin  designs  in¬ 
troduced  during  the  1800-1830  span.  No  great  rarities  are  featured,  but 
the  half  dime  type  of  1800-1805  is  quite  scarce. 


23 


a  fascinating  chapter  in  itself.  Similarly,  the  Morgan  silver  dollar,  cer¬ 
tainly  one  of  the  most  popular  of  all  coins  in  numismatics  today, 
could  form  the  subject  of  a  detailed  book— as  indeed  it  has  on  sever¬ 
al  occasions.  It  could  be  that  the  acquisition  of  a  particular  coin  for 
your  type  set  will  open  the  gate  to  forming  a  specialized  variety  col¬ 
lection  of  a  given  series.  Few  collectors  endeavor  over  a  period  of 
time  to  acquire  just  one  set.  A  number  of  numismatists  who  have 
beautiful  type  sets  also  have  specialized  collections  of  certain  series, 
such  as  a  set  of  Mercury  dimes,  a  collection  of  1793-1857  large  cents 
by  die  varieties,  a  date  collection  of  Liberty  Walking  half  dollars,  or 
another  area  of  interest. 

A  good  magnifying  glass  of  medium  power  is  your  passport  to 
many  discoveries,  and  in  connection  with  assembling  a  set  I  strong¬ 
ly  recommend  that  you  spend  at  least  several  minutes— if  not 
longer— studying  each  coin.  Observe  the  lettering,  the  motifs  on  the 
obverse  and  reverse,  how  the  designs  were  made,  and  anything  else 
that  crosses  your  field  of  vision.  Then,  with  the  coin  in  your  hand 
or  nearby,  read  about  it.  \bu  will  find  that  1  plus  1,  rather  than  equa¬ 
ling  2,  may  equal  3  or  4.  That  is,  owning  a  coin  provides  some  de¬ 
gree  of  satisfaction,  and  reading  about  a  coin  also  provides  a  degree 
of  satisfaction,  but  the  combination  of  owning  a  piece  and  reading 
about  it  at  the  same  time  provides  a  much  greater  combined  degree 
of  pleasure! 


Additional  Notes 

The  following  pages  outline  United  States  coins  by  design  types. 
Each  issue  is  illustrated,  its  technical  aspects  are  given,  and  a  dis¬ 
cussion  of  it  then  follows.  The  designers  of  various  early  issues,  par¬ 
ticularly  coins  of  the  years  from  1793  through  the  1830s,  are  identi¬ 
fied  based  upon  research  done  by  Don  Taxay,  Walter  Breen,  Robert 
W.  Julian  and  others.  In  some  instances,  the  attributions  are  so-called 
"educated  guesses,"  for  during  the  very  early  stages  of  the  Philadel¬ 
phia  Mint's  operation,  few  records  were  kept  on  design  and  artistic 
matters. 

The  diameters  given  for  various  pieces  are  fairly  standard  after  the 
introduction  of  steam-powered  coinage  presses  (beginning  at  the 
Philadelphia  Mint  in  1836),  but  among  earlier  pieces  there  are  many 
variations.  Thus,  among  1793-1796  large  cents  of  the  Liberty  Cap  mo¬ 
tif,  for  example,  there  may  be  a  difference  of  a  millimeter  or  two  or 
three  among  examples  actually  measured.  Similarly,  dimes  of  the 
late  1820s  and  early  1830s  vary  in  diameter  from  issue  to  issue.  Oth¬ 
er  examples  could  be  cited. 

The  mintage  figures  given  are  taken  from  various  sources  listed 
in  the  bibliography  of  the  present  book.  In  some  instances,  particu- 


24 


larly  among  earlier  pieces,  such  figures  are  estimates.  And,  in  even 
more  instances,  there  is  a  strong  possibility  that  the  mintage  figures 
for  a  given  year  or  type  do  not  necessarily  represent  pieces  exclu¬ 
sively  dated  within  the  time  span  indicated.  For  example,  the  gold 
quarter  eagle  of  1808  is  listed  as  having  a  mintage  of  2,710  pieces, 
based  upon  figures  kept  by  the  Mint  at  the  time.  However,  during 
the  early  years  the  Mint  kept  figures  on  a  fiscal  year  basis,  running 
from  the  summer  of  one  year  to  the  summer  of  another  year,  rather 
than  on  a  calendar  year  basis.  Further,  it  was  the  practice  to  keep 
earlier-dated  dies  on  hand  until  they  broke,  wore  out,  or  until  a  ma¬ 
jor  change  was  made  in  the  design.  Thus  it  is  entirely  possible  that 
the  2,710  quarter  eagles  believed  to  have  been  minted  with  the  1808 
date  may  represent  some  pieces  dated  earlier  and  produced  from 
leftover  dies. 

On  the  other  hand,  the  mintage  figure  of  6,146  pieces  coined  of 
the  1796  quarter  dollar  is  probably  accurate,  for  this  represents  the 
first  year  of  issue— so  no  earlier  pieces  could  be  included  in  that  fig¬ 
ure.  No  other  quarter  dollar  dies  were  made  until  1804,  thus  the  year 
1796,  representing  a  distinct  design  type,  is  isolated  in  time. 

Mintage  figures  given  for  Proof  coins  represent  the  number  of 
pieces  struck ,  which  may  differ  from  the  number  of  pieces  actually 
distributed.  For  example,  it  is  known  that  among  Proof  gold  coins  of 
the  1860-1900  years,  many  pieces  were  unsold  and  were  later  melt¬ 
ed  or  placed  into  circulation.  Thus,  such  Proofs  are  considerably  rarer 
than  the  mintage  figures  indicate.  In  other  instances,  mintage  figures 
seem  to  be  grossly  erroneous.  For  example,  it  is  reported  that  682 
Matte  Proof  specimens  were  struck  of  the  1910  quarter  eagle,  a  fig¬ 
ure  which  is  over  double  that  of  any  other  Proof  quarter  eagle  and 
over  triple  that  of  most  others  of  the  1908-1915  span.  And  yet,  sur¬ 
veys  of  auction  appearances  and  private  transactions  show  that  1910 
quarter  eagles  do  not  appear  significantly  more  often  than  other  quar¬ 
ter  eagles  of  the  era— such  as  1908  (236  Proofs  reported  minted),  1909 
(139  Proofs),  or  1911  (191  Proofs). 

Proof  sets  were  first  sold  to  the  public  in  1858,  during  which  year 
approximately  80  silver  sets  and  a  substantially  larger  number  of  in¬ 
dividual  copper-nickel  Flying  Eagle  cents  were  produced.  Proof  mint¬ 
age  figures  for  silver  and  gold  coins  are  published  in  A  Guide  Book 
of  United  States  Coins  and  elsewhere  for  most  issues  from  1858  on¬ 
ward.  However,  Proof  mintages  of  smaller  denominations— cents, 
two-cent  pieces,  nickel  three-cent  pieces  and  nickel  five-cent  pieces— 
are  guesswork  prior  to  about  1878.  Complicating  the  situation  is  the 
fact  that  restrikes  were  made  of  certain  Proof  issues,  particularly  early 
key  dates  (such  as  the  1858  Liberty  Seated  dollar).  And,  for  Proofs 
of  all  types  minted  before  1858,  the  quantities  produced  can  only  be 
estimated. 


25 


Thus,  the  disparity  in  certain  instances  between  a  high  number 
of  Proofs  produced  and  a  lower  number  of  Proofs  actually  distribut¬ 
ed  (such  as  among  1860-1900  gold  coins,  as  earlier  noted),  the  occa¬ 
sional  situation  of  restriking,  the  lack  of  precise  Proof  mintage  figures 
for  certain  coinage  areas,  and  the  inaccuracy  of  other  figures  (such 
as  the  previously-mentioned  1910  quarter  eagle)  result  in  the  com¬ 
pilation  of  Proof  totals  being  an  estimate  or  approximation.  The  to¬ 
tals  are  valuable,  however,  in  a  relative  sense.  In  general,  a  type  coin 
struck  in  the  same  metal,  and  from  the  same  historical  era,  is  availa¬ 
ble  in  Proof  grade  in  proportion  to  the  mintage  figures;  that  is,  a 
design  of  which  just  1,500  Proofs  were  minted  is  about  three  times 
rarer  than  a  contemporary  type  of  which  4,500  Proofs  were  struck. 

Proofs,  having  been  made  especially  for  collectors,  were  sold  at 
a  premium  and  were  for  the  most  part  preserved  over  the  years.  Al¬ 
though  many  have  fallen  victim  to  mishandling,  loss,  spending  for 
face  value,  and,  in  particular,  cleaning,  still  most  Proofs  survive  to¬ 
day.  Although  no  certain  determination  can  ever  be  made,  it  is  prob¬ 
ably  accurate  to  say  that,  for  example,  of  Proof  silver  coins  minted 
during  the  1860-1870  decade,  perhaps  50  or  60%  survive  today,  and 
of  this  percentage  possibly  10%  to  20%  exist  in  relatively  unimpaired 
condition.  As  we  go  forward  in  time,  the  survival  rate  increases.  Of 
Proof  silver  coins  minted  during  the  1900-1910  decade,  probably  60 
to  70  percent  survive,  including  perhaps  15%  to  25%  in  unimpaired 
condition.  Moving  ahead  to  the  1950-1960  decade,  probably  90%  or 
more  of  all  Proof  coins  minted  during  that  time  still  survive,  with 
50%  or  more  being  unimpaired.  Among  Proof  coins  of  the  past  few 
years,  nearly  all  survive  as  issued. 

On  the  other  hand,  the  survival  of  early  Uncirculated  or  business 
strike  pieces  is  a  matter  of  chance.  From  the  1930s  onward,  most  new 
issues  were  saved  in  quantities  by  collectors,  dealers,  and  specula¬ 
tors,  so  with  relatively  few  exceptions  (such  as  the  1936-D  quarter), 
examples  are  relatively  easily  acquired.  Among  earlier  pieces  the  sit¬ 
uation  is  far  different.  The  only  pre-1900  regular  issue  United  States 
coins  readily  available  in  Uncirculated  grades  are  Morgan  silver  dol¬ 
lars  of  many  different  dates — due  to  the  Treasury  policy  of  hoarding 
them  at  the  time  of  issue-and  the  1883  without  CENTS  Liberty  head 
nickel,  for  the  latter  issue  was  hoarded  by  the  public  because  of  the 
Mint's  mistake  in  the  design. 

There  are  numerous  19th  century  coins  which  are  readily  availa¬ 
ble  in  circulated  grades  such  as  Fine  through  AU  but  which  are  great 
rarities  in  superb  Uncirculated  state.  Examples  abound,  particularly 
in  the  field  of  gold  coins.  Try,  for  example,  to  obtain  a  superb  Uncir¬ 
culated  $20  double  eagle  of  the  1850-1866  era,  or  of  the  second  type 
in  the  double  eagle  series,  the  style  minted  from  1866  through  1876, 
and  the  search  may  take  many  years.  Or,  try  to  locate  a  superb  Un- 


26 


circulated  Liberty  Seated  silver  dollar  of  the  1840-1865  style.  It  won't 
be  easy.  For  many  19th  century  type  coins.  Proofs  are  far  more  avail¬ 
able  than  are  top-echelon  Uncirculated  coins. 

Dr.  William  H.  Sheldon,  in  his  Penny  Whimsy  book  on  1793-1814 
large  cents,  stated  that  the  completion  of  a  set  of  large  cents  in  per¬ 
fect  or  MS-70  grade  was  impossible,  which,  of  course,  it  is.  He  likened 
the  situation  to  a  golfer  expecting  to  make  the  round  of  18  holes  in 
just  18  strokes.  Theoretically  it  could  happen,  but  practically  no  one 
has  come  even  remotely  close  to  doing  it.  So  it  is  with  forming  a 
type  set  of  United  States  coins.  Among  the  early  issues,  perfection 
or  near  perfection  is  not  possible.  Even  Extremely  Fine  and  AU  ex¬ 
amples  are  elusive  for  many  design  types.  This,  perhaps,  is  precise¬ 
ly  as  it  should  be— for  it  wouldn't  be  much  fun  if  one  could  simply 
write  out  a  check  and  acquire  in  one  fell  swoop  a  complete  type  set 
of  United  States  coins  from  1793  to  date,  in  Uncirculated  or  Proof 
grade.  Going  back  to  Dr.  Sheldon's  golfing  example,  if  pursuers  of 
that  sport  routinely  went  around  the  course  in  18  strokes,  interest 
would  have  died  long  ago— and  golf  would  no  longer  be  popular. 
In  coins,  as  in  other  pursuits,  the  thrill  of  the  chase  is  a  large  part 
of  the  enjoyment  derived.  Whereas  a  type  set  of  coin  designs  from 
recent  decades  can  be  completed  in  relatively  short  notice,  a  top- 
grade  Uncirculated  and  Proof  type  set  of  American  coin  designs  of 
the  early  part  of  the  present  century  will  be  a  challenge  and  may 
require  many  months  of  looking,  even  if  one  has  the  money  to  in¬ 
stantly  buy  any  coin  wanted.  A  completion  of  earlier  areas  of  your 
type  set  will  likewise  be  a  challenge,  with  the  length  of  time  for  com¬ 
pletion  being  dependent  upon  the  grade  objectives  selected.  No  mat¬ 
ter  what  grades  are  picked,  even  low  grades  for  some  of  the  rarities, 
it  will  take  a  long  time  to  find  coins  with  attractive  surfaces,  pleas¬ 
ing  overall  appearance,  and  other  characteristics  which  make  each 
item  "just  right"  for  your  display. 

I  recommend  that  in  addition  to  acquiring  coins  for  your  type  set 
and  reading  numismatic  books  of  interest  (the  bibliography  gives  some 
suggestions  in  this  regard),  you  seek  out  some  general  American  his¬ 
tory  books.  When  I  see  a  1906  Barber  half  dollar,  for  example,  I  can 
also  conjure  in  my  mind  a  vision  of  America  at  that  time— the  nov¬ 
elty  of  the  automobile,  the  omnipresence  of  horses  and  horse-drawn 
vehicles  on  the  American  scene,  the  beginnings  of  the  airplane,  The¬ 
odore  Roosevelt  in  the  White  House,  and  many  more  things.  Simi¬ 
larly,  a  coin  of  1864  can  evoke  thoughts  of  the  Civil  War,  the  conflict 
between  the  North  and  the  South,  thoughts  of  Jefferson  Davis  and 
Abraham  Lincoln,  and  so  on.  Coins  are  the  footprints  of  history,  it 
has  been  said,  and  to  study  coins  alone— without  appreciating  their 
history— is  to  get  just  part  of  the  picture. 


27 


Read  the  following  text,  go  beyond  this  book  to  investigate  numis- 
matically  any  particular  design  types  that  pique  your  interest,  and 
then  relate  these  pieces  to  contemporary  American  history.  Do  these 
things,  and  a  glorious  collecting  experience  awaits  you!  And,  more 
good  news:  in  the  past,  a  carefully-formed  type  set,  gathered  over 
a  period  of  years  and  held  as  a  long-term  investment,  has  typically 
outperformed  just  about  any  other  investment  medium  you  care  to 
name.  History  has  a  way  of  repeating  itself,  and  in  numismatics,  to¬ 
day's  market  price  has  a  way  of  being  tomorrow's  bargain.  While  the 
future  is  unknown,  the  outlook  seems  favorable  that  coins  will  con¬ 
tinue  their  excellent  investment  record.  There  you  have  it:  a  fascinat¬ 
ing  collecting  pursuit  combined  with  what  may  be  an  excellent  in¬ 
vestment  potential.  Multiple  pleasures  await  you! 


28 


Chapter  2 


New  Issues 

COPPER  AND  SILVER  1793-1799 


The  years  from  1793  through  1799  saw  the  advent  of  16  different 
design  types  among  copper  and  silver  denominations.  Included  in 
a  type  set  containing  these  are  some  of  the  most  desirable  and  rare 
examples  of  our  nation's  numismatic  heritage. 

After  much  deliberation  and  several  false  starts,  the  government 
acquired  buildings  in  Philadelphia  in  1792  and  set  about  establish¬ 
ing  a  native  mint.  Toward  the  end  of  the  year,  patterns  were  produced 
of  several  types,  including  the  1792  Silver  Center  cent,  the  curious 
and  rare  Birch  cent,  the  silver  half  disme  (believed  to  have  been  struck 
off  the  premises  in  a  nearby  location,  for  the  Mint  facilities  were  not 
quite  ready),  the  disme,  and  the  enigmatic  eagle-on-globe  piece,  be¬ 
lieved  to  be  either  a  cent  or  a  quarter. 

The  following  year,  1793,  marked  the  appearance  of  the  first  cir¬ 
culating  coins  produced  in  large  numbers,  the  half  cent  and  three 
major  types  of  large  cents.  At  the  outset,  only  copper  coins  were 
produced,  for  certain  mint  officials  had  not  been  able  to  meet  the 
monetary  surety  or  bond  required  before  precious  metal  production 
could  ensue.  This  difficulty  was  overcome,  and  in  1794  the  first  sil¬ 
ver  denominations,  consisting  of  the  half  dime,  half  dollar,  and  dol¬ 
lar,  were  produced,  to  be  followed  in  1796  by  the  dime  and  quarter. 

A  copper  and  silver  type  set  of  this  era  includes  a  number  of  ma¬ 
jor  scarcities  and  rarities.  Notable  among  them  are  the  1793  half  cent, 
a  coin  rare  in  all  grades,  the  famous  1793  Chain  and  Wreath  cents, 
the  1796  quarter,  and,  in  particular,  the  1796-1797  style  half  dollar. 
Each  one  of  these  is  quite  important  in  its  own  right. 

During  the  1793-1799  years  there  was  virtually  no  interest  in  numis¬ 
matics  in  America.  As  a  result,  new  specimens  of  the  coinage  were 
not  set  aside  as  they  were  issued.  The  survival  of  higher  grade  pieces 
is  thus  a  matter  of  chance.  In  the  early  1960s,  numismatists  were 
startled  when  the  estate  of  Lord  St.  Oswald  crossed  the  auction  block 
in  London.  It  seems  that  this  otherwise  forgotten  English  gentleman 


37 


The  Liberty  Cap  motif  was  used  on  cents  from  1793-1796  (the  variety 
shown  above  is  Sheldon  No.  22  of  1794).  The  same  motif,  with  Miss 
Liberty  facing  to  the  right,  was  used  on  half  cents  from  1794  through 
1797.  All  dies  of  the  era  were  finished  by  hand,  with  the  result  that 
numerous  interesting  variations  can  be  studied  and  collected  today. 


32 


The  Draped  Bust  motif,  shown  above  on  a  large  cent  of  1798,  was 
a  popular  motif  across  the  copper  and  silver  coinage  spectrum.  The 
portrait  is  said  to  have  been  suggested  by  artist  Gilbert  Stuart  and  first 
appeared  on  certain  varieties  of  1795  silver  dollars. 


33 


The  Rowing  Hair  motif,  as  employed  on  the  1795  silver  dollar  shown 
above,  was  a  popular  design  and  was  used  on  half  dimes,  half  dol¬ 
lars,  and  dollars  of  the  1794-1795  years.  The  reverse  displays  the  so-called 
“Small  Eagle." 


34 


visited  the  United  States  in  1795  and  stopped  by  at  the  Philadelphia 
Mint,  securing  specimens  of  cents,  half  dollars,  dollars,  and  other 
pieces  as  souvenirs.  Included  in  the  treasure  trove  dispersed  at  auc¬ 
tion  were  two  Uncirculated  1794  dollars,  believed  to  be  the  finest  sur¬ 
viving  examples. 

Occasionally  examples  of  1796  and  1797  cents  in  Uncirculated  grade 
are  encountered,  perhaps  remnants  from  the  so-called  Nichols 
Hoard,  discussed  at  length  in  Dr.  William  H.  Sheldon's  Penny  Whimsy 
book.  Typically,  these  have  glossy  brown  or  reddish-brown  surfaces 
and  are  quite  attractive.  A  number  of  1796  quarter  dollars  in  Uncir¬ 
culated  condition,  many  with  prooflike  surfaces,  still  exist.  In  the 
early  1940s,  Abe  Kosoff  reported  viewing  many  dozens  of  these, 
pieces  owned  by  James  G.  Macallister,  an  old-time  Philadelphia  deal¬ 
er.  Where  these  went,  no  one  knows,  and  it  is  doubtful  if  many  of 
the  pieces  in  the  hoard  can  be  tracked  down  today. 

Several  designs  recur  among  coins  of  the  1793  to  1799  years.  The 
1793  Chain  and  Wreath  cent  designs  are  distinctive  and  were  not  used 
on  other  denominations,  but  the  head  of  Miss  Liberty  with  a  Liber¬ 
ty  Cap  behind  was  used  on  the  half  cent  of  1793  and,  facing  in  the 
opposite  direction  (right  instead  of  left),  on  large  cents  from  1793 
through  1796.  The  Liberty  Cap  motif,  the  symbol  of  freedom  der¬ 
ived  from  the  cap  given  to  slaves  freed  in  ancient  times,  occurs  over 
a  long  period  in  American  numismatics,  particularly  as  part  of  the 
Liberty  Seated  design  used  on  silver  coinage  of  the  1837-1891  span. 
Interestingly,  Frank  Gasparro,  chief  engraver  of  the  Philadelphia 
Mint,  proposed  a  revival  of  the  Liberty  Cap  design,  quite  similar  to 
that  used  on  early  cents  and  half  cents,  when  Congress  proposed 
issuing  a  new  metallic  dollar  in  the  late  1970s.  However,  the  pres¬ 
sure  of  special  interests  prevailed,  and  the  liberty  cap  design  was 
not  to  be.  Instead,  the  Susan  B.  Anthony  dollar  was  created.  The 
more  things  change,  the  more  they  are  the  same,  it  has  been  said, 
and  numerous  other  instances  can  be  cited  of  early  designs  or  mo¬ 
tifs  being  resurrected  in  later  years.  The  Heraldic  Eagle  design,  used 
on  silver  dollars  beginning  in  1798,  was  also  used,  in  modified  form, 
as  the  reverse  of  the  Kennedy  half  dollar,  which  was  first  produced 
in  1964.  Actually,  the  Heraldic  Eagle  motif  is  simply  an  adaptation 
of  the  Great  Seal  of  the  United  States. 

Half  dimes,  half  dollars,  and  silver  dollars  of  1794  and  1795  are 
found  with  the  so-called  Flowing  Hair  motif.  Each  features  an  at¬ 
tractively  styled  head  of  Miss  Liberty  facing  to  the  right,  flowing  tress¬ 
es  behind,  with  the  word  LIBERTY  above,  stars  to  the  left  and  right, 
and  the  date  below. 

The  Draped  Bust  design,  said  to  have  been  modeled  from  a  sketch 
by  artist  Gilbert  Stuart,  is  found  on  coinage  beginning  with  the  sil¬ 
ver  dollar  of  1795,  expanding  to  the  cent,  half  dime,  dime,  quarter. 


35 


The  Heraldic  Eagle  motif  was  used  on  various  silver  and  gold  coins 
during  the  turn  of  the  19th  century,  with  the  1799/8  overdate  silver  dol¬ 
lar  shown  above  being  but  one  of  many  pieces  employing  the  style, 
which  was  an  adaptation  of  the  Great  Seal  of  the  United  States. 


36 


and  half  dollar  of  1796.  Curiously,  the  motif  was  not  used  on  the 
half  cent  until  later,  in  1800. 

The  wreath  was  employed  as  part  of  the  reverse  design  of  most 
coinage  of  the  1793-1799  years,  with  the  1793  Chain  reverse  cent  be¬ 
ing  a  notable  exception.  Half  cents  and  large  cents  have  the  denomi¬ 
nation  within  the  wreath  and  UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA 
around  the  outside  border,  while  the  silver  denominations  have  an 
eagle  at  the  center.  Early  versions  are  designated  as  the  Small  Eagle 
design  and  feature  a  bird  with  thin  wings  perched  on  a  cloud.  This 
was  followed  by  the  Heraldic  Eagle  motif,  which  was  an  adaptation 
of  the  Great  Seal  of  the  United  States,  as  noted. 

The  edges  of  half  cents  from  1793  through  part  of  1795  are  lettered 
TWO  HUNDRED  FOR  A  DOLLAR,  a  feature  intended  to  furnish 
useful  information  and  also  to  deter  clipping  or  edge  filing.  Many 
Liberty  Cap  cents  of  the  era  have  edge  lettering,  as  do  all  half  dol¬ 
lars  and  silver  dollars.  The  half  dime,  dime,  and  quarter  were  deemed 
to  be  too  thin  for  edge  lettering  to  be  placed  on  the  coin  or  to  be 
read  properly. 

During  the  cradle  days  of  the  Philadelphia  Mint,  the  1793  through 
1799  years  discussed  here,  relatively  few  coins  were  produced  in  com¬ 
parison  to  the  number  of  pieces  needed  for  circulation.  So,  the  chan¬ 
nels  of  commerce  were  filled  with  coins  struck  elsewhere.  British  cop¬ 
per  coins  were  in  abundance,  as  were  numerous  coppers  produced 
by  Connecticut,  New  Jersey,  Vermont,  Massachusetts,  and  other  en¬ 
tities.  Silver  coins  were  apt  to  be  Spanish-American  types,  the  silver- 
dollar  size  eight-real  pieces  of  Mexico  and  southward,  and  their  frac¬ 
tional  parts  such  as  the  four  re  ales,  two  reales,  and  one  real.  These 
fractional  pieces  were  referred  to  as  "bits."  Hence,  a  two-real  coin, 
equal  in  value  to  a  quarter  dollar,  was  familiarly  known  as  "two  bits," 
a  term  which  still  survives  in  the  English  language.  It  was  not  until 
1857  that  Congress  felt  that  enough  United  States  coins  had  been 
produced  that  foreign  coins  should  no  longer  be  legal  tender.  If  you 
were  to  have  entered  a  tavern  in  the  year  1796,  for  example,  the 
chances  are  that  a  handful  of  pocket  change,  upon  inspection,  would 
have  contained  very  few  Philadelphia  Mint  coins.  It  took  a  decade 
or  two  until  enough  pieces  were  in  circulation  that  they  were  en¬ 
countered  in  everyday  transactions. 


37 


HALF  CENT 

1793  Liberty  Cap  Facing  Left 


Designed  by:  Adam  Eckfeldt  (?) 

Issue  Date:  1793 
Composition:  Copper 
Diameter:  21.2  to  24.6  mm 
Weight:  104  grains 

Edge:  Lettered  TWO  HUNDRED  FOR  A  DOLLAR. 

Business  strike  mintage:  35,334 
Proof  mintage:  None 

The  obverse  of  the  design  portrays  Miss  Liberty,  with  features  en¬ 
graved  in  detail,  facing  to  the  viewer's  left,  with  a  liberty  cap  on  a 
pole  behind  her  head.  The  word  LIBERTY  is  above,  and  the  date 
1793  is  below.  A  circle  of  beads  is  around  the  outer  edge.  The  re¬ 
verse  consists  of  a  wreath  with  leaves  and  berries,  open  at  the  top, 
and  tied  with  a  bow  below.  The  denomination  HALF  CENTS  is  at 
the  center,  while  UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA  and  the  fraction 
1/200  comprises  the  border.  A  circle  of  beads  is  at  the  rim.  Several 
die  varieties  were  produced. 

1793  half  cents  were  coined  in  late  spring  or  summer  of  the  year, 
using  a  design  adapted  from  the  famous  Libertas  Americana  medal 
issued  in  France.  Walter  Breen  suggests  that  Robert  Birch  and  Adam 
Eckfeldt  produced  the  reverse  dies,  while  Birch  cut  the  obverse.  The 
first  delivery  of  struck  pieces  is  said  to  have  occurred  on  July  20,  1793. 

Typically  encountered  1793  half  cents  are  apt  to  show  extensive 
wear,  with  Fair,  Good  and  Very  Good  examples  representing  the 
majority.  Fine  pieces  are  rare,  Very  Fine  coins  are  rarer  still,  and  pieces 
meriting  the  Extremely  Fine  or  About  Uncirculated  designation  are 
seldom  met  with.  Occasionally  an  Uncirculated  piece  crosses  the  auc¬ 
tion  block.  Many  examples  of  1793  half  cents  in  grades  from  Fair 
through  Fine  show  the  words  HALF  CENT  on  the  reverse  weakly. 
Only  a  few  hundred  1793  half  cents  survive  today.  The  coin  is  scarce 
in  all  grades  and  is  considered  to  be  a  key  issue. 


38 


HALF  CENT 

1794-1797  Liberty  Cap  Facing  Right 


Designed  by:  Robert  Scot 
Issue  Dates:  1794-1797 
Composition:  Copper 
Diameter:  23.5  mm 

Weight:  104  grains  (thick  planchet)  84  grains  (thin  planchet) 

Edge:  Lettered  TWO  HUNDRED  FOR  A  DOLLAR;  some  plain 
Business  strike  mintage:  359,529 
Proof  mintage:  None 

Half  cents  of  the  1794-1797  years  depict  on  the  obverse  Miss  Liber¬ 
ty  facing  to  the  viewer's  right,  with  LIBERTY  above  and  the  date  be¬ 
low.  Behind  her  flowing  hair  is  a  liberty  cap  on  a  pole.  The  edge  is 
a  series  of  denticles  or  indentations;  the  beaded  border  of  1793  had 
been  discontinued.  The  reverse  is  similar  in  concept  to  1793  except 
for  the  denticulated  border.  Although  issues  of  1794-1797  are  com¬ 
monly  grouped  together  as  a  single  type,  in  actuality  half  cents  of 
1794  have  a  larger  head  of  Miss  Liberty,  while  those  of  1795  through 
1797  have  a  delicate  cameo-like  head  in  a  more  open  field  area. 

In  general,  pieces  dated  1794  are  rare  in  grades  of  Extremely  Fine 
or  better,  while  pieces  dated  1795  can  be  acquired  in  Extremely  Fine, 
About  Uncirculated,  or  even  Uncirculated  grade,  although  an  Un¬ 
circulated  specimen  may  require  several  years  of  searching.  The  half 
cents  of  1794  are  apt  to  have  rough  surfaces,  often  with  dark  color 
or  granularity.  On  the  other  hand,  smooth,  light  brown  surfaces  are 
characteristic  of  1795  through  1797. 

All  1794  cents  have  lettered  edges,  as  do  certain  1795  issues  and 
a  few  minted  in  1797.  The  rest  have  plain  edges. 

A  popular  condition  objective  for  this  style  is  Fine  to  Very  Fine. 
Such  pieces  are  sharp  enough  to  show  the  details,  yet  they  are  priced 
much  less  than  higher  grades.  Good  or  Very  Good  pieces,  if  careful¬ 
ly  selected,  can  be  quite  attractive  and  desirable. 


39 


CENT 

1793  Chain  Reverse 


Designed  by:  Henry  Voigt 
Issue  date:  1793 
Composition:  Copper 
Diameter:  Average  26  to  27  mm 
Weight:  208  grains 
Edge:  Vine  and  bars  design 
Business  strike  mintage:  36,103 
Proof  mintage:  None 

This,  the  first  American  cent  made  for  general  circulation,  depicts 
on  the  obverse  Miss  Liberty  facing  right,  with  LIBERTY  above  and 
the  date  1793  below.  The  reverse  illustrates  a  link  chain  motif  at  the 
center,  enclosing  ONE  CENT  and  the  fraction  1/100,  while  at  the  out¬ 
er  border  is  UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERI.  on  the  first  variety  mint¬ 
ed  (Sheldon  die  variety  No.  1)  and  UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA 
on  others.  The  border  consists  of  a  rim  without  beads  or  denticles. 

Appearing  early  in  the  year,  the  "Chain  cent"  evoked  unfavorable 
criticism,  with  one  newspaper  report  stating  that  Miss  Liberty  ap¬ 
peared  to  be  in  a  fright"  and  that  the  chain  motif  on  the  reverse 
was  but  a  ill  omen  for  a  country  which  had  recently  secured  its  free¬ 
dom  (from  England).  The  criticism  was  heeded,  and  before  long  the 
Chain  design  was  discontinued. 

Specimens  today  are  scarce  in  all  grades.  The  obverse  design  de¬ 
tails  were  lightly  cut  into  the  dies,  and  the  result  is  that  only  the 
highest  grade  pieces  are  apt  to  show  well  defined  strands  of  Miss 
Liberty  s  hair  in  the  central  portions.  It  is  often  the  case  that  the  ob¬ 
verse  of  a  given  piece  will  be  a  grade  or  two  less  than  the  reverse. 
Examples  are  most  frequently  seen  in  lower  grades,  from  Fair  through 
Good  to  Very  Good.  Fine  to  Very  Fine  pieces  are  elusive,  while  ex¬ 
amples  in  Extremely  Fine  or  better  preservation  are  very  rare. 


40 


CENT 

1793  Wreath  Reverse 


Designed  by:  Adam  Eckfeldt 
Issue  date:  1793 
Composition:  Copper 
Diameter:  26  to  28  mm 
Weight:  208  grains 

Edge:  Vine  and  bars  design,  or  lettered  ONE  HUNDRED  FOR 
A  DOLLAR 

Business  strike  mintage:  63,353 
Proof  mintage:  None 

The  second  major  design  in  the  cent  series  is  the  so-called  Wreath 
style.  The  obverse  was  redesigned  from  the  earlier  motif  and  now 
features  Miss  Liberty  in  higher  relief,  with  the  hair  details  more  pro¬ 
nounced,  LIBERTY  above  her  head,  the  date  1793  below,  and  above 
the  date  a  sprig  or  leaf  design.  The  reverse  consists  of  an  open  wreath 
tied  with  a  bow  at  the  bottom,  enclosing  ONE  CENT,  with  UNITED 
STATES  OF  AMERICA  and  the  fraction  1/100  surrounding.  Both  ob¬ 
verse  and  reverse  are  protected  by  a  high  rim  with  a  bead  design 
between  the  rim  and  the  field. 

The  Wreath  style  is  the  most  often  seen  variety  of  1793,  although 
examples  in  all  grades  are  scarce.  A  number  of  different  die  varie¬ 
ties  were  produced,  some  of  which  have  a  vine  and  bars  design  on 
the  edge  and  others  of  which  are  lettered  ONE  HUNDRED  FOR  A 
DOLLAR.  Examples  can  be  found  in  all  grades,  in  Fair  through  Un¬ 
circulated,  although  pieces  in  Extremely  Fine  or  better  preservation 
are  seldom  met  with.  During  this  period,  the  Mint  acquired  copper 
from  many  different  sources,  with  the  result  that  the  surfaces  of  early 
half  cents  and  cents  are  apt  to  vary  considerably,  even  on  higher  grade 
pieces.  More  often  than  not,  the  fields  of  a  piece  show  porosity  or 
graininess. 


41 


CENT 

1793-1796  Liberty  Cap 


Designed  by:  John  Gardner 
Issue  dates:  1793-1796 
Composition:  Copper 
Diameter:  Average  29  mm 

Weight:  208  grains  (thick  planchet),  168  grains  (thin  planchet) 

Edge:  Early  pieces  lettered  ONE  HUNDRED  FOR  A  DOLLAR; 

the  later  pieces  have  plain  edges 
Business  strike  mintage:  1,577,902 
Proof  mintage:  None 

The  Liberty  Cap  motif  made  its  appearance  late  in  1793  and  was 
continued  through  1796.  The  design  was  later  (1794-1797)  used  on 
half  cents.  The  motif  features  Miss  Liberty  facing  to  the  right,  a  lib¬ 
erty  cap  on  pole  behind  her  head,  LIBERTY  above,  and  the  date  be¬ 
low.  The  reverse  displays  an  open  wreath  enclosing  ONE  CENT,  with 
UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA  and  the  fraction  1/100  surround- 
ing.  1793  Liberty  Cap  cents  have  a  beaded  border,  while  those  dat¬ 
ed  from  1794  through  1796  have  denticles.  The  edges  of  1793,  1794, 
and  some  1795  pieces  are  lettered  ONE  HUNDRED  FOR  A  DOL¬ 
LAR,  while  later  issues  have  a  plain  edge.  Dozens  of  different  die 
varieties  were  produced  of  this  motif  from  1793  through  1796,  with 
the  result  that  there  are  many  possibilities  from  which  the  collector 
can  choose.  The  numismatist  seeking  simply  a  design  type  in  grades 
from  Good  through  Fine  can  select  from  pieces  of  the  1794,  1795, 
or  1796  dates,  for  1793  Liberty  Cap  cents  are  much  rarer  and  more 
expensive.  In  higher  grades.  Extremely  Fine  to  Uncirculated,  pieces 
dated  1795  are  more  readily  available  than  those  dated  1794  or  1796, 
with  1796  cents  closely  following.  The  sharpness  of  strike,  planchet 
quality,  and  surface  characteristics  vary  widely  among  cents  of  this 
style,  so  some  searching  may  be  needed  to  find  one  that  is  "just 
right." 


42 


CENT 

1796-1807  Draped  Bust 


Designed  by:  Robert  Scot 
Issue  dates:  1796-1807 
Composition:  Copper 
Diameter:  29  mm 
Weight:  168  grains 
Edge:  Plain 

Business  strike  mintage:  16,111,810 
Proof  mintage:  None 

In  the  cent  series  the  Draped  Bust  obverse  appeared  in  1796  (the 
year  after  it  made  its  initial  appearance  in  American  coinage  on  the 
1795  silver  dollar).  Patterned  after  a  proposal  of  artist  Gilbert  Stuart, 
and  translated  into  the  coinage  medium  by  Robert  Scot,  the  style 
features  Miss  Liberty  with  flowing  hair,  a  ribbon  behind  her  head, 
and  drapery  covering  her  plunging  neckline.  LIBERTY  is  above,  and 
the  date  is  below.  The  reverse  is  similar  to  the  preceding  design  and 
consists  of  an  open  wreath  enclosing  ONE  CENT  with  UNITED 
STATES  OF  AMERICA  and  the  fraction  1/100  surrounding.  Denti¬ 
cles  are  around  the  border,  although  on  some  varieties  they  are  not 
particularly  well  defined. 

Many  different  die  varieties  were  made  within  this  span.  The  nu¬ 
mismatist  seeking  something  different  can  find  an  example  from  a 
blundered  die,  such  as  with  the  incorrect  fraction  1/000,  at  little  ex¬ 
tra  cost.  Among  Draped  Bust  cents,  rare  dates  are  1799  and  1804. 
Other  issues  are  seen  with  frequency.  Examples  are  readily  availa¬ 
ble  in  all  grades  from  Fair  through  Extremely  Fine,  with  AU  coins 
being  rare  and  Uncirculated  pieces  being  extremely  rare. 


43 


HALF  DIME 
1794-1795  Flowing  Hair 


Designed  by:  Robert  Scot 
Issue  dates:  1794-1795 

Composition:  0.8924  part  silver  and  0.1076  part  copper 
Diameter:  16.5  mm 
Weight:  20.8  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  86,416 
Proof  mintage:  None 

The  obverse  of  the  1794-1795  half  dime  style  portrays  Miss  Liberty 
with  flowing  hair,  facing  right,  with  LIBERTY  above  and  the  date 
1795  below.  Eight  stars  are  behind  her  head  and  seven  are  in  front. 
The  reverse  illustrates  a  delicate  or  "small"  eagle  perched  on  a  cloud, 
within  an  open  wreath,  with  UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA  sur¬ 
rounding.  Denticles  are  around  the  border,  as  on  all  half  dimes  from 
this  design  forward.  Curiously,  neither  this  half  dime  design  nor  the 
following  two  motifs  bear  a  designation  of  denomination  or  value. 

Of  the  two  dates  in  which  Flowing  Hair  half  dimes  were  made, 
the  1795  is  more  often  seen  than  1794.  Specimens  of  either  date  are 
typically  encountered  in  grades  from  Good  through  Fine  to  Very  Fine. 
Extremely  Fine  examples  are  elusive,  and  AU  coins  are  rare.  Uncir¬ 
culated  pieces  are  apt  to  be  encountered  only  when  great  collections 
come  on  the  market.  Many  pieces  are  found  with  a  series  of  parallel 
lines  or  adjustment  marks,  produced  at  the  Mint  during  the  plan- 
chet  preparation  process.  In  keeping  with  other  pieces  of  the  era, 
the  striking  is  apt  to  be  inconsistent,  and  often  one  area  or  another 
will  show  some  normal  weakness. 


44 


HALF  DIME 

1796-1797  Draped  Bust,  Small  Eagle 


Designed  by:  Robert  Scot 
Issue  dates:  1796-1797 

Composition:  0.8924  part  silver,  0.1076  part  copper 
Diameter:  16.5  mm 
Weight:  20.8  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  54,757 
Proof  mintage:  None 

The  Draped  Bust  style  is  believed  to  have  been  the  work  of  Robert 
Scot,  who  followed  the  proposal  made  by  artist  Gilbert  Stuart.  The 
obverse  depicts  Miss  Liberty  with  flowing  hair,  a  ribbon  behind  her 
head,  with  drapery  covering  her  plunging  neckline.  LIBERTY  is  above 
and  the  date  is  below.  1796  half  dimes  have  eight  stars  to  the  left 
and  seven  to  the  right  on  the  obverse,  while  those  dated  1797  come 
in  three  variations,  with  a  total  of  13,  15,  or  16  stars.  The  reverse  fea¬ 
tures  an  open  wreath  enclosing  a  small  eagle  perched  on  a  cloud, 
the  eagle  being  smaller  in  size  than  that  used  in  1794-1795,  and  with 
the  cloud  more  pronounced  and  higher  above  the  wreath  bow.  UNIT¬ 
ED  STATES  OF  AMERICA  surrounds.  Again,  there  is  no  indication 
of  value  or  denomination. 

All  half  dimes  of  this  design  type  are  scarce.  Most  often  encoun¬ 
tered  are  lower  grades  from  About  Good  through  Fine.  Very  Fine 
pieces  are  elusive.  Extremely  Fine  coins  are  rare  and  pieces  in  AU 
or  better  preservation  are  seldom  met  with.  In  the  1960s,  when  James 
F.  Ruddy  was  gathering  photographs  for  his  Photograde  book,  he 
found  that  examples  of  this  half  dime  type  were  among  the  most 
difficult  to  locate.  As  is  true  of  other  early  silver  coins,  pieces  are 
apt  to  have  mint-caused  adjustment  marks  and  to  be  weakly  struck 
in  certain  areas,  particularly  at  the  center  of  the  eagle  on  the  reverse. 


45 


DIME 

1796-1797  Draped  Bust,  Small  Eagle 


Designed  by:  Robert  Scot 
Issues  dates:  1796-1797 

Composition:  0.8924  part  silver,  0.1076  part  copper 
Diameter:  19  mm 
Weight:  41.6  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  47,396 
Proof  mintage:  None 

The  design  of  the  1796-1797  dime  parallels  that  of  the  contemporary 
half  dime.  The  obverse  depicts  Miss  Liberty  with  flowing  hair,  a  rib¬ 
bon  behind  her  head,  and  drapery  covering  her  plunging  neckline. 
LIBERTY  is  above  and  the  date  is  below.  Thirteen  obverse  stars  are 
to  be  found  on  the  1796  dime,  while  dimes  of  1797  come  with  either 
13  or  16  obverse  stars.  The  reverse  consists  of  an  open  wreath,  tied 
with  a  bow  at  the  bottom,  enclosing  a  small  eagle  perched  on  a  cloud, 
with  UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA  surrounding.  No  indication 
of  denomination  or  value  appears. 

Examples  of  this  type  are  most  often  encountered  in  lower  grades 
from  About  Good  to  Fine.  Very  Fine  examples  are  scarce.  Extremely 
Fine  pieces  are  rare,  and  coins  in  higher  ranges  are  very  rare.  Occa¬ 
sionally  an  AU  or  Uncirculated  1796  dime  will  be  found,  but  few 
pieces  dated  1797  exist  in  Mint  State  or  close  to  it.  Mint-caused  ad¬ 
justment  marks  are  often  seen,  as  are  areas  of  normal  light  striking. 
These  pieces  were  meant  strictly  for  utilitarian  use,  and  no  thought 
was  given  to  producing  pieces  for  collectors. 


46 


DIME 

1798-1807  Draped  Bust,  Heraldic  Eagle 


Designed  by:  Robert  Scot 
Issue  dates:  1798-1807 

Composition:  0.8924  part  silver,  0.1076  part  copper 
Diameter:  19  mm 
Weight:  41.6  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  422,010 
Proof  mintage:  None 

The  dimes  minted  from  1798  through  1807  display  the  Draped  Bust 
obverse  as  preceding,  except  that  the  star  count  is  now  standardized 
at  a  total  of  13,  with  seven  to  the  left  and  six  to  the  right.  The  reverse 
is  new  and  is  designated  as  the  Heraldic  Eagle  style.  Patterned  after 
the  Great  Seal  of  the  United  States,  it  features  an  eagle  at  the  center, 
with  a  shield  on  its  breast,  and  a  ribbon  bearing  the  inscription  E 
PLURIBUS  UNUM  in  its  beak.  Above  is  an  arc  of  clouds,  below 
which  are  stars.  UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA  surrounds.  There 
is  no  indication  of  value  or  denomination.  A  number  of  different 
die  varieties  exist  within  this  range,  including  the  overdates  1798/7 
and  examples  with  different  numbers  of  stars  above  the  eagle  on  the 
reverse. 

In  keeping  with  other  early  silver  coins,  examples  most  often  seen 
are  in  grades  from  About  Good  through  Fine.  Very  Fine  pieces  are 
somewhat  scarce,  Extremely  Fine  coins  are  scarcer  yet,  AU  examples 
are  rare,  and  Uncirculated  coins  are  very  rare.  Many  show  Mint- 
caused  adjustment  marks.  Areas  of  light  striking  are  the  rule,  not 
the  exception,  and  nearly  all  pieces  have  some  flatness  of  stars  or 
other  details,  with  the  lightness  of  strike  generally  increasing  as  the 
design  continued  in  use;  that  is,  specimens  dated  toward  the  end 
of  the  series,  1805  and  later,  are  apt  to  be  more  lightly  struck  than 
those  dated  1798. 


47 


QUARTER  DOLLAR 
1796  Draped  Bust,  Small  Eagle 


Designed  by:  Robert  Scot 
Issue  date:  1796 

Composition:  0.8924  part  silver,  0.1076  part  copper 
Diameter:  27.5  mm 
Weight:  104  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  6,146 
Proof  mintage:  None 

Like  dimes,  quarter  dollars  were  not  minted  until  1796,  at  which 
time  the  Draped  Bust  obverse  style  was  employed.  The  obverse  fea¬ 
tures  Miss  Liberty  facing  right,  with  flowing  hair  and  a  ribbon  be¬ 
hind  her  head,  with  drapery  covering  a  plunging  neckline.  LIBER¬ 
TY  is  above  and  the  date  1796  is  below.  Eight  stars  are  to  the  left  and 
seven  to  the  right.  Around  the  border  are  prominent  denticles.  The 
reverse  has  an  open  wreath  tied  with  a  bow  at  the  bottom,  enclos¬ 
ing  a  small  eagle  perched  on  a  cloud.  UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERI¬ 
CA  surrounds.  There  is  no  indication  of  value  or  denomination. 

Examples  of  1796  quarters  are  found  in  all  grades,  with  those  from 
About  Good  to  Fine  being  most  often  seen.  Probably  several  hun¬ 
dred  survive.  Very  Fine  coins  are  scarce,  Extremely  Fine  pieces  are 
scarcer  yet,  and  AU  or  better  examples  are  seldom  met  with.  A  num¬ 
ber  of  1796  quarters  were  made  with  prooflike  surfaces,  such  pieces 
occasionally  being  called  Proof  in  sale  catalogues,  although  it  is  not 
known  whether  they  were  specifically  made  as  such.  Several  dozen 
prooflike  coins  exist  today.  The  sharpness  of  strike  on  most  1796 
quarters  encountered  is  apt  to  be  decent,  much  more  so  than  on  the 
following  design  type.  An  exception  is  the  head  of  the  eagle  on  the 
reverse,  which  is  nearly  always  indistinct. 

The  1796  quarter  dollar  is  considered  to  be  a  key  issue  in  any  grade 
and  is  a  landmark  in  the  American  coinage  series. 


48 


HALF  DOLLAR 
1794-1795  Flowing  Hair 


Designed  by:  Robert  Scot 
Issue  dates:  1794-1795 

Composition:  0.8924  part  silver,  0.1076  part  copper 
Diameter:  32.5  mm 
Weight:  208  grains 

Edge:  Lettered  FIFTY  CENTS  OR  HALF  A  DOLLAR 
Business  strike  mintage:  323,144 
Proof  mintage:  None 

Half  dollars  of  the  1794-1795  years  bear  the  same  design  as  con¬ 
temporary  half  dimes  and  silver  dollars.  The  obverse  features  a  small 
head  of  Miss  Liberty  facing  right,  with  flowing  hair  behind,  LIBER¬ 
TY  above,  and  the  date  below.  Eight  stars  are  to  the  left  and  seven 
to  the  right.  The  reverse  illustrates  an  open  wreath  enclosing  a 
"small"  eagle  perched  on  a  cloud,  with  UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERI¬ 
CA  surrounding.  The  borders  of  this  and  other  half  dollars  (until 
over  a  century  later  in  1916)  have  denticles. 

Most  often  encountered  among  half  dollars  of  this  type  are  pieces 
dated  1795,  these  being  about  10  times  more  plentiful  than  those  dat¬ 
ed  1794.  Examples  of  both  years  are  apt  to  be  seen  in  lower  grades, 
from  About  Good  to  Fine.  Very  Fine  coins  are  scarce.  Extremely  Fine 
pieces  are  scarcer  yet,  and  AU  coins  are  rare.  Uncirculated  examples 
are  seldom  met  with.  Areas  of  light  striking  characterize  most  pieces, 
as  do  parallel  mint-caused  adjustment  marks  made  during  the  plan- 
chet  preparation  process.  As  is  true  of  other  early  issues,  these  were 
"workhorse"  coins  intended  for  use  in  the  channels  of  commerce. 
Few  if  any  pieces  were  set  aside  for  collectors  at  the  time  of  issue. 
Numerous  die  varieties  exist  among  early  half  dollars  and  are 
described  in  a  book  on  the  subject  by  A1  C.  Overton  (refer  to  the 
bibliography). 


49 


HALF  DOLLAR 

1796-1797  Draped  Bust,  Small  Eagle 


Designed  by:  Robert  Scot 
Issue  dates:  1796-1797 

Composition:  0.8924  part  silver,  0.1076  copper 
Diameter:  32.5  mm 
Weight:  208  grains 

Edge:  Lettered  FIFTY  CENTS  OR  HALF  A  DOLLAR 
Business  strike  mintage:  3,918 
Proof  mintage:  None 

This  design  is  similar  to  that  of  the  other  silver  denominations  of 
the  1796-1797  years.  The  obverse  depicts  Miss  Liberty  facing  right, 
with  flowing  hair  and  a  ribbon  behind  her  head,  her  plunging  neck¬ 
line  covered  with  drapery.  LIBERTY  is  above,  and  the  date  is  below. 
Varieties  of  1796  exist  with  15  and  16  obverse  stars,  while  those  of 
1797  have  15  stars.  The  reverse  illustrates  an  open  wreath  enclosing 
a  small  eagle  perched  on  a  cloud.  UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA 
and  the  fraction  V2  surround. 

Of  all  silver  design  types,  the  half  dollar  style  of  1796-1797  is  the 
rarest  and  most  desired,  eclipsing  even  the  elusive  1796  quarter.  Ex¬ 
amples  in  any  grade  are  few  and  far  between,  and  even  an  About 
Good  or  a  Good  half  dollar,  when  described  in  an  auction  catalogue, 
usually  furnishes  the  occasion  for  a  degree  of  excitement.  Most 
known  pieces  are  in  lower  grades.  About  Good  to  Very  Good.  Fine 
pieces  are  met  with  less  frequency,  Very  Fine  to  Extremely  Fine  coins 
are  rarer  still,  and  coins  in  AU  or  better  preservation  are  extreme  rar¬ 
ities.  Some  1796  half  dollars  exist  with  prooflike  surfaces.  In  higher 
condition  levels,  while  both  dates  are  rare,  1797  is  even  more  so  than 
1796.  A  numismatist  is  apt  to  find  that  this  particular  coin  will  be 
the  stumbling  block  or  the  greatest  challenge  to  finishing  an  exhibit 
of  United  States  silver  coin  design  types.  Probably  about  200  to  300 
pieces  exist  in  all  grades. 


50 


SILVER  DOLLAR 
1794-1795  Flowing  Hair 


Designed  by:  Robert  Scot 
Issue  dates:  1794-1795 

Composition:  0.8924  part  silver,  0.1076  part  copper 
Diameter:  39  to  40  mm 
Weight:  416  grains 

Edge:  Lettered  HUNDRED  CENTS  ONE  DOLLAR  OR  UNIT 
Business  strike  mintage:  162,053 
Proof  mintage:  None 

The  Flowing  Hair  dollar  design  of  1794-1795  is  similar  to  that  used 
on  contemporary  half  dimes  and  half  dollars.  The  obverse  depicts 
the  small  head  of  Miss  Liberty  facing  right,  with  flowing  hair.  LIB¬ 
ERTY  is  above,  and  the  date  is  below.  Eight  stars  are  to  the  left  and 
seven  are  to  the  right.  The  reverse  depicts  an  open  wreath  enclosing 
a  "small"  eagle  perched  on  a  cloud.  UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERI¬ 
CA  surrounds.  The  border  of  this  and  other  early  dollars  is  com¬ 
posed  of  denticles. 

Mintage  records  indicate  that  1,758  pieces  were  produced  in  1794 
and  160,295  in  1795,  although  it  has  been  suggested  that  as  many 
as  5,000  to  6,000  of  the  reported  figure  for  1795  could  have  been  dat¬ 
ed  1794.  In  any  event,  1794  is  a  major  rarity  in  all  grades.  The  type 
set  collector  will  probably  desire  an  example  dated  1795.  Most  pieces 
seen  are  in  grades  from  About  Good  to  Very  Fine.  Examples  are  apt 
to  show  mint-caused  adjustment  marks  and  to  be  lightly  struck  in 
certain  areas.  Many  hundreds  exist,  so  locating  one  will  be  a  matter 
of  preference  and  pocketbook.  Extremely  Fine  pieces  are  scarce,  but 
still  they  appear  on  the  market  with  some  frequency.  AU  coins  are 
rare,  and  pieces  which  can  be  described  as  strictly  Uncirculated  are 
very  rare. 


51 


SILVER  DOLLAR 
1795-1798  Draped  Bust,  Small  Eagle 


Designed  by:  Robert  Scot 
Issue  dates;  1795-1798 

Composition:  0.8924  part  silver,  0.1076  part  copper 
Diameter:  39  to  40  mm 
Weight:  416  grains 

Edge:  Lettered  HUNDRED  CENTS  ONE  DOLLAR  OR  UNIT 
Business  strike  mintage:  123,434* 

Proof  mintage:  None 


The  1795  Draped  Bust  dollar  represents  the  initial  appearance  of 
this  design  in  American  coinage.  In  the  silver  dollar  series  the  ob¬ 
verse  motif  was  continued  through  pieces  dated  1804  (business 
strikes  last  made  in  1803,  however),  while  the  reverse  motif  was  em¬ 
ployed  through  early  1798.  The  obverse  features  a  portrait  of  Miss 
Liberty  as  just  described,  with  LIBERTY  above,  the  date  below,  and 
eight  stars  to  the  left  and  seven  to  the  right.  The  reverse  shows  a 
"small"  eagle  perched  on  a  cloud  within  an  open  wreath.  UNITED 
STATES  OF  AMERICA  surrounds. 

Among  early  silver  dollars,  the  Draped  Bust  obverse  combined  with 
the  Small  Eagle  reverse  may  be  the  scarcest  type.  Specimens  exist 
in  all  grades,  with  those  most  frequently  encountered  apt  to  be  in 
Very  Good  to  Fine  preservation.  Very  Fine  pieces  can  be  readily  lo¬ 
cated,  Extremely  Fine  coins  are  scarcer,  and  those  in  AU  or  better 
preservation  are  decidedly  rare.  A  strictly  Uncirculated  coin  would 
be  considered  a  prime  rarity.  Examples  often  show  parallel  mint- 
caused  adjustment  marks.  As  these  coins  were  produced  strictly  for 
utilitarian  purposes,  no  attention  was  paid  to  striking  them  carefully. 

•Mintage  figure  of  123,434  does  not  include  a  small  number  of  1798  dollars  with  the  Small  Eagle  reverse. 


52 


SILVER  DOLLAR 

1798-1804  Draped  Bust,  Heraldic  Eagle 


Designed  by:  Robert  Scot 
Issue  dates:  1798-1804 

Composition:  0.8924  part  silver,  0.1076  part  copper 
Diameter:  39  to  40  mm 
Weight:  416  grains 

Edge:  Lettered  HUNDRED  CENTS  ONE  DOLLAR  OR  UNIT 
Business  strike  mintage:  1,153,709* 

Proof  mintage:  None  originally;  some  restrikes 

This  style  continues  the  Draped  Bust  obverse  as  preceding,  except 
that  the  stars  have  been  standardized  to  seven  left  and  six  right,  the 
only  exception  being  a  scarce  variety  of  1799  with  eight  left  and  five 
right.  The  reverse  is  similar  to  that  used  on  the  dime  of  the  year  and 
is  adapted  from  the  Great  Seal  of  the  United  States. 

Examples  of  this  motif  were  minted  from  1798  through  1803.  In 
later  years,  "restrike"  pieces  were  produced  dated  1804  as  were  Proof 
restrikes  from  new  dies  bearing  the  dates  1801,  1802,  and  1803. 
Among  business  strikes,  examples  most  often  encountered  are  apt 
to  be  dated  1798  or  1799.  Those  dated  1800  are  scarcer,  while  those 
dated  from  1801  through  1803  are  considerably  scarcer,  although  they 
are  not  rarities.  Grades  found  usually  range  from  Very  Good  through 
Very  Fine.  Extremely  Fine  coins  are  fairly  scarce,  while  AU  pieces 
are  scarcer  yet.  Strictly  Uncirculated  coins  are  great  rarities.  In  keep¬ 
ing  with  other  early  silver  issues,  pieces  often  display  mint-caused 
planchet  or  adjustment  marks  and  areas  of  light  striking. 

•Mintage  figure  of  1,153,709  includes  a  limited  number  of  1798  dollars  with  the  earlier  Small  Eagle  reverse. 


53 


. 


Chapter  3 


New  Issues 

COPPER  AND  SILVER  1800-1830 


The  most  difficult  era  behind  us,  we  now  enter  the  1800  to  1830 
decades  of  American  copper  and  silver  coinage.  The  Draped  Bust 
obverse  motif,  which  first  appeared  on  the  silver  dollar  in  1795,  ap¬ 
peared  for  the  first  time  in  the  half  cent  series  on  issues  dated  1800. 
The  same  obverse  made  its  appearance  in  combination  with  Heral¬ 
dic  Eagle  reverse  in  the  half  dime  denomination  the  same  year  and 
on  quarters  and  half  dollars  in  1804  and  1801  respectively.  In  the  field 
of  copper  coinage,  the  Classic  Head  is  found  on  half  cents  begin¬ 
ning  in  1809  and  large  cents  in  1808,  to  be  followed  in  the  latter  se¬ 
ries  by  the  so-called  Matron  Head  produced  from  1816  onward.  The 
Capped  Bust  motif  appeared  on  half  dimes  beginning  in  1829,  dimes 
starting  in  1809,  quarters  from  1815  onward,  and  on  half  dollars  be¬ 
ginning  in  1807. 

Happily  for  the  numismatist,  there  are  no  great  stumbling  blocks 
to  completing  a  type  set  of  this  era,  although  the  1800-1805  half  dime 
with  Draped  Bust  obverse  and  Heraldic  Eagle  reverse  is  fairly  scarce, 
and  if  any  type  were  to  be  designated  a  "key"  issue  in  this  span, 
it  would  be  this  one. 

Coinage  of  all  types  was  accomplished  at  the  Philadelphia  Mint. 
By  1800,  the  uncertainty  of  metal  supplies,  primarily  copper,  was  not 
completely  solved,  but  the  situation  was  much  less  intense  than  it 
was  earlier.  The  result  was  that  planchets  used  on  coinage  of  the 
new  design  were  apt  to  be  smoother  and  with  fewer  defects  than 
earlier.  Adjustment  marks  are  still  to  be  seen  on  certain  silver  issues 
of  this  era.  This  practice  was  caused  by  producing  planchets  or  coin¬ 
age  blanks  slightly  heavier  than  the  standard  weight,  and  then  em¬ 
ploying  a  gallery  full  of  women  to  weigh  each  piece  individually  and 
file  away  any  unneeded  metal.  This  was  more  feasible  than  trying 
to  manufacture  planchets  of  precise  weight  by  cutting  them  from 
strips,  for  such  planchets,  when  slightly  underweight,  would  have 
to  be  discarded,  as  there  was  no  practical  way  of  adding  metal  to 


57 


The  Classic  Head  design,  as  shown  above  on  an  1810/09  oveidate  large 
cent,  was  employed  on  cents  from  1808  through  1814  and  on  half  cents 
from  1809  through  1836. 


58 


The  Capped  Bust  design,  by  John  Reich,  as  used  on  an  1810  half  dol¬ 
lar  the  general  style  minted  from  1807  through  1836.  Produced  in  large 
quantities,  such  coins  were  used  in  bank-to-bank  transactions,  with 
the  result  that  high  grade  examples  are  readily  obtained  today. 


59 


them.  So,  by  making  the  planchets  slightly  heavier  than  needed,  they 
could  be  adjusted  to  precision. 

Toward  the  end  of  the  1800-1830  era,  coin  collecting  achieved  some 
measure  of  popularity,  with  such  numismatists  as  Joseph  J.  Mickley 
and  Robert  Gilmor  forming  cabinets.  Occasionally  numismatists 
received  selected  specimens  from  the  Mint;  pieces  which  had  been 
set  aside  at  the  time  of  coinage  or  which  had  been  specially  produced. 
Relatively  few  Proofs  were  made,  and  the  survival  of  Uncirculated 
or  Proof  pieces  was  more  a  matter  of  chance  than  intent. 

As  the  Mint  produced  coins  in  response  to  demand  for  them  in 
the  channels  of  commerce,  there  were  many  years  in  which  certain 
denominations  were  not  struck.  For  example,  among  Classic  Head 
half  cents  mintage  was  accomplished  from  1809  through  1811,  after 
which  there  was  an  intermission  until  1825,  with  another  hiatus  from 
1830  onward  (although  a  few  pieces  were  produced  in  1831  and  1836). 
Half  dimes  of  the  Heraldic  Eagle  style  were  minted  from  1800  to  1805, 
after  which  no  pieces  of  this  denomination  were  struck  until  the 
Capped  Bust  motif  made  its  appearance  in  1829.  Quarter  dollars  were 
not  made  from  1797  until  1804,  during  which  latter  year  the  Draped 
Bust  obverse  was  combined  with  the  Heraldic  Eagle  reverse.  Quar¬ 
ter  dollars  of  this  new  style  were  made  from  1804  through  1807,  fol¬ 
lowed  by  a  lapse  in  coinage  until  the  Capped  Bust  motif  appeared 
in  1815.  No  new  designs  of  silver  dollars  were  produced  during  the 
1800-1830  years.  The  most  prolific  coinage  of  the  period  was  reserved 
for  cents,  which  filled  an  important  purpose  in  everyday  commer¬ 
cial  transactions,  and  for  half  dollars,  particularly  of  the  Capped  Bust 
style  (1807-1836),  which  were  stored  in  quantities  and  used  in  bank- 
to-bank  transactions.  As  many  if  not  most  half  dollars  minted  dur¬ 
ing  this  span  were  used  in  bulk  transactions,  many  survive  in  higher 
grades,  with  the  result  that  numerous  pieces  seen  today  are  in  Ex¬ 
tremely  Fine  or  better  preservation. 


60 


HALF  CENT 
1800-1808  Draped  Bust 


Designed  by:  Robert  Scot 
Issue  dates:  1800-1808 
Composition:  Copper 
Diameter:  23.5  mm 
Weight:  84  grains 
Edge:  Plain 

Business  strike  mintage:  3,416,950 
Proof  mintage:  None 

The  Draped  Bust  obverse,  earlier  used  on  silver  dollars  beginning 
in  1795  and  on  certain  other  early  denominations  beginning  in  1796, 
did  not  appear  on  the  half  cent  until  1800.  Undoubtedly  it  would 
have  appeared  earlier  had  coinage  of  half  cents  not  been  suspended 
during  the  1798-1799  years.  The  obverse  depicts  Miss  Liberty  facing 
right,  with  flowing  hair  and  a  ribbon  behind  her  head,  her  plung¬ 
ing  neckline  covered  with  drapery.  LIBERTY  is  above,  and  the  date 
is  below.  The  reverse  comprises  an  open  wreath  enclosing  HALF 
CENT,  with  UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA  and  1/200  around  the 
border.  The  edges  of  these  and  all  later  half  cents  are  plain. 

Produced  in  relatively  large  quantities  for  the  time,  half  cents  of 
the  1800-1808  years  are  easy  to  find  today,  particularly  in  the  nor¬ 
mally  encountered  grades  of  Good  through  Very  Fine.  Extremely  Fine 
coins  are  scarce,  though  not  rare,  and  even  AU  pieces  can  be  acquired 
without  difficulty.  Uncirculated  coins  are  quite  elusive  and  usually 
are  of  the  dates  1804  or  1806,  particularly  the  latter,  for  small  hoards 
of  these  dates  turned  up  many  years  ago.  In  keeping  with  other  coin¬ 
age  of  the  era,  striking  was  apt  to  be  casual  at  best,  with  the  result 
that  specimens  may  have  some  areas  of  weakness.  The  planchet  qual¬ 
ity  was  considerably  improved  from  the  half  cents  of  an  earlier  era, 
with  the  result  that  without  difficulty  you  can  acquire  a  coin  with 
smooth  surfaces.  The  coloration  of  a  typical  half  cent  of  the  era  is 
often  light,  medium,  or  dark  brown.  There  are  many  individual 
differences. 


61 


HALF  CENT 
1809-1836  Classic  Head 


Designed  by:  John  Reich 
Issue  dates:  1809-1836 
Composition:  Copper 
Diameter:  23.5  mm 
Weight:  84  grains 
Edge:  Plain 

Business  strike  mintage:  3,635,712 

Approximate  Proof  mintage:  100  to  200,  mostly  restrikes 

The  so-called  Classic  Head  design  by  John  Reich  made  its  appear¬ 
ance  on  half  cents  in  1809,  postdating  by  one  year  its  debut  in  the 
large  cent  series.  A  somewhat  related  motif  was  used  years  later  on 
the  $2%  and  $5  gold  coins  of  1834.  Miss  Liberty  faces  right.  Her  hair 
is  in  curls,  close  to  her  head,  and  is  secured  by  a  band  inscribed  LIB¬ 
ERTY.  Seven  stars  are  to  the  left  and  six  to  the  right.  The  date  is  be¬ 
low.  The  reverse  consists  of  a  continuous  wreath  tied  at  the  bottom 
with  a  ribbon,  enclosing  HALF  CENT  at  the  center,  with  UNITED 
STATES  OF  AMERICA  around  the  border. 

Specimens  of  this  type  are  readily  available  in  all  grades  from  Good 
through  Uncirculated,  although,  interestingly  enough,  specimens  in 
Good  to  Very  Good  grade  are  scarcer  than  those  in  Fine  through 
Extremely  Fine,  for  at  the  time  of  issue  half  cents  did  not  circulate 
extensively,  so  they  were  not  subject  to  as  much  wear  as  were  con¬ 
temporary  large  cents,  for  example.  Uncirculated  coins  can  be  ob¬ 
tained  of  a  number  of  dates  within  this  span,  but  the  most  often 
seen  are  those  of  1828,  1833,  and  1835.  Such  pieces,  if  they  have  origi¬ 
nal  mint  red,  are  apt  to  have  flecks  or  spots  as  a  result  of  dampness. 
Beware  of  cleaned  or  "processed"  pieces  masking  as  "Uncirculated," 
for  such  pieces  abound. 

1831  and  1836  are  exceedingly  rare;  most  known  specimens  are 
Proofs,  many  of  them  being  restrikes.  Original  Proofs  were  struck 
of  certain  dates  toward  the  end  of  the  era,  and  all  are  very  difficult 
to  locate. 


62 


CENT 

1808-1814  Classic  Head 


Designed  by:  John  Reich 
Issue  dates:  1808-1814 
Composition:  Copper 
Diameter:  29  mm 
Weight:  168  grains 
Edge:  Plain 

Business  strike  mintage:  4,757,722 
Proof  mintage:  None 

The  design  of  the  Classic  Head  large  cent  is  similar  to  that  of  the 
related  half  cent.  The  obverse  features  Miss  Liberty,  her  hair  close 
to  her  head,  with  a  headband  inscribed  LIBERTY.  Seven  stars  are 
to  the  left  and  six  to  the  right.  The  date  is  below.  The  reverse  dis¬ 
plays  a  continuous  wreath  tied  with  a  ribbon  below,  enclosing  ONE 
CENT,  with  UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA  surrounding. 

There  are  no  major  rarities  among  the  1808-1814  dates,  although 
cents  of  1809  are  considered  to  be  scarcer  than  the  others.  Specimens 
are  readily  encountered  in  all  grades  from  About  Good  to  Extreme¬ 
ly  Fine.  AU  examples  are  rare,  and  Uncirculated  pieces  are  few  and 
far  between.  Most  examples  encountered  of  the  earlier  years,  1808 
through  1812,  are  apt  to  show  lightness  of  strike  in  certain  areas,  and 
even  1813  is  not  immune  from  this.  In  general,  1814  cents  are  better 
struck.  The  planchet  coloration  also  varies,  with  the  earlier  years  in 
the  1808-1814  span  often  being  a  light  to  medium  brown,  with  later 
years  being  dark  brown  or  black.  Often  the  surfaces  are  microscopi¬ 
cally  granular.  With  some  searching,  you  will  have  no  difficulty  in 
locating  an  attractive  Very  Fine  to  Extremely  Fine  specimen  to  illus¬ 
trate  the  type,  although  finding  a  sharply  struck  piece  on  a  smooth 
planchet  may  be  a  different  proposition  entirely. 


63 


CENT 

1816-1837  Matron  Head 


Designed  by:  Robert  Scot 

Issue  dates:  1816-1837,  plus  1839/6  overdate 

Composition:  Copper 

Diameter:  28  to  29  mm 

Weight:  168  grains 

Edge:  Plain 

Business  strike  mintage:  47,765,912* 

Proof  mintage:  A  few  hundred 

The  so-called  Matron  Head  copper  was  produced  in  several  varia¬ 
tions  from  1816  through  1837  (plus  1839/6).  Miss  Liberty  is  restyled 
and  now  sports  a  serious,  even  severe  mien.  Her  hair  is  tied  behind 
her  head  in  a  bun,  with  two  plain  cords,  with  additional  tresses  hang¬ 
ing  downward.  In  her  hair  a  diadem  or  coronet  is  inscribed  LIBER¬ 
TY.  Thirteen  stars  surround,  interrupted  by  the  date  at  the  bottom. 
The  reverse  is  stylistically  similar  to  that  used  in  1808-1814  and  con¬ 
sists  of  a  continuous  wreath  tied  with  a  ribbon,  enclosing  ONE 
CENT,  with  UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA  surrounding.  This  par¬ 
ticular  obverse  style  was  used  only  on  large  cents  and,  unlike  cer¬ 
tain  other  large  cent  motifs,  had  no  counterpart  in  the  half  cent  se¬ 
ries.  In  1835  the  head  was  slightly  restyled;  the  change  is  most 
obvious  at  the  point  of  the  neck  truncation.  This  new  style  is  found 
on  some  1835,  all  1836  (and  1839/6)  and  some  1837  pieces  and  is  dis¬ 
tinguished  by  the  small  tip  to  the  neck. 

Specimens  may  be  readily  located  in  all  grades  from  About  Good 
to  Uncirculated,  although  Uncirculated  pieces  are  apt  to  be  dated 
1816  through  1820,  particularly  the  years  1818  and  1820,  remnants 
from  the  so-called  Randall  Hoard  dispersed  in  the  late  19th  century. 
The  quality  of  striking,  smoothness  of  the  surface,  and  other  charac¬ 
teristics  vary  from  date  to  date  and  variety  to  variety. 

•Mintage  figure  of  47,765,912  does  not  include  1837  cents  of  this  style. 


64 


HALF  DIME 

1800-1805  Draped  Bust,  Heraldic  Eagle 


Designed  by:  Robert  Scot 
Issue  dates:  1800-1805 

Composition:  0.8924  part  silver,  0.1076  part  copper 
Diameter:  16.5  mm 
Weight:  20.8  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  124,270 
Proof  mintage:  None 

The  half  dimes  of  the  1800-1805  years  continued  the  Draped  Bust 
obverse  used  earlier  in  1796-1797,  except  that  the  stars  beginning  in 
1800  have  been  standardized  to  seven  left  and  six  right.  The  reverse 
is  of  the  Heraldic  Eagle  style  adopted  from  the  Great  Seal  of  the  Unit¬ 
ed  States  and  used  beginning  in  the  preceding  decade  on  certain 
other  silver  denominations.  At  the  center  is  an  eagle  with  a  shield 
on  its  breast,  holding  in  its  beak  a  ribbon  inscribed  E  PLURIBUS 
UNUM  and  grasping  in  its  talon  a  bundle  of  arrows  and  an  olive 
branch.  Above  the  eagle  is  an  arc  of  clouds  under  which  is  a  group 
of  stars.  UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA  surrounds.  No  mark  of 
denomination  or  value  appears  on  the  coin. 

Half  dimes  of  this  era  are  scarce,  with  1802  being  a  prime  rarity. 
Most  surviving  examples  of  various  1800-1805  dates  are  seen  in  low¬ 
er  ranges  of  condition,  from  About  Good  to  Very  Good  or  so.  Fine 
specimens  are  not  easy  to  locate.  Very  Fine  pieces  are  still  more  elu¬ 
sive,  and  Extremely  Fine  coins  are  rare.  Strictly  Uncirculated  pieces 
are  extremely  rare.  Those  that  do  come  on  the  market  are  apt  to  be 
dated  1800.  Uncirculated  specimens  dated  1801,  1802,  and  1803  (no 
pieces  were  coined  in  1804),  and  1805  are  exceedingly  rare  or  non¬ 
existent.  Nearly  all  known  specimens  exhibit  a  degree  of  light  strik¬ 
ing  in  one  area  or  another,  particularly  on  the  high  points  of  Miss 
Liberty's  hair,  among  the  obverse  stars,  and  on  the  reverse  among 
the  stars  above  the  eagle.  Such  striking  characteristics  are  to  be  ex¬ 
pected,  and  a  numismatist  seeking  a  perfectly  struck,  extremely  sharp 
example  in  a  high  grade  is  apt  to  never  encounter  such  a  coin! 


65 


HALF  DIME 
Capped  Bust  1829-1837 


Designed  by:  William  Kneass  adapting  the  design  of  John  Reich 
Issue  dates:  1829-1837 

Composition:  0.8924  part  silver,  0.1076  part  copper 
Diameter:  15.5  mm 
Weight:  20.8  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  13,058,700 
Proof  mintage:  Several  hundred 

Following  a  span  of  years  from  1806  to  1828,  when  no  half  dimes 
were  minted,  the  Capped  Bust  style  was  introduced  in  1829.  The  de¬ 
sign  is  quite  similar  to  that  used  on  the  half  dollar  1807-1836,  by  John 
Reich,  and  was  modified  from  that  source  by  William  Kneass,  Mint 
engraver.  The  obverse  features  Miss  Liberty  facing  to  the  left,  her 
hair  covered  by  a  cloth  cap  secured  by  a  band  inscribed  LIBERTY, 
with  tresses  flowing  down  to  her  shoulder.  Her  neckline  is  draped 
with  a  gown,  secured  with  a  brooch  at  the  shoulder.  Seven  stars  are 
to  the  left  and  six  to  the  right.  The  date  is  below.  The  reverse  fea¬ 
tures  an  eagle  with  the  shield  on  its  breast,  perched  on  a  branch 
and  holding  arrows,  with  E  PLURIBUS  UNUM  on  a  scroll  above, 
and  UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA  and  5  C.  surrounding. 

The  span  of  coinage  from  1829  through  1837  contains  no  rare  dates 
(although  some  individual  die  varieties  within  the  dates  are  elusive), 
so  the  type  set  collector  has  his  choice  of  the  entire  range.  Speci¬ 
mens  seen  today  are  most  often  encountered  in  grades  from  Very 
Good  through  Very  Fine,  and  these  are  fairly  plentiful.  Extremely 
Fine  and  AU  pieces  can  also  be  found  with  frequency.  Uncirculated 
coins  are  scarcer  yet,  with  truly  Gem  Uncirculated  pieces  being  elu¬ 
sive.  Most  issues  within  the  range  are  well  struck,  so  it  is  possible 
to  pick  the  grade  you  want  and  acquire  a  piece  with  excellent  de¬ 
sign  detail  definition. 


66 


DIME 

1809-1827  Capped  Bust,  Open  Collar 


Designed  by:  John  Reich 
Issue  dates:  1809-1827 

Composition:  0.8924  part  silver,  0.1076  part  copper 
Diameter:  18.8  mm  (with  some  variation) 

Weight:  41.6  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  Strike  mintage:  4,931,844 
Proof  mintage:  Fewer  than  150 

In  1809  the  Capped  Bust  dime  made  its  appearance.  The  design 
is  similar  to  that  used  on  earlier  half  dollars  beginning  in  1807.  The 
obverse  features  Miss  Liberty  with  her  hair  in  a  cloth  cap  secured 
by  a  band  inscribed  LIBERTY,  with  tresses  flowing  down  to  her  shoul¬ 
der.  Her  bust  is  draped  in  a  cloth  or  gown  secured  by  a  clasp  or 
brooch.  Seven  stars  are  to  the  left  and  six  to  the  right.  The  date  is 
below.  The  reverse  depicts  an  eagle  perched  on  a  branch  and  hold¬ 
ing  arrows,  E  PLURIBUS  UNUM  is  on  a  scroll  above,  and  UNITED 
STATES  OF  AMERICA  and  10  C.  appear  around  the  border.  The 
planchet  diameter  is  approximately  18.8  mm,  which  distinguishes 
it  from  the  small  planchet  (approximately  17.9  mm)  format,  struck 
in  a  closed  collar,  introduced  in  1828. 

Coinage  during  the  1809-1827  years  was  intermittent;  some  years 
were  skipped.  Specimens  of  commoner  dates  are  readily  encoun¬ 
tered  in  various  grades  from  Good  to  Very  Fine.  Extremely  Fine  pieces 
can  be  found  without  difficulty,  as  can  AU  coins.  Uncirculated  pieces, 
particularly  finer  examples  of  these,  are  quite  rare.  Striking  is  apt 
to  vary  from  issue  to  issue,  and  finding  one  with  excellent  defini¬ 
tion  of  detail  will  not  be  easy. 


67 


DIME 

1828-1837  Capped  Bust,  Closed  Collar 


Designed  by:  John  Reich  (adapted  from) 

Issue  dates:  1828-1837 

Composition:  0.9824  part  silver,  0.1076  part  copper 
Diameter:  17.9  mm  (with  some  variation) 

Weight:  41.6  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  6,778,350 
Proof  mintage:  Fewer  than  200 

This  variety  is  an  adaptation  of  the  previous  1809-1827  style  and 
is  the  same  except  for  certain  minor  modifications.  The  diameter  is 
slightly  smaller,  and  the  border  has  denticles  spaced  closer  together 
than  on  the  previous  type  (although  some  transitional  pieces  have 
the  old  denticle  style).  The  stars  are  slightly  smaller,  and  there  is 
some  subtle  restyling.  Dimes  of  this  format  were  made  from  1828 
through  1837  inclusive.  No  dates  are  rarities,  although  there  are  sever¬ 
al  elusive  varieties  within  the  range.  Examples  are  available  in  all 
grades  from  Good  through  Uncirculated,  with  Very  Good  to  Very 
Fine  being  the  most  often  seen.  Uncirculated  pieces  are  elusive,  and 
ones  in  higher  states  of  the  Uncirculated  category  are  rare. 


68 


QUARTER  DOLLAR 
1804-1807  Draped  Bust,  Heraldic  Eagle 


Designed  by:  Robert  Scot 
Issue  dates:  1804-1807 

Composition:  0.8924  part  silver,  0.1076  part  copper 
Diameter:  27.5  mm 
Weight:  104  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  554,900 
Proof  mintage:  None 

Quarter  dollars  minted  from  1804  through  1807  continue  the 
Draped  Bust  obverse  first  used  in  1796.  Miss  Liberty  faces  to  the  right, 
her  hair  is  in  tresses  behind  her  head,  with  a  ribbon  at  the  back  of 
her  head,  and  with  a  drapery  or  gown  covering  her  low  neckline. 
Seven  stars  are  to  the  left  and  six  to  the  right.  LIBERTY  is  above  and 
the  date  is  below.  The  reverse  is  an  adaptation  of  the  Great  Seal  of 
the  United  States  and  features  an  eagle  with  a  shield  on  its  breast, 
E  PLURIBUS  UNUM  on  a  scroll  or  ribbon  in  its  beak,  and  its  talons 
grasping  a  bundle  of  arrows  and  a  branch.  Above  the  eagle  is  an 
arc  of  clouds  with  stars  below.  UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA  and 
25  C.  surrounds. 

Examples  of  the  1804-1807  years  are  readily  located  in  grades  from 
About  Good  through  Very  Fine.  Extremely  Fine  pieces  are  elusive, 
AU  pieces  are  rare,  and  Uncirculated  pieces  are  exceedingly  rare.  Vir¬ 
tually  without  exception,  issues  of  this  design  are  lightly  struck  in 
one  or  more  areas,  with  the  obverse  and  reverse  rims,  the  stars  on 
the  obverse,  and  the  stars  above  the  eagle  on  the  reverse  being  typi¬ 
cal  areas  of  light  impression.  The  same  situation  is  shared  with  the 
half  dimes,  dimes,  half  dollars  of  this  date  range. 


69 


QUARTER  DOLLAR 
1815-1828  Capped  Bust,  Large  Diameter 


Designed  by:  John  Reich 
Issue  dates:  1815-1828 

Composition:  0.8924  part  silver,  0.1076  part  copper 
Diameter:  27  mm 
Weight:  104  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  1,290,584 
Proof  mintage:  Fewer  than  100 

Following  a  suspension  of  quarter  dollar  coinage  after  1807,  the 
denomination  was  again  produced  in  1815,  which  time  the  Capped 
Bust  style  was  introduced.  The  motifs  are  similar  to  that  found  on 
other  silver  denominations  of  the  era.  The  obverse  depicts  Miss  Lib¬ 
erty  facing  left,  wearing  a  cloth  cap  secured  with  a  band  inscribed 
LIBERTY,  with  tresses  flowing  to  her  shoulder.  Her  plunging  neck¬ 
line  is  draped  in  cloth  and  is  secured  by  a  brooch  or  a  clasp  at  the 
shoulder.  Seven  stars  are  to  the  left  and  six  are  to  the  right.  The  date 
is  below.  The  reverse  shows  an  eagle  perched  on  a  branch  and  hold¬ 
ing  three  arrows,  a  shield  on  its  breast,  and  E  PLURIBUS  UNUM 
on  a  scroll  above.  UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA  and  25  C.  appear 
around  the  border. 

While  several  dates  within  this  range  are  scarce,  and  the  1823/2 
and  1827  are  major  rarities,  the  type  set  collector  will  have  no  diffi¬ 
culty  acquiring  one  of  the  more  plentiful  issues.  Typically  encoun¬ 
tered  specimens  are  apt  to  range  from  Very  Good  to  Very  Fine  preser¬ 
vation.  While  they  are  not  as  easily  located  as  half  dollars  of  the  same 
years  and  designs,  still  there  are  enough  around  that  acquiring  one 
will  be  no  problem.  Extremely  Fine  specimens  are  scarce,  AU  pieces 
are  scarcer  yet,  and  strictly  Uncirculated  coins  are  rare.  Striking  qual¬ 
ity  varies  from  issue  to  issue,  and  many  show  weaknesses  in  certain 
areas,  although  with  some  searching  you  should  be  able  to  buy  a 
well  defined  piece. 


70 


HALF  DOLLAR 

1801-1807  Draped  Bust,  Heraldic  Eagle 


Designed  by:  Robert  Scot 
Issue  dates:  1801-1807 

Composition:  0.8924  part  silver,  0.1076  part  copper 
Diameter:  32.5  mm 
Weight:  208  grains 

Edge:  Lettered  FIFTY  CENTS  OR  HALF  A  DOLLAR 
Business  strike  mintage:  1,600,787 
Proof  mintage:  None 

Half  dollars  minted  from  1801  through  1807  continue  the  Draped 
Bust  obverse  motif  introduced  in  1796.  In  1801  the  stars  were  stan¬ 
dardized  to  a  count  of  13,  with  seven  to  the  left  and  six  to  the  right. 
Miss  Liberty  appears  facing  right,  her  hair  flowing  behind  her  head 
and,  tied  with  a  ribbon  bow.  Her  low  neckline  is  covered  by  a  gown 
or  drapery.  LIBERTY  is  above  and  the  date  is  below.  The  reverse  is 
an  adaptation  of  the  Great  Seal  of  the  United  States  and  consists 
of  an  eagle  with  a  shield  on  its  breast,  holding  arrows  and  an  olive 
branch,  and  with  a  scroll  inscribed  E  PLURIBUS  UNUM  in  its  beak. 
Above  the  eagle  is  an  arc  of  clouds  below  which  is  a  group  of  stars. 
UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA  surrounds. 

There  are  no  rare  dates  within  the  1801-1807  span,  although  some 
varieties  are  elusive.  Nearly  all  specimens  encountered  display  weak¬ 
ness  of  striking  in  one  area  or  another,  with  the  quality  of  strike  be¬ 
coming  less  and  less  as  the  years  advanced.  Nearly  all  seen  with 
the  dates  of  1806  and,  particularly,  1807  show  weakness.  Specimens 
are  typically  found  in  grades  from  Very  Good  to  Very  Fine,  although 
Extremely  Fine  pieces  are  found  with  some  frequency.  AU  pieces 
are  scarce,  and  strictly  Uncirculated  coins  are  rare.  Even  an  Uncir¬ 
culated  specimen  of  1807,  for  example,  is  apt  to  be  very  weakly  de¬ 
fined  in  such  areas  as  the  rims,  the  obverse  and  reverse  stars,  and 
parts  of  the  eagle. 


77 


HALF  DOLLAR 

1807-1836  Capped  Bust,  Lettered  Edge 


Designed  by:  John  Reich 
Issue  dates:  1807-1836 

Composition:  0.9824  part  silver,  0.1076  part  copper 
Diameter:  32.5  mm 
Weight:  208  grains 

Edge:  Lettered  FIFTY  CENTS  OR  HALF  A  DOLLAR 
Business  strike  mintage:  82,339,124 
Proof  mintage:  200  to  300 

In  1807  the  Capped  Bust  obverse  was  introduced.  Miss  Liberty  faces 
left.  She  wears  a  cap  secured  at  the  base  with  a  ribbon  or  band  in¬ 
scribed  LIBERTY,  with  tresses  falling  to  her  shoulder.  Her  low  neck¬ 
line  is  draped  in  a  cloth  or  a  gown  and  is  secured  by  a  brooch  on 
her  shoulder.  Seven  stars  are  to  the  left  and  six  are  to  the  right.  The 
date  is  below.  The  reverse  depicts  an  eagle  perched  on  an  olive  branch 
and  holding  three  arrows,  with  E  PLURIBUS  UNUM  above  on  a 
scroll  and  UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA  50  C.  surrounding. 

Although  there  are  a  number  of  scarce  varieties  in  the  1807-1836 
range,  most  are  readily  obtainable.  Specimens  of  most  issues  are  typi¬ 
cally  encountered  in  grades  from  Fine  to  Extremely  Fine,  with  some 
of  the  earlier  dates  in  the  range,  1807  through  1820,  sometimes  seen 
in  Good  to  Very  Good  preservation.  AU  pieces  are  not  difficult  to 
find,  especially  of  dates  in  the  late  1820s  and  1830s.  Uncirculated 
coins,  particularly  ones  in  higher  ranges  of  that  category  are  elusive, 
with  superb  pieces  being  rare.  Many  examples  show  lightness  of 
striking,  particularly  on  the  stars  on  the  obverse,  the  high  parts  of 
Miss  Liberty,  and  E  PLURIBUS  UNUM  on  the  reverse.  Among  Un¬ 
circulated  pieces,  examples  typically  have  friction  or  rubbing  at  the 
lower  left  of  the  bust,  from  coin-to-coin  contact  in  bank  bags. 


72 


Chapter  4 


New  Issues 

COPPER  AND  SILVER  1831-1850 


The  20  years  from  1831  through  1850  saw  many  changes  in  the  coin¬ 
age  spectrum.  Whereas  the  Philadelphia  Mint  satisfied  production 
needs  from  1793  onward,  by  1838  the  opening  of  the  American  West 
called  for  a  branch  mint  at  New  Orleans,  located  at  the  gateway  to 
the  vast  Mississippi  River  trading  area.  At  the  same  time,  additional 
branches  were  opened  at  Dahlonega,  Georgia  and  Charlotte,  North 
Carolina,  these  last  two  for  production  of  gold  coins  from  native  met¬ 
al.  In  1854  the  San  Francisco  Mint  came  on  stream.  The  "S"  mint- 
mark  found  its  place  on  numerous  coin  designs  which  were  earlier 
initiated  during  the  1831-1850  span. 

In  1836,  steam-powered  presses  were  brought  to  the  Philadelphia 
Mint  to  replace  horse-powered  devices  of  the  early  years.  New  ad¬ 
vances  in  metal  preparation  and  planchet  cutting  and  adjustment 
contributed  to  increased  efficiency  of  production.  After  1836,  coin¬ 
age  was  more  mechanical,  with  the  result  that  pieces  after  that  date 
are  more  uniform  in  appearance  and  less  subject  to  striking 
variations. 

The  half  cent  and  cent  saw  the  advent  of  the  Braided  Hair  motif 
which  was  continued  through  1857.  The  Capped  Bust  design  is  found 
on  several  silver  issues,  but  among  silver  denominations  most  dis¬ 
play  a  new  style,  the  Liberty  Seated  motif. 

Using  sketches  made  by  Thomas  Sully,  Mint  engraver  Christian 
Gobrecht  introduced  the  Liberty  Seated  design  on  pattern  silver  dol¬ 
lars  of  1836.  In  1837  the  first  Liberty  Seated  coins  were  made  for  cir¬ 
culation;  dimes  and  half  dimes.  The  initial  issues  lacked  stars  in  the 
obverse  field,  a  situation  which  was  short-lived,  as  stars  were  ad¬ 
ded  the  following  year.  Although  no  one  could  have  anticipated  it 
at  the  time,  as  the  19th  century  continued  onward  the  Liberty  Seat¬ 
ed  motif  became  widespread  across  nearly  all  silver  denominations. 
When  the  style  was  finally  discontinued  in  1891,  it  marked  the  pass¬ 
ing  of  a  memorable  era.  In  the  meantime,  the  Liberty  Seated  design 


75 


This  1846  large  cent  illustrates  the  Braided  Hair  motif  utilized  on  cents 
from  1839  through  1857  and  half  cents  from  1840  through  1857.  A  some¬ 
what  related,  but  differently  styled  design  is  found  on  contemporary 
gold  coins  of  the  $2V2,  $5,  and  $10  denominations. 


76 


The  Liberty  Seated  design,  shown  above  on  an  1846  silver  dollar  was 
used  on  silver  denominations  from  the  half  dime  through  the  dollar. 
The  work  of  Mint  engraver  Christian  Gobrecht,  the  motif  was  conceived 
in  1835-1836  and  made  its  first  regular  appearance  in  the  silver  dollar 
denomination  in  1840,  following  production  of  patterns  dated  1836,  1838, 
and  1839. 


77 


was  found  on  many  other  products,  including  advertisements  for 
fireworks,  fabrics,  and  commercial  emblems. 

The  new  issues  of  the  1831-1850  era  contain  no  great  rarities  so  far 
as  type  set  collectors  are  concerned,  although  a  few  are  moderately 
scarce,  particularly  in  higher  grades. 

The  appreciation  of  any  type  set  can  be  enhanced  by  relating  it 
to  contemporary  history.  For  example,  the  1831  through  1850  years 
saw  discoveries  in  the  West,  the  Panic  of  1837  and  the  consequent 
Hard  Times  era,  the  beginnings  of  the  Gold  Rush  in  California,  end¬ 
less  bickering  about  the  slavery  question,  and  enough  political  ac¬ 
tivity  to  keep  18  research  scholars  at  Harvard  busy  10  years  delving 
into  it  all! 


78 


New  copper  and  silver  designs  introduced  during  the  1831-1850  years 
are  housed  in  the  "Kingswood"  display  holder  shown  above.  Telling 
as  they  do  the  history  of  coinage  over  the  years,  displays  featuring  coins 
by  design  types  have  won  many  prizes  at  numismatic  conventions  and 
exhibitions. 


79 


HALF  CENT 
1840-1857  Braided  Hair 


Designed  by:  Christian  Gobrecht 
Issue  dates:  1840-1857 
Composition:  Copper 
Diameter:  23  mm 
Weight:  84  grains 
Edge:  Plain 

Business  strike  mintage:  544,510 

Proof  mintage:  Fewer  than  1,500,  combined  originals  and  restrikes 

In  1840  a  new  half  cent  design,  the  Braided  Hair  style,  made  its 
appearance.  However,  there  was  not  a  demand  for  new  pieces  in  the 
channels  of  commerce,  for  the  Treasury  had  vast  stores  of  undistribut¬ 
ed  earlier  coins  upon  which  it  could  draw,  so  no  new  half  cents  were 
struck  for  circulation  until  1849.  Specimens  of  the  1840-1848  years 
were  limited  to  Proofs  made  for  collectors.  The  obverse  design  depicts 
a  trim  head  of  Miss  Liberty  facing  left,  her  hair  in  a  bun  tied  with 
two  beaded  cords,  and  with  the  word  LIBERTY  on  a  diadem  or  coro¬ 
net.  Tresses  hang  downward  to  her  neck.  Surrounding  the  obverse 
border  are  13  stars  and  the  date.  The  reverse  design  is  somewhat 
similar  to  the  style  used  on  half  cents  of  the  1809-1836  era  and  con¬ 
sists  of  a  continuous  wreath  tied  with  a  ribbon  below,  enclosing 
HALF  CENT,  with  UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA  around  the  bor¬ 
der,  although  the  details  are  slightly  different  from  those  used  earli¬ 
er.  Half  cents  were  produced  in  quantities  for  circulation  from  1849 
through  1851  and  again  from  1853  through  1857.  In  the  latter  year 
the  denomination  was  discontinued.  As  half  cents  did  not  circulate 
extensively,  particularly  during  the  era  of  the  Braided  Hair  design, 
specimens  surviving  today  are  apt  to  be  in  higher  grades  from  Fine 
through  Very  Fine.  Extremely  Fine  and  AU  coins  are  encountered 
with  some  frequency.  Uncirculated  pieces  are  scarce,  and  truly  su¬ 
perb  Uncirculated  coins  are  very  scarce. 


80 


CENT 

1837-1839  Matron  Head  Modified 


Designed  by:  Christian  Gobrecht 
Issue  dates:  1837-1839 
Composition:  Copper 
Diameter:  273  mm 
Weight:  168  grains 
Edge:  Plain 

Business  strike  mintage:  15,057,161* 

Proof  mintage:  Fewer  than  100 

Cents  of  the  1837-1839  years,  conveniently  grouped  under  the  "Ma¬ 
tron  Head  Modified"  heading,  actually  consist  of  a  number  of  ob¬ 
verse  styles.  All  have  in  common  the  head  of  Miss  Liberty  facing 
left,  her  hair  tied  in  a  bun,  with  tresses  hanging  to  her  neck,  and 
with  the  word  LIBERTY  on  a  diadem  or  coronet.  Thirteen  stars  sur¬ 
round,  and  the  date  is  below.  Typically  the  reverse  displays  a  con¬ 
tinuous  wreath  with  ribbon  at  the  bottom,  enclosing  ONE  CENT 
and  with  UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA  surrounding.  Variations 
of  the  era  are  usually  catalogued  by  the  obverse  and  include  such 
styles  as  1837  and  1838  with  "Head  of  1838,"  with  beaded  cords  hold¬ 
ing  the  hair  bun;  the  1839  "Silly  Head,"  and  the  1839  "Booby  Head." 
The  1839/6  overdate,  with  plain  hair  cords,  is  part  of  the  earlier  listed 
1816-1837  style. 

Examples  are  available  in  all  grades  of  various  issues,  the  com¬ 
monest  being  1838,  with  Very  Good  to  Very  Fine  being  the  most  of¬ 
ten  seen.  Extremely  Fine  coins  are  readily  available,  as  are  AU  pieces. 
Uncirculated  coins  are  more  often  seen  for  1837  and  1838  than  for 
1839.  For  all  years,  superb  Uncirculated  pieces  are  rare.  The  sharp¬ 
ness  of  striking  varies  from  issue  to  issue,  but  with  some  patience 
it  is  possible  to  acquire  specimens  with  reasonably  good  definition 
of  the  stars  and  wreath. 

‘Mintage  figure  of  15,057,161  includes  the  1839  Braided  Hair  cent. 


81 


CENT 

1839-1857  Braided  Hair 


Designed  by:  Christian  Gobrecht 
Issue  dates:  1839-1857 
Composition:  Copper 
Diameter:  27.5  mm 
Weight:  168  grains 
Edge:  Plain 

Business  strike  mintage:  70,916,803* 

Proof  mintage:  Fewer  than  1,000 

The  Braided  Hair  cent  is  similar  in  design  to  the  half  cent  of  the 
same  style  and  features  a  compact  head  of  Miss  Liberty,  her  hair- 
strands  sharply  defined  and  tied  in  the  back  in  a  bun  secured  by 
two  beaded  cords.  A  diadem  or  coronet  bears  the  inscription  LIB¬ 
ERTY.  Thirteen  stars  surround,  and  the  date  is  below.  The  reverse 
shows  a  continous  wreath  tied  with  a  ribbon  at  the  bottom,  ONE 
CENT  within,  with  UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA  around  the  bor¬ 
der.  The  details  on  the  reverse  are  slightly  different  from  that  used 
earlier,  but  the  style  is  the  same.  Although  there  are  no  rare  dates 
from  1839  through  1857,  several  varieties  are  scarce,  as  is  the  last  date 
of  issue,  1857.  By  that  time  the  large  cent  was  viewed  as  being  cum¬ 
bersome  for  use  in  everyday  transactions,  and  the  Mint  desired  to 
replace  it  with  a  smaller  and  more  easily  handled  coin  (the  result 
being  the  Flying  Eagle  cent  subsequently  introduced).  Typical  speci¬ 
mens  encountered  are  apt  to  range  in  grade  from  Very  Good  to  Very 
Fine,  although  Extremely  Fine  coins  are  plentiful  and  AU  pieces  are 
readily  available.  Uncirculated  coins  are  also  available,  although  ones 
in  the  higher  ranges  of  the  category  and  with  full  mint  color  are  decid¬ 
edly  elusive. 

•Mintage  figure  of  70,916,803  does  not  include  the  1839  cents. 


82 


HALF  DIME 

1837-1838  Liberty  Seated,  No  Stars 


Designed  by:  Christian  Gobrecht 

Issue  dates:  1837  (Philadelphia)  and  1838-0  (New  Orleans) 
Composition:  .900  part  silver,  .100  part  copper 
Diameter:  15.5  mm 
Weight:  20.625  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  1,475,000 
Proof  mintage:  Fewer  than  50 

Christian  Gobrecht's  Liberty  Seated  motif,  used  on  half  dimes  from 
1837  through  the  end  of  the  series  in  1873,  was  produced  in  1837  at 
the  Philadelphia  Mint  and  1838  at  the  New  Orleans  Mint,  in  the  for¬ 
mat  without  obverse  stars ,  thus  isolating  these  two  issues  as  a  sepa¬ 
rate  type.  The  obverse  depicts  Miss  Liberty  seated  on  a  rock,  her  left 
hand  holding  a  liberty  cap  on  a  pole  and  her  right  hand  holding 
a  shield  inscribed  LIBERTY.  The  date  is  at  the  bottom  border.  The 
reverse  consists  of  an  open  wreath  tied  with  a  ribbon,  enclosing 
HALF  DIME,  with  UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA  surrounding. 
Mintage  figures  reveal  that  1,405,000  of  the  1837  Philadelphia  issue 
were  produced  while  only  70,000  were  made  of  the  1838-0. 

Specimens  are  readily  obtainable  in  grades  from  Good  through 
Extremely  Fine.  The  type  collector  will  direct  his  attention  to  the  1837, 
for  in  every  grade  the  1838-0  is  considerably  more  expensive.  In  AU 
and  Uncirculated  preservation  the  Philadelphia  coin  is  available  with¬ 
out  difficulty,  although  higher  grade  Uncirculated  pieces  are  quite 
elusive.  Uncirculated  examples  of  1838-0  are  exceedingly  rare.  The 
design  without  stars  was  used  on  circulating  coinage  only  in  the  half 
dime  and  dime  series  and  not  on  the  quarter  or  half  dollar  (in  the 
dollar  series  the  without-stars  motif  appears  only  in  pattern  form 
in  1836). 


83 


HALF  DIME 

1838-1859  Liberty  Seated,  With  Stars 


Designed  by:  Christian  Gobrecht 
Issue  dates:  1838-1859 
Composition:  .900  silver,  .100  copper 
Diameter:  15.5 

Weight:  20.625  grains  1838  to  1853  No  Arrows;  19.2  grains  later 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  42,705,774 
Proof  mintage:  Fewer  than  1,500  pieces 

In  1838  stars  were  added  to  the  obverse  of  the  Liberty  Seated  de¬ 
sign.  Otherwise,  the  motif  is  similar  to  the  1837  and  1838-0  Liberty 
Seated  pieces.  From  1838  through  1859  many  different  varieties  were 
produced,  including  some  struck  at  the  New  Orleans  Mint  (and  bear¬ 
ing  a  distinctive  O  mintmark  on  the  reverse).  Early  issues  lack  drap¬ 
ery  at  Miss  Liberty's  elbow.  There  are  some  scarce  dates  and  varie¬ 
ties  within  the  range,  notably  1846,  1849-0,  and  1853-0  without 
arrows  at  date,  but  there  are  enough  common  varieties  that  it  is  not 
difficult  to  acquire  an  example  in  Good  to  Very  Fine  preservation  at 
reasonable  cost.  Extremely  Fine  coins  abound,  and  AU  examples  can 
be  obtained  easily.  Uncirculated  pieces  are  scarce,  and  higher  eche¬ 
lon  Uncirculated  coins  are  scarcer  yet.  Although  the  general  Liberty 
Seated  type  with  obverse  stars  was  minted  from  1838  through  1859, 
certain  specimens  of  1853  and  all  of  those  dated  1854  and  1855  were 
produced  with  arrowheads  at  the  date  and  represent  a  distinctive 
type  discussed  in  the  following  chapter. 


84 


DIME 

1837-1838  Liberty  Seated,  No  Stars 


Designed  by:  Christian  Gobrecht 

Issue  dates:  1837  (Philadelphia)  1838-0  (New  Orleans) 

Composition:  0.900  part  silver,  0.100  part  copper 
Diameter:  17.9  mm 
Weight:  41.25  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  1,088,534 
Proof  mintage:  Fewer  than  50  pieces 

The  first  Liberty  Seated  dime  variety  is  without  obverse  stars  and 
closely  parallels  the  half  dime  of  the  same  era.  Indeed,  the  mintage 
was  accomplished  similarly:  pieces  were  struck  only  at  the  Philadel¬ 
phia  Mint  in  1837  and  only  at  the  New  Orleans  Mint  in  1838.  Some 
682,500  were  struck  at  the  former  facility  and  408,034  at  the  latter. 
The  device  consists  of  Miss  Liberty  seated  on  a  rock,  holding  in  her 
left  hand  a  liberty  cap  on  a  pole,  and  holding  a  shield  with  her  right. 
The  date  is  below.  The  reverse  displays  an  open  wreath  enclosing 
ONE  DIME,  with  UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA  surrounding.  As 
attractive  as  this  cameo-like  motif  is  to  collectors  today.  Mint  offi¬ 
cials  did  not  consider  it  to  be  desirable,  and  it  was  discontinued  short¬ 
ly  thereafter. 

The  type  set  enthusiast  will  find  that  examples  of  either  issue  are 
readily  available  in  grades  from  Good  through  Very  Fine  or  so,  with 
the  1838-0  being  a  bit  more  expensive.  Extremely  Fine  and  AU  coins 
are  also  encountered  with  regularity,  less  so  for  1838-0.  Uncirculat¬ 
ed  pieces,  when  found,  are  nearly  always  dated  1837.  Those  dated 
1838-0  are  great  rarities.  Superb  Uncirculated  coins  are  quite  elusive. 


85 


DIME 

1838-1860  Liberty  Seated  With  Stars 


Designed  by:  Christian  Gobrecht 
Issue  dates:  1838-1860 

Composition:  0.900  part  silver,  0.100  part  copper 
Diameter:  17.9  mm 

Weight:  41.2  grains  1838  to  1853  no  arrows;  38.4  grains  later 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  42,962,915 
Proof  mintage:  Fewer  than  1,500  pieces 

In  1838,  stars  were  added  to  the  obverse  of  the  Liberty  Seated  mo¬ 
tif.  This  style  was  continued  through  1859,  plus  1860  at  the  San  Fran¬ 
cisco  Mint  only.  The  reverse  is  similar  to  the  preceding  but  the  wreath 
on  the  later  issues  is  slightly  heavier.  Early  issues  lack  drapery  at 
Miss  Liberty's  elbow. 

The  type  set  collector  has  his  choice  of  numerous  varieties  within 
this  span,  including  a  number  of  New  Orleans  and  San  Francisco 
Mint  pieces.  While  issues  such  as  1844,  1845-0,  1846,  and  certain  San 
Francisco  pieces  are  rare,  enough  common  issues  exist  that  no  diffi¬ 
culty  will  be  experienced  in  acquiring  a  typical  example  from  Good 
to  Extremely  Fine  grade.  AU  pieces  are  slightly  harder  to  find,  and 
Uncirculated  coins  are  scarcer  still.  Superb  Uncirculated  pieces  are 
quite  elusive.  As  is  the  case  with  half  dimes,  certain  dimes  of  1853 
and  all  dimes  of  1854  and  1855  have  arrows  at  the  date  and  are  con¬ 
sidered  to  be  separate  types  (discussed  in  the  following  chapter). 


86 


QUARTER  DOLLAR 
1831-1838  Capped  Bust,  Small  Diameter 


Designed  by:  Willian  Kneass  (after  John  Reich) 

Issue  dates:  1831-1838 

Composition:  0.8924  part  silver,  0.1076  part  copper 
Diameter:  24.3  mm 
Weight:  104  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  4,202,400 
Proof  mintage:  Fewer  than  150 

Following  a  lapse  of  coinage  of  quarter  dollars  for  two  years,  the 
denomination  was  again  produced  in  1831.  Employed  was  a  revised 
version  of  John  Reich's  Capped  Bust  style  introduced  in  1815.  The 
1831-1838  version  is  of  smaller  diameter  and  has  restyled  features, 
letters,  stars,  and  numerals,  giving  the  piece  a  more  cameo-like  ap¬ 
pearance  than  its  predecessor.  The  obverse  depicts  Miss  Liberty  fac¬ 
ing  left,  wearing  a  cloth  cap  secured  by  a  band  inscribed  LIBERTY, 
with  tresses  flowing  to  her  shoulder.  Her  neckline  is  draped  in  a 
gown  secured  by  a  brooch  or  clasp.  Seven  stars  are  to  the  left  and 
six  to  the  right.  The  date  is  below.  The  reverse  shows  an  eagle  perched 
on  an  olive  branch  and  holding  three  arrows,  with  UNITED  STATES 
OF  AMERICA  above  and  25  C.  below. 

The  type  set  collector  has  his  choice  of  any  date  from  1831  through 
1838,  as  all  are  priced  approximately  the  same  in  the  market,  although 
certain  dates,  1835  in  particular,  are  more  plentiful  than  others.  Ex¬ 
amples  are  readily  found  in  grades  from  Very  Good  through  Extreme¬ 
ly  Fine.  AU  coins  are  scarcer,  and  pieces  designated  as  Uncirculated 
are  rare.  Higher  echelon  Uncirculated  pieces  are  very  elusive. 


87 


QUARTER  DOLLAR 
1838-1865  Liberty  Seated 


Designed  by:  Christian  Gobrecht 
Issue  dates:  1838-1865 

Composition:  0.900  part  silver,  0.100  part  copper 
Diameter:  24.3  mm 

Weight:  103.125  grains  1838  to  1853  no  arrows;  96  grains  later 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  46,685,313 
Proof  Mintage:  fewer  than  5,500 

Gobrecht's  Liberty  Seated  design  made  its  appearance  in  the  quar¬ 
ter  dollar  denomination  in  1838.  Matching  other  new  silver  designs 
of  the  time,  the  quarter  dollar  depicts  Miss  Liberty  seated  on  a  rock, 
her  left  hand  holding  a  liberty  cap  on  a  pole  and  her  right  holding 
a  shield  inscribed  LIBERTY.  Thirteen  stars  are  at  the  border,  and  the 
date  is  below.  The  reverse  is  somewhat  similar  to  the  preceding  ex¬ 
cept  the  denomination  is  expressed  differently.  An  eagle  is  perched 
on  an  olive  branch  and  holds  three  arrows.  UNITED  STATES  OF 
AMERICA  is  above  and  the  denomination  QUAR.  DOL.  is  below. 
There  is  no  motto  on  the  reverse.  This  style  was  produced  from  1838 
to  early  1853  and  again  from  1856  through  1865.  Early  issues  lack 
drapery  at  Miss  Liberty's  elbow.  From  1853  through  1855  special  var¬ 
ieties  with  arrows  at  date  were  made  and  are  different  types  (as  dis¬ 
cussed  in  the  following  chapter).  The  collector  has  a  wide  variety 
of  type  set  possibilities  within  the  range.  Although  there  are  a  num¬ 
ber  of  scarce  and  rare  dates,  there  are  sufficient  common  issues  that 
there  should  be  no  trouble  in  obtaining  coins  graded  from  Good 
through  Extremely  Fine,  although  it  is  important  to  note  that  Liber¬ 
ty  Seated  quarters  of  this  era  are  in  general  scarcer  than  half  dimes, 
dimes,  or  half  dollars.  AU  pieces  are  scarce,  and  Uncirculated  coins 
are  scarcer  yet.  Superb  Uncirculated  coins  are  rare  in  all  instances. 
Proofs  were  distributed  to  the  public  beginning  in  1858. 


88 


HALF  DOLLAR 

1836-1837  Reeded  Edge,  50  CENTS 


Designed  by:  Christian  Gobrecht 
Issue  dates:  1836-1837 

Composition:  0.900  part  silver,  0.100  part  copper 
Diameter:  30  mm 
Weight:  206.25  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  3,631,020 
Proof  mintage:  Fewer  than  40 

In  1836,  steam-powered  presses  were  introduced  to  the  Philadel¬ 
phia  Mint,  and  one  of  the  first  innovations  was  a  new  half  dollar 
format.  John  Reich's  Capped  Bust  style  was  modified  by  Christian 
Gobrecht.  The  result  was  a  coin  of  smaller  diameter,  with  reeded 
edge,  displaying  at  center  the  older  design  of  Miss  Liberty  facing 
left,  wearing  a  cloth  cap  with  a  band  inscribed  LIBERTY,  with  tress¬ 
es  falling  to  her  shoulder,  and  with  her  bosom  draped  in  a  gown 
secured  by  a  brooch.  Six  stars  are  to  the  left  and  seven  to  the  right. 
The  date  is  below.  The  reverse  depicts  an  eagle  perched  on  a  branch 
and  holding  three  arrows  with  UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA 
above  and  the  denomination  expressed  as  50  CENTS  below. 

1836  half  dollars  of  the  reeded  edge  format  were  produced  to  the 
extent  of  just  1,200  pieces  and  are  rare  in  all  grades  today.  1837  half 
dollars  were  minted  in  a  quantity  of  3,629,820  and  are  relatively  plen¬ 
tiful  in  grades  from  Good  through  Extremely  Fine.  AU  coins  are 
scarce,  and  strictly  Uncirculated  pieces  are  scarcer  yet.  Superb  Un¬ 
circulated  coins  are  rare. 


89 


HALF  DOLLAR 

1838-1839  Capped  Bust,  HALF  DOL. 


Designed  by:  Christian  Gobrecht 
Issue  dates:  1838-1839 

Composition:  0.900  part  silver,  0.100  part  copper 
Diameter:  30  mm 
Weight:  206.25  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  5,117,972 
Proof  mintage:  Fewer  than  50 

In  1838  the  Capped  Bust  half  dollar  was  restyled  slightly,  and  the 
denomination  on  the  reverse,  earlier  styled  as  50  CENTS,  was  re¬ 
vised  to  HALF  DOL.  Certain  other  changes  were  affected  in  the  thick¬ 
ness  of  the  reverse  letters  and  the  details  of  the  eagle.  For  the  first 
time,  half  dollars  were  struck  at  a  branch  mint.  New  Orleans.  The 
1838-0  half  dollar  is  one  of  America's  prime  rarities.  It  is  believed 
that  just  20  were  struck,  nearly  all  of  which  had  prooflike  surfaces. 
In  the  following  year,  1839,  a  more  generous  mintage  of  178,976  half 
dollars  occurred  at  New  Orleans. 

The  type  Set  collector  will  probably  seek  an  example  of  the  1838 
or  1839  Philadelphia  issue,  each  of  which  was  minted  to  the  extent 
of  more  than  a  million.  Examples  are  readily  available  in  grades  from 
Very  Good  through  Extremely  Fine.  AU  coins  are  scarce,  and  Uncir¬ 
culated  pieces  are  scarcer  yet.  Superb  Uncirculated  coins  are  very 
rare  and  are  seldom  seen  or  offered  for  sale. 


90 


HALF  DOLLAR 
1839-1866  Liberty  Seated 


Designed  by:  Christian  Gobrecht 
Issue  dates:  1839-1866 

Composition:  0.900  part  silver  0.100  part  copper 
Diameter:  30.6  mm 

Weight:  206.25  grains  1839-1853;  192  grains  later 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  76,238,285 
Proof  mintage:  Fewer  than  5,500 

The  Liberty  Seated  motif,  without  motto  on  the  reverse,  was  mint¬ 
ed  in  the  half  dollar  series  from  1839  through  1866.  Certain  pieces 
dated  1853  and  all  dated  1854  and  1855  have  arrows  at  the  date  and 
are  different  types,  as  discussed  in  the  following  chapter.  The  ob¬ 
verse  depicts  Miss  Liberty  seated  on  a  rock,  holding  in  her  left  hand 
a  liberty  cap  on  a  pole  and  with  her  right  hand  holding  a  shield  in¬ 
scribed  LIBERTY.  Thirteen  stars  are  above,  and  the  date  is  below.  The 
reverse  is  similar  to  the  preceding  and  consists  of  an  eagle  perched 
on  an  olive  branch  and  holding  three  arrows,  with  UNITED  STATES 
OF  AMERICA  above  and  HALF  DOL.  below.  Numerous  variations 
exist  throughout  the  series,  including  the  absence  of  drapery  from 
i  Miss  Liberty's  elbow  on  certain  issues,  different  sizes  of  reverse  let¬ 
tering,  and  different  date  numeral  sizes.  Certain  pieces  dated  1839 
lack  drapery  at  Miss  Liberty's  elbow.  While  there  are  some  scarce 
issues  within  this  span,  there  are  enough  common  varieties  that  the 
numismatist  will  have  no  difficulty  acquiring  examples  in  grades  from 
Good  through  Extremely  Fine.  AU  coins  likewise  appear  with  fre¬ 
quency.  Uncirculated  pieces  are  scarcer,  and  superb  Uncirculated 
coins  are  quite  rare.  The  quality  of  striking  is  apt  to  vary  from  issue 
to  issue,  with  those  made  in  New  Orleans  being  often  lightly  struck, 
particularly  on  the  obverse  stars. 


91 


SILVER  DOLLAR 
1840-1865  Liberty  Seated 


Designed  by:  Christian  Gobrecht 
Issue  dates:  1840-1865 

Composition:  0.900  part  silver,  0.100  part  copper 
Diameter:  38.1  mm 
Weight:  412.5  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  2,890,563 
Proof  mintage:  Fewer  than  5,500 

Following  the  production  of  an  illustrious  series  of  Liberty  Seated 
pattern  dollars  in  1836,  1838,  and  1839,  the  Liberty  Seated  style  was 
first  produced  for  large-scale  circulating  coinage  in  1840.  From  then 
through  1865  coinage  was  continuous.  The  design  parallels  that  of 
other  Liberty  Seated  issues.  The  obverse  depicts  Miss  Liberty  seat¬ 
ed  on  a  rock,  holding  in  her  left  hand  a  liberty  cap  on  a  pole  and 
with  her  right  hand  holding  a  shield  inscribed  LIBERTY.  Thirteen 
stars  are  above,  and  the  date  is  below.  The  reverse  shows  an  eagle 
perched  on  an  olive  branch  and  holding  three  arrows,  with  UNIT¬ 
ED  STATES  OF  AMERICA  above  and  HALF  DOL.  below. 

Within  the  1840-1865  span  there  are  a  number  of  scarce  and  rare 
issues,  with  1851,  1852,  and  1858  designated  as  major  rarities.  Com¬ 
moner  issues  are  readily  available  in  grades  from  Very  Good  through 
Extremely  Fine,  with  most  survivors  being  in  Fine  to  Very  Fine  grade. 
As  silver  dollars  were  not  circulated  as  extensively  as  other  denomi¬ 
nations,  few  are  seen  in  grades  below  Very  Good.  AU  coins  are  avail¬ 
able  as  are  Uncirculated  pieces,  particularly  1859-0  and  1860-0  in 
the  latter  category  (survivors  from  a  small  group  of  coins  which  came 
to  the  light  during  the  Treasury  release  of  1962).  Superb  Uncirculat¬ 
ed  pieces  are  rarities.  Proofs  were  first  distributed  to  collectors  in  1858 
and  are  available  from  that  date  through  1865,  although  scattered 
earlier  issues  occasionally  come  on  the  market. 


92 


Chapter  5 


New  Issues 

COPPER,  COPPER-NICKEL, 
AND  SILVER  1851-1860 


. 


The  decade  preceding  the  Civil  War  saw  many  changes  in  the  coin¬ 
age  spectrum.  In  1857  the  unpopular  half  cent  denomination  was 
phased  out,  and  the  old  and  cumbersome  "large"  cent  was  discon¬ 
tinued  after  a  relatively  small  coinage  for  the  year.  In  the  place  of 
the  latter  appeared  a  new  format  cent,  made  of  copper  nickel,  of  small 
diameter,  featuring  a  flying  eagle  on  the  obverse.  Following  the 
production  of  600  or  more  patterns  in  1856  (made  for  distribution 
to  congressmen,  newspaper  editors,  and  others  of  influence),  coin¬ 
age  in  quantity  for  circulation  commenced  in  1857.  The  Flying  Eagle 
cent,  despite  its  appeal  to  collectors  today,  proved  short-lived  at  the 
time  of  issue,  and  after  1858  it  was  discontinued.  In  its  place  appeared 
still  another  cent  design,  this  one  featuring  an  Indian  head  on  the 
obverse.  For  the  first  year  a  laurel  wreath  was  employed  as  the  re¬ 
verse  motif,  but  in  1860  it  was  replaced  by  an  oak  wreath  and  shield 
design. 

A  new  denomination  appeared:  the  silver  three-cent  piece.  The 
ostensible  purpose  was  to  permit  the  use  of  a  single  coin  to  buy  three- 
cent  postage  stamps.  Three  different  designs  were  eventually  made 
of  the  silver  three-cent  issues.  Interestingly,  they  all  appeared  in  the 
1851-1860  decade.  Unlike  other  silver  coins  of  the  era,  which  were 
composed  of  0.900  part  silver  and  0.100  part  copper,  the  silver  three- 
cent  piece  contained  0.750  part  silver  and  0.250  part  copper  for  the 
initial  type  produced  from  1851  through  1853.  Subsequently,  the  al¬ 
loy  was  changed  to  conform  to  the  standard  of  other  denominations. 

Following  the  discovery  of  gold  in  California  in  1848  and  the  sub¬ 
sequent  Gold  Rush  of  the  1849-1850  years,  the  precious  yellow  met¬ 
al  became  "common"  in  relation  to  silver.  The  historic  balance  be¬ 
tween  gold  and  silver  was  somewhat  upset  in  world  markets,  with 
the  result  that  silver  increased  in  value.  By  early  1853,  United  States 
silver  coins  were  worth  more  in  melt-down  value  than  their  face  val¬ 
ue,  with  the  outcome  that  millions  of  dollars'  worth  were  reduced 


95 


UNITED  STATES  COINAGE  DESIGNS 

NEW  ISSUES  -  COPPER,  COPPER-NICKEL,  SILVER 
1851-1860 


FLYING  EAGLE 
1856-1858 


CENTS 


INDIAN  HEAD 
LAUREL  WREATH 
1859 


INDIAN  HEAD 
OAK  WREATH  C.N. 
1860-1864 


THREE  CENTS 


NO  OUTLINE  TO  STAR  THREE  OUTLINES  TO  STAR  TWO  OUTLINES  TO  STAR 
1851-1853  1854-1858  1859-1873 


HALF  DIMES 


ARROWS  AT  DATE 
1853-1855 


m 

LEGEND  OBV. 
1860-1873 


DIMES 


A 


ARROWS  AT  DATE 
1853-1855 


LEGEND  OBV. 
1860-1891 


« 


QUARTERS 


HALF  DOLLARS 


ARROWS  &  RAYS 
1853 


ARROWS  ONLY 
1854-1855 


BOWERS  AND  MERENA  § 
"KINGSWOOD"  ff 


ARROWS  a  RAYS 
1853 


ARROWS  ONLY 
1854-1855 


New  coinage  designs  in  the  copper,  copper-nickel,  and  silver  series, 
as  introduced  during  the  1851-1860  span.  A  display  holder  adds  much 
to  the  appreciation  of  such  a  collection. 


96 


The  1856  Flying  Eagle  cent,  actually  a  pattern,  illustrating  the  style 
produced  for  circulation  in  1857  and  1858.  The  reverse  motif  of  an 
agricultural  wreath  is  also  to  be  found  on  gold  dollars  and  $3  pieces 
of  the  1854-1889  years. 


97 


to  bullion  by  speculators,  bankers,  and  others,  while  additional  pieces 
were  shipped  to  bullion  markets  overseas.  In  order  to  stanch  the  loss 
of  circulating  coinage,  the  official  authorized  weights  for  the  half 
dime,  dime,  quarter,  and  half  dollar  were  lowered  in  1853.  For  ex¬ 
ample,  the  half  dollar,  previously  weighing  206 V4  grains  (of  an  alloy 
composed  of  90%  silver  and  10%  copper)  was  reduced  to  192  grains 
of  the  same  alloy.  To  signify  the  new  standard,  small  arrowheads 
were  placed  to  the  left  and  the  right  of  the  date  numerals  from  1853 
through  1855.  After  1855  the  lower  weights  remained,  but  the  ar¬ 
rowheads  were  removed.  Quarters  and  half  dollars  of  1853  have  an 
additional  feature:  rays  surrounding  the  eagle  on  the  reverse. 

The  San  Francisco  Mint  opened  for  business  in  1854.  By  the  end 
of  the  decade,  silver  coins  produced  included  dimes,  quarters,  half 
dollars,  and  one  variety  of  silver  dollar  (1859-S). 

The  decade  of  the  1850s  saw  a  great  increase  in  the  interest  in  coin 
collecting.  Whereas  in  1850  just  a  few  dozen  people  at  most  were 
interested  in  the  hobby,  by  1860  enthusiasts  numbered  many 
hundreds.  Doubtless,  The  American  Numismatical  Manual,  a  hefty 
book  on  coin  collecting  written  by  Professor  Montroville  W.  Dicke- 
son  and  published  in  1859,  helped  to  fan  the  flames  of  enthusiasm, 
as  did  the  sale  to  the  public  for  the  first  time  of  Proof  coins  in  1858, 
the  setting  up  of  several  professional  numismatic  firms  (coins  were 
usually  handled  in  addition  to  antiques  and  other  artifacts  in  the 
early  days),  the  conducting  of  several  coin  sales,  and  publicity  and 
interest  surrounding  the  gathering  of  specimens  for  the  Mint  Cabi¬ 
net  (which  displayed  the  National  Coin  Collection;  now  on  display 
at  the  Smithsonian  Institution).  The  decade  of  the  1850s  was  one 
of  enthusiasm  on  the  American  scene,  with  many  advances  being 
made  in  transportation,  publishing,  westward  development,  tech- 
nology,  and  other  fields.  But,  the  clouds  of  war  were  gathering,  and 
soon  the  Civil  War  embroiled  the  nation  and  pitted  North  against 
South,  brother  against  brother. 

A  type  set  of  copper,  copper-nickel,  and  silver  coins  of  the  decade 
contains  no  major  rarities,  but  specimens  of  certain  issues  in  higher 
grades  can  be  a  challenge  to  locate. 


98 


CENT 

1856-1858  Flying  Eagle 


Designed  by:  James  Barton  Longacre 

Issue  dates:  1856  (pattern  issue)-1858 

Composition:  0.88  part  copper,  0.12  part  nickel 

Diameter:  19  mm 

Weight:  72  grains 

Edge:  Plain 

Business  strike  mintage:  42,050,000 
Proof  mintage:  Fewer  than  2,000 

To  create  the  Flying  Eagle  cent.  Mint  engraver  James  B.  Longacre 
borrowed  two  motifs  from  the  past.  The  obverse  employs  an  eagle 
in  flight,  borrowed  from  Christian  Gobrecht's  silver  dollar  patterns 
of  the  1836-1839  years.  Above  is  the  inscription  UNITED  STATES  OF 
AMERICA,  while  the  date  is  below.  The  reverse  displays  a  wreath 
of  cotton,  corn,  wheat,  and  tobacco  enclosing  the  word  ONE  CENT, 
the  wreath  itself  having  been  used  earlier  on  Longacre's  designs  for 
the  $1  and  $3  gold  coins  of  1854.  In  1856,  approximately  600  pattern 
Flying  Eagle  cents  were  made  for  distribution  to  influential  people 
to  help  secure  approval  of  the  design.  Soon,  the  scarcity  of  the  is¬ 
sue  became  known  to  collectors,  and  pieces  were  selling  for  $2  or 
more  each  (stated  more  sensationally,  they  were  selling  for  200  times 
face  value).  The  Mint  subsequently  produced  Proof  restrikes  to  the 
extent  of  1,000  or  more  coins,  thus  accounting  for  most  Proof  Flying 
Eagle  cents  known  today  (for  relatively  few  Proofs  were  made  in  1857 
and  1858).  In  1857,  Flying  Eagle  cents  were  minted  in  large  quanti¬ 
ties  for  circulation.  Coinage  in  large  quantity  for  circulation  continued 
through  1858.  Trouble  developed  with  the  striking  up  of  the  design, 
as  often  the  head,  upper  wing  tip,  and  tail  of  the  eagle  would  be 
weakly  impressed.  As  a  result,  the  motif  was  discontinued. 

For  a  type  set,  no  difficulty  will  be  encountered  in  the  search  for 
an  1857  or  1858  Flying  Eagle  cent  in  any  grade  from  Fine  through 
Extremely  Fine.  AU  pieces  are  not  difficult  to  find,  and  Uncirculat¬ 
ed  coins  appear  with  some  frequency.  Truly  superb  Uncirculated 
pieces  are  rare. 


99 


CENT 

1859  Indian,  Laurel  Wreath 


Designed  by:  James  Barton  Longacre 
Issue  date:  1859 

Composition:  0.88  part  copper,  0.12  part  nickel 
Diameter:  19  mm 
Weight:  72  grains 
Edge:  Plain 

Business  strike  mintage:  36,400,000 
Proof  mintage:  800  (estimated) 

Following  a  pattern  coinage  in  1858,  the  Indian  cent  motif  was  used 
for  circulating  coinage  in  1859,  during  which  year  36,400,000  were 
struck.  The  obverse  depicts  a  stylized  Indian  facing  left,  wearing  a 
feathered  headdress  upon  which  is  a  band  inscribed  LIBERTY.  To 
the  left  is  UNITED  STATES,  and  behind  the  head  appears  OF 
AMERICA.  The  date  is  below.  The  reverse  employed  on  the  1859  cent 
shows  a  narrow  wreath  of  laurel  leaves  enclosing  the  word  ONE 
CENT.  Although  the  laurel  wreath  was  discontinued  for  cent  coin¬ 
age  after  1859,  Longacre  brought  it  to  life  later  for  an  adaptation  used 
on  the  reverse  of  the  nickel  three-cent  piece  (minted  1865-1889). 

Examples  of  the  1859  Indian  cent  are  readily  available  in  all  grades 
from  Good  through  AU.  Uncirculated  coins  are  scarcer,  and  superb 
Uncirculated  pieces  are  quite  elusive.  Proofs  were  made  for  collec¬ 
tors,  to  the  extent  of  an  estimated  800  coins,  and  are  occasionally 
available,  although  superb  Proofs  are  decidedly  rare. 


200 


CENT 

1860-1864  Indian,  Oak  Wreath,  Copper-Nickel 


Designed  by:  James  Barton  Longacre 
Issue  dates:  1860-1864 

Composition:  0.88  part  copper,  0.12  part  nickel 
Diameter:  19  mm 
Weight:  72  grains 
Edge:  Plain 

Business  strike  mintage:  122,321,000 
Proof  mintage:  Fewer  than  2,500 

Copper-nickel  alloy  (88%  copper,  12%  nickel)  cents  of  the  1860-1864 
years  have  a  different  reverse  from  the  preceding  and  illustrate  a 
broad  wreath  of  oak  leaves,  surmounted  with  a  shield,  enclosing 
ONE  CENT.  The  obverse  Indian  head  motif  remains  the  same  as  used 
in  1859.  All  throughout  the  Civil  War  these  pieces  were  produced 
in  large  quantities,  although  hoarding  by  the  public  in  1863  with¬ 
drew  most  of  them  from  circulation. 

The  numismatist  today  can  easily  acquire  a  representative  1860-1864 
copper-nickel  Indian  cent  in  any  grade  from  Good  through  AU, 
althugh  1861  is  more  expensive  and  is  considered  to  be  a  slightly 
scarcer  date.  Uncirculated  coins  are  scarce,  and  superb  Uncirculat¬ 
ed  pieces  are  rare.  Proofs  are  rare,  with  most  of  them  showing  some 
normal  flecks  or  oxidation  marks.  Superb  Proofs  are  extremely  rare. 


101 


SILVER  THREE-CENT  PIECE 
1851-1853  No  Outline  to  Star 


Designed  by:  James  Barton  Longacre 
Issue  dates:  1851-1853 

Composition:  0.75  part  silver,  0.25  part  copper 

Diameter:  14  mm 

Weight:  12.35  grains  (.8  gram) 

Edge:  Plain 

Business  strike  mintage:  36,230,940 
Proof  mintage:  Fewer  than  60 

The  silver  three-cent  piece  appeared  in  1851  and  was  intended  to 
facilitate  the  purchase  of  three-cent  stamps  at  various  post  office  out¬ 
lets.  The  obverse  of  the  1851-1853  style  bears  a  six  pointed  star  at 
the  center,  upon  which  is  a  shield.  UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA 
and  the  date  are  around  the  border.  The  reverse  employs  a  C-shaped 
ornament  enclosing  the  Roman  numeral  III,  with  13  stars  surround¬ 
ing.  From  the  very  outset,  difficulties  were  experienced  in  striking 
the  pieces  up  properly,  with  the  result  that  many  examples  seen  to¬ 
day  are  lightly  impressed  in  one  area  or  another  or  show  adjustment 
marks  (made  at  the  Mint  during  the  planchet  preparation  process). 
The  small  diameter  of  the  coin  evoked  criticism.  Although  large  quan¬ 
tities  were  produced  during  the  early  years  of  the  series,  particular¬ 
ly  in  1852  and  1853,  subsequent  production  declined,  and  the 
denomination  never  achieved  widespread  popularity. 

With  the  exception  of  the  1851-0  (New  Orleans  Mint)  issue,  the 
only  branch  mint  issue  of  the  denomination,  all  varieties  of  the 
1851-1853  coinage  are  readily  available  in  grades  from  Good  through 
Extremely  Fine.  As  noted  earlier,  sharply  struck  pieces  are  elusive. 
AU  coins  are  scarce.  Uncirculated  pieces  are  scarcer,  and  superb  Un¬ 
circulated  coins  are  quite  rare. 


102 


SILVER  THREE-CENT  PIECE 
1854-1858,  Three  Outlines  to  Star 


Designed  by:  James  Barton  Longacre 
Issue  dates:  1854-1858 

Composition:  0.900  part  silver,  0.100  part  copper 

Diameter:  14  mm 

Weight:  11.57  grains  (.75  gram) 

Edge:  Plain 

Business  strike  mintage:  4,914,000 
Proof  mintage:  Fewer  than  300 

In  an  effort  to  facilitate  the  striking  up  of  design  details,  the  ob¬ 
verse  motif  of  the  silver  three-cent  piece  was  modified  in  1854  by 
the  addition  of  three  outlines  to  the  star.  The  result  was  just  the  op¬ 
posite  of  that  intended,  and  pieces  of  the  1854-1858  years  were  more 
difficult  to  produce  than  ever.  Examples  seen  today  nearly  always 
are  weakly  struck  around  the  borders  and  in  certain  other  areas  as 
well.  Indeed,  the  1854-1858  silver  three-cent  piece  is  the  most  poor¬ 
ly  struck  of  any  design  type  of  the  mid  19th  century. 

There  will  be  no  difficulty  acquiring  an  example  of  this  issue  in 
any  grade  desired  from  Good  through  Extremely  Fine.  AU  coins  are 
scarce,  and  Uncirculated  pieces  are  rare.  Superb  Uncirculated  pieces 
are  very  rare.  Sharply  struck  coins  are  seldom  met  with.  For  all  prac¬ 
tical  purposes,  the  numismatist  should  be  satisfied  with  an  exam¬ 
ple  which  shows  some  lightness  of  impression,  particularly  around 
the  borders.  The  year  1855  is  considered  to  be  the  scarcest  in  the 
range  and,  curiously,  of  the  five  dates  of  this  type,  the  1855  is  the 
single  date  which  is  occasionally,  very  occasionally,  seen  with  some 
semblance  of  sharp  striking. 


203 


SILVER  THREE-CENT  PIECE 
1859-1873  Two  Outlines  to  Star 


Designed  by:  James  Barton  Longacre 
Issue  dates:  1859-1  73 

Composition:  0.900  part  silver,  0.100  part  copper 

Diameter:  14  mm 

Weight:  11.57  grains  (0.75  gram) 

Edge:  Plain 

Business  strike  mintage:  1,572,600 
Proof  mintage:  10,840 

The  silver  three-cent  piece  was  again  modified  in  1859.  The  three 
outlines  to  the  obverse  star  were  discontinued  in  favor  of  two  out¬ 
lines.  At  last,  the  problem  of  weak  striking  was  solved,  and  from 
this  point  forward  specimens  were  much  more  sharply  struck  than 
their  predecessors.  Still,  occasional  weak  strikes  persisted.  Examples 
were  produced  in  large  quantities  for  circulation  from  1859  through 
1862,  after  which  time  the  hoarding  of  silver  pieces  during  the  Civil 
War  made  additional  coinage  redundant.  After  the  war  ended,  in 
1865,  quantities  produced  remained  small,  for  the  coin  was  never 
popular  with  the  public.  Although  several  thousand  business  strikes 
are  listed  for  each  of  various  years  from  1865  onward,  today  speci¬ 
mens  encountered  of  these  particular  years  are  apt  to  be  Proofs.  Un¬ 
circulated  examples  of  coins  dated  from  1866  through  1872  are  ex¬ 
treme  rarities.  Most  "Uncirculated"  pieces  seen  by  the  writer  have 
been  Proofs.  The  last  year,  1873,  saw  mintage  only  of  Proofs,  to  the 
extent  of  an  estimated  600  pieces. 

The  collector  desiring  an  example  for  a  type  set  will  have  no  diffi¬ 
culty  acquiring  a  specimen  dated  in  the  1859  to  1862  range  in  grades 
from  Fine  through  Extremely  Fine  or  AU.  Uncirculated  pieces  occur 
with  some  frequency,  although  truly  superb  examples  are  elusive. 
When  they  do  occur  they  are  apt  to  be  dated  1861  or  1862.  Among 
higher  grade  pieces,  most  often  seen  are  Proofs. 


104 


HALF  DIME 
1853-1855  Arrows  at  Date 


Designed  by:  Christian  Gobrecht 
Issue  dates:  1853-1855 

Composition:  0.900  part  silver,  0.100  part  copper 
Diameter:  15.5  mm 
Weight:  19.2  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  25,060,020 
Proof  mintage:  Fewer  than  150 

In  1853  the  Liberty  Seated  design  was  modified  by  the  addition 
of  tiny  arrowheads  to  the  left  and  right  of  the  date,  to  signify  a  de¬ 
crease  in  the  authorized  weight  from  20.625  grains  to  19.2  grains. 
These  arrows  remained  in  place  through  1855,  after  which  they  were 
discontinued,  although  the  reduced  weight  remained  in  effect  for 
later  years  as  well.  The  obverse  depicts  Liberty  seated  on  a  rock,  hold¬ 
ing  in  her  left  hand  a  liberty  cap  on  a  pole  and  with  her  right  hand 
holding  a  shield.  Stars  are  above,  and  the  date,  with  an  arrowhead 
on  each  side,  is  below.  The  reverse  is  the  same  as  used  earlier  and 
consists  of  an  open  wreath  enclosing  HALF  DIME  with  UNITED 
STATES  OF  AMERICA  surrounding.  As  earlier  silver  half  dimes  (and 
other  silver  denominations)  were  being  hoarded,  the  mint  produced 
an  unprecedented  quantity  of  half  dimes  of  the  with-arrows  style, 
with  the  figure  for  1853  totaling  13,210,020  at  the  Philadelphia  Mint, 
whereas  the  highest  mintage  for  any  earlier  half  dime  date  since  the 
inception  of  the  denomination  was  2,760,000,  or  less  than  a  quarter 
of  this  figure,  back  in  1835. 

The  numismatist  will  have  no  difficulty  in  acquiring  an  example 
of  this  design  in  any  desired  grade  from  Good  through  AU.  Uncir¬ 
culated  pieces  are  elusive,  and  superb  Uncirculated  pieces  are  scarce. 
The  tremendous  demand  for  them  on  the  part  of  type  set  collectors 
has  resulted  in  the  supply  being  widespread. 


105 


HALF  DIME 

1860-1873  Legend  Obverse 


Designed  by:  Christian  Gobrecht 
Issue  dates:  1860-1873 

Composition:  0.900  part  silver,  0.100  part  copper 
Diameter:  15.5  mm. 

Weight:  19.2  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  15,552,600 
Proof  mintage:  10,040 

In  the  half  dime  (and  also  the  dime)  series  a  modification  to  the 
design  occurred  in  1860.  The  Liberty  Seated  motif  was  retained  as 
the  central  obverse  design,  but  the  peripheral  stars  were  eliminated 
in  favor  of  the  inscription  UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA,  which 
previously  had  appeared  around  the  border  of  the  reverse.  The  date 
remained  below  Liberty.  The  reverse  wreath  was  restyled  to  a  larger 
format  without  lettering  at  the  border,  enclosing  the  denomination 
expressed  as  HALF  DIME.  This  style  was  continued  through  1873, 
at  which  time  the  half  dime  denomination  was  terminated. 

The  type  set  collector  will  have  no  difficulty  acquiring  a  commoner 
date  in  this  era  in  any  desired  grade  from  Very  Good  to  AU.  Uncir¬ 
culated  pieces  are  harder  to  find,  and  superb  Uncirculated  half  dimes 
are  quite  scarce.  Proofs  were  issued  to  collectors  and  are  generally 
available.  Scattered  among  the  common  dates  in  the  series  are  several 
scarce  varieties,  including  several  of  the  Philadelphia  Mint  issues. 


106 


DIME 

1853-1855  Arrows  at  Date 


Designed  by:  Christian  Gobrecht 
Issue  dates:  1853-1855 

Composition:  0.900  part  silver,  0.100  part  copper 
Diameter:  17.9  mm. 

Weight:  38.4  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  21,493,010 
Proof  mintage:  Fewer  than  150 

As  a  counter  to  widespread  hoarding  of  silver  coins  in  the  early 
1850s,  when  the  silver  in  a  dime  (and  other  denominations)  became 
worth  more  than  the  face  value,  the  weight  of  a  dime  was  reduced 
from  41.25  grains  to  38.4  grains.  To  signify  this  change,  tiny  arrow¬ 
heads  were  placed  to  the  left  and  the  right  of  the  date.  Otherwise 
the  Liberty  Seated  design  remains  the  same  as  used  from  1838 
through  early  1853.  Large  quantities  were  produced  of  the  1853  with- 
arrows  Philadelphia  Mint  issues;  a  coinage  in  excess  of  12  million. 
Lesser  quantities  were  made  of  other  issues,  Philadelphia  and  San 
Francisco  pieces,  through  1855. 

The  type  set  collector  can  easily  acquire  a  specimen  of  this  issue 
in  any  desired  grade  from  Good  through  Extremely  Fine  or  AU.  Un¬ 
circulated  pieces  are  scarce,  and  superb  Uncirculated  coins  are  quite 
difficult  to  find. 


107 


DIME 

1860-1891  Legend  Obverse 


Designed  by:  Christian  Gobrecht 
Issue  dates:  1860-1891 

Composition:  0.900  part  silver,  0.100  part  copper 
Diameter:  17.9  mm. 

Weight:  38.4  grains  1860  to  1873  no  arrows:  38.58  grains  later 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  175,889,677 
Proof  mintage:  25,403 

Like  the  half  dime,  the  dime  underwent  a  design  change  in  1860. 
The  Liberty  Seated  motif  was  retained  on  the  obverse,  but  the  stars 
were  removed,  and  in  its  place  UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA,  for¬ 
merly  on  the  reverse,  was  inscribed.  The  date  remained  in  its  regu¬ 
lar  position  below  the  base  of  Miss  Liberty.  The  reverse  wreath  was 
restyled  to  a  larger  format  enclosing  the  denomination  expressed  as 
ONE  DIME.  This  style  was  produced  continuously  from  1860 
through  1891.  A  number  of  scarce  issues  were  made  during  that  span, 
including  Carson  City  pieces  of  the  early  1870s.  Dimes  of  1873  and 
1874  with  arrows  at  the  date  constitute  a  separate  type  and  are  dis¬ 
cussed  in  the  following  chapter. 

Dimes  of  common  dates  in  the  1860-1891  range  are  readily  availa¬ 
ble  in  desired  grades  from  Good  through  AU.  Uncirculated  pieces 
are  not  difficult  to  find,  and  superb  Uncirculated  coins  are  likewise 
available.  Proofs  were  struck  for  collectors  and  are  available  for  the 
various  Philadelphia  Mint  issues.  Of  all  Liberty  Seated  coins  in  the 
1870s  through  the  1890s — dimes,  quarters,  half  dollars — more  dimes 
by  far  survive  today  than  do  quarters  and  half  dollars. 


108 


QUARTER  DOLLAR 
1853  Arrows  and  Rays 


Designed  by:  Christian  Gobrecht 
Issue  date:  1853 

Composition:  0.900  part  silver,  0.10  part  copper 
Diameter:  24.3  mm. 

Weight:  96  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  16,542,000 
Proof  mintage:  Fewer  than  10 

As  also  happened  with  the  half  dime  and  dime,  quarter  dollars 
were  reduced  in  weight  in  1853  as  a  measure  against  the  hoarding 
and  melting  of  newly  released  pieces.  The  authorized  weight,  previ¬ 
ously  103.125  grains,  was  lowered  to  96  grains.  To  signify  this,  ar¬ 
rows  were  placed  to  the  left  and  the  right  of  the  date  on  the  obverse, 
and  rays  were  added  above  the  eagle  on  the  reverse.  The  rays  were 
used  only  in  1853  and  thus  constitute  a  separate  type.  In  1854  (see 
following  page)  the  arrows  were  removed,  thus  creating  the  type  with 
arrows  at  date  and  without  rays  on  the  reverse.  Mintage  was  accom¬ 
plished  at  the  Philadelphia  and  New  Orleans  facilities,  with 
15,210,000  at  the  former  location  and  1,332,000  at  the  latter. 

Numismatists  will  have  no  difficulty  acquiring  an  example  of  the 
1853  Philadelphia  Mint  issue  in  any  desired  grade  from  Good 
through  Extremely  Fine.  AU  pieces  are  scarcer,  and  Uncirculated 
coins  are  fairly  elusive.  Superb  Uncirculated  pieces  are  seldom  met 
with. 


109 


QUARTER  DOLLAR 
1854-1855  Arrows  Only 


Designed  by:  Christian  Gobrecht 
Issue  dates:  1854-1855 

Composition:  0.900  part  silver,  0.100  part  copper 
Diameter:  24.3  mm. 

Weight:  96  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  17,293,400 
Proof  mintage:  Fewer  than  140 

The  Liberty  Seated  quarter  with  arrows  at  date  and  rays  on  the 
reverse  design  was  modified  in  1854  by  dropping  the  rays  on  the 
reverse  but  retaining  the  obverse  arrows.  Otherwise  the  type  is  es¬ 
sentially  the  same  as  produced  from  1838  through  early  1853.  Coin¬ 
age  was  effected  at  the  Philadelphia,  New  Orleans,  and  San  Fran¬ 
cisco  mints,  the  latter  mint  beginning  production  of  the  denomination 
in  1855.  The  most  plentiful  of  the  two  1854-1855  dates  is  1854,  of  which 
12,380,000  were  produced,  a  figure  which  accounts  for  over  half  of 
the  entire  quantity  of  the  type. 

Specimens  of  the  1854,  the  most  common  date,  are  readily  availa¬ 
ble  in  grades  from  Good  through  Extremely  Fine.  AU  pieces  are  scarc¬ 
er,  and  Uncirculated  coins  are  fairly  elusive.  Superb  Uncirculated 
pieces  are  rare. 


no 


HALF  DOLLAR 
1853  Arrows  and  Rays 


Designed  by:  Christian  Gobrecht 
Issue  date:  1853 

Composition:  0.900  part  silver,  0.100  part  copper 
Diameter:  30.6  mm. 

Weight:  192  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  4,860,708 
Proof  mintage:  Fewer  than  10 

In  1853,  when  the  authorized  weight  of  the  half  dollar  was  reduced 
from  206.25  grains  to  192  grains,  the  change  was  noted  on  the  coins 
by  the  addition  of  small  arrowheads  to  each  side  of  the  date  and 
rays  above  the  eagle  on  the  reverse.  Otherwise  the  Liberty  Seated 
motif  remained  the  same  as  used  from  1839  onward.  Just  two  varie¬ 
ties  were  produced:  the  1853  Philadelphia  issue  of  which  3,532,708 
were  made,  and  the  1853-0  (New  Orleans)  with  a  mintage  of 
1,328,000. 

Examples  of  the  type  are  readily  available  in  grades  from  Good 
through  Extremely  Fine  or  AU.  Uncirculated  coins  are  scarce,  and 
truly  superb  Uncirculated  pieces  are  rare. 


Ill 


HALF  DOLLAR 
1854-1855  Arrows  Only 


Designed  by:  Christian  Gobrecht 
Issue  dates:  1854-1855 

Composition:  0.900  part  silver,  0.100  part  copper 
Diameter:  30.6  mm. 

Weight:  192  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  12,799,450 
Proof  mintage:  Fewer  than  140 


The  Liberty  Seated  half  dollar  style  of  1854-1855  with  arrowheads 
at  the  date  is  the  same  as  used  in  1853  except  that  the  reverse  rays 
have  been  deleted.  Thus,  1854-1855  dollars  stand  as  a  distinct  type. 
Coinage  was  produced  primarily  at  Philadelphia  and  New  Orleans. 
In  1855  the  San  Francisco  Mint  issued  the  denomination  for  the  first 
time,  striking  129,950  pieces.  This  remains  the  only  rare  mintmark 
variety  in  the  date  span.  An  interesting  variation  is  provided  by  the 
1855/4  overdate,  a  variety  which  exists  in  business  strike  form  as  well 
as  Proof. 

Examples  of  the  1854-1855  design  are  readily  available  in  all  grades 
from  Good  through  Extremely  Fine  to  AU.  Uncirculated  pieces  are 
scarce,  and  superb  Uncirculated  pieces  are  scarcer  yet,  although  they 
are  not  nearly  so  rare  as  comparable  examples  of  the  1853  with  ar¬ 
rows  and  rays  style. 


112 


Chapter  6 


New  Issues 

BRONZE,  NICKEL,  AND 
SILVER  1861-1900 


*4. 


New  designs  which  appeared  during  the  1861-1900  era  include 
many  interesting  types,  some  of  which  were  quite  short  lived,  the 
1883  without  CENTS  Liberty  nickel  being  an  example.  The  era  itself 
was  one  of  great  change  in  America.  At  the  outset  the  Civil  War  was 
raging,  after  which  there  were  the  unsettled  conditions  and  turmoil 
of  Reconstruction,  followed  by  all  sorts  of  shenanigans  in  the  inter¬ 
national  gold  market,  the  securities  field,  and  banking.  Silver  was 
produced  in  vast  quantities  in  Nevada  in  the  1860s  and  early  1870s, 
leading  to  the  establishment  of  the  Carson  City  Mint,  which  turned 
out  its  first  coins  in  1870.  The  market  for  silver  bullion  fell  later  in 
the  decade,  causing  vested  interests  in  the  West  to  promote  the  Bland- 
Allison  Act,  which  saw  the  production  of  hundreds  of  millions  of 
unwanted  and  unneeded  silver  dollars  of  the  new  Morgan  design. 
The  situation  had  a  beneficial  effect  on  coin  collecting  decades  later, 
when  numismatists  were  delighted  to  find  that  countless  Morgan 
dollars  of  earlier  dates  in  Uncirculated  grade  could  be  obtained  at 
face  value  or  close  to  it.  The  Treasury  release  of  silver  dollars  in  quan¬ 
tity,  which  occurred  in  1962  and  1963,  set  the  stage  for  a  tremendous 
increase  in  coin  collecting.  Morgan  dollars,  rather  obscure  at  the  time 
so  far  as  collector  interest  was  concerned,  catapulted  to  the  forefront, 
and  by  the  1970s  and  1980s  the  series  was  probably  number  one  in 
most  collectors'  minds.  Then  there  were  such  coins  as  the  two-cent 
piece,  intended  to  be  a  convenience  by  substituting  a  single  coin  for 
two  Indian  cents.  It  didn't  work  out,  and  before  long  the  denomina¬ 
tion  was  discontinued.  Related  was  the  experience  of  the  nickel  three- 
cent  piece,  which  was  launched  with  great  expectations  in  1865.  Al¬ 
most  from  the  very  outset,  mintage  figures  dropped  sharply,  and 
shortly  more  than  a  decade  later,  coinage  was  limited  to  just  a  few 
thousand  pieces  each  year.  The  twenty-cent  piece,  of  the  Liberty  Seat¬ 
ed  design  and  nearly  the  same  diameter  as  the  quarter  dollar,  was 
confusing  to  the  public  and  saw  one  year  of  quantity  production. 


125 


NICKELS 


THREE  CENT 


SEATED 

ARROWS 

1873-1874 


TRADE 

1873-1885 


UNITED  STATES  COINAGE  DESIGNS 

NEW  ISSUES  'BRONZE,  NICKEL,  SILVER 
1861-1900 


TWO  CENT 

^shIeld^ 

1864-1873 


INDIAN  HEAD 
1864-1909 


NICKEL-ALLOY 

1865-1889 


SHIELD 

1867-1883 


SHIELD-RAY! 

1866-1867 


SEATED-MOTTO 

1866-1873 


1878-1921 


CENT 


TWENTY  CENTS 


SEATED  LIBERTY 
1875-1878 


QUARTERS 


LIBERTY-CENTS 

1883-1913 


SEATED 


SEATED 
MOTTO  / 
1866-1891  1 


BARBER 

1892-1915 


SEATED-ARROWS 

1873-1874 


BARBER 

1892-1916 


LIBERTY 

1883 


HALE  DOLLARS 


MOTTO 

1866-1891 


BARBER 
1892-1915  SEATED 

ARROWS 
1873-1874 

DOLLARS 


A  display  of  new  bronze,  nickel,  and  silver  designs  introduced  dur¬ 
ing  the  1851-1900  span.  This  period  marked  many  significant  changes 
in  the  coinage  spectrum. 


116 


The  two-cent  piece  made  its  debut  in  1864  and  was  continued  in 
production  through  1873.  The  shield  design  on  the  obverse  is  related 
to  that  used  on  nickel  five-cent  pieces  of  the  1866-1883  span.  Despite 
great  expectations  by  the  Treasury  Department,  two-cent  pieces  proved 
to  be  unpopular  with  the  public  and  were  soon  discontinued. 


117 


Designed  by  Charles  E.  Barber,  the  Liberty  Head  or  Barber  half  dol¬ 
lar  made  its  debut  in  1892  and  was  continued  through  1915.  Dimes  and 
quarters  featuring  the  same  obverse  motif  were  minted  from  1892 
through  1916.  The  Heraldic  Eagle  reverse,  used  on  quarters  and  half 
dollars  (but  not  dimes),  is  another  adaptation  of  the  Great  Seal  of  the 
United  States. 


118 


1875,  followed  by  low  mintages  and  then  discontinuation. 

In  1873  a  new  denomination,  the  trade  dollar,  appeared.  Its  intent 
was  to  serve  in  the  Orient  as  a  trading  medium.  Merchants  in  Chi¬ 
na  preferred  Mexican  dollars,  which  were  slightly  heavier  than  the 
American  standard  of  412  grains.  So,  the  trade  dollar,  weighing  420 
grains,  was  created.  After  quantity  production  for  a  few  years,  the 
denomination  was  terminated.  In  the  meantime,  the  authorized 
weights  of  certain  silver  coins  were  increased  slightly.  To  signify  this, 
arrowheads  were  placed  near  the  dates  of  some  1873  and  all  1874 
dimes,  quarters,  and  half  dollars. 

During  the  Civil  War,  agitation  arose  for  the  addition  of  a  timely 
motto  to  our  nation's  coinage.  Such  ideas  as  GOD  OUR  TRUST  and 
GOD  AND  COUNTRY  were  proposed,  but  finally  adopted  was  IN 
GOD  WE  TRUST,  taken  from  a  stanza  of  the  Star  Spangled  Banner 
which  noted:  "And  let  this  be  our  motto:  In  God  is  our  trust."  The 
term  first  appeared  on  circulating  coinage  with  the  two-cent  piece 
of  1864.  Two  years  later,  in  1866,  IN  GOD  WE  TRUST  was  added 
to  the  reverse  of  the  quarter,  half  dollar,  silver  dollar,  and  large 
denomination  gold  coins.  In  later  years  the  motto  became  a  part  of 
nearly  every  new  coin  design,  unless  space  requirements  prevented 
it. 

The  1861-1900  era  closed  with  the  so-called  Gay  Nineties,  an  era 
remembered  for  its  conviviality  and  good  times.  The  Victorian  peri¬ 
od  was  drawing  to  a  close,  and  the  coming  20th  century  would  bring 
with  it  changes  no  one  had  dreamed  of  earlier. 


119 


CENT 

Indian  Head  1864-1909,  Bronze 


Designed  by:  James  B.  Longacre 
Issue  dates:  1864-1909,  bronze 

Composition:  Bronze  (95%  copper,  5%  tin  and  zinc) 

Diameter:  19  mm. 

Weight:  48  grains 
Edge:  Plain 

Business  strike  mintage:  1,690,839,942 
Proof  mintage:  98,000  (estimated) 

The  Indian  head  cent,  designed  by  James  B.  Longacre  and  in¬ 
troduced  into  the  coinage  system  in  1859,  was  struck  in  copper-nickel 
alloy  (88%  copper  and  12%  nickel)  from  that  point  through  the  mid¬ 
dle  of  the  Civil  War.  During  that  conflict,  coins  of  all  types  were 
hoarded,  including  copper-nickel  cents.  In  their  place  appeared  thou¬ 
sands  of  different  varieties  of  privately-issued  cent-size  tokens  struck 
in  bronze.  These  were  readily  accepted  by  the  public.  The  situation 
did  not  go  unnoticed  at  the  Mint,  and  soon  a  proposal  was  made 
to  drop  the  copper-nickel  metal,  which  had  caused  many  striking 
difficulties  due  to  its  hardness,  and  replace  it  with  bronze.  This  was 
done  in  1864.  Apart  from  the  metallic  composition,  the  format  re¬ 
mained  the  same  as  used  earlier.  Later  in  1864,  a  tiny  L,  the  initial 
of  Longacre,  was  added  inconspicuously  on  the  obverse.  The  posi¬ 
tion  of  the  last  feather  of  the  headdress  in  relation  to  the  last  several 
letters  of  AMERICA  was  changed  in  1886. 

Although  there  are  a  number  of  scarce  varieties  within  the 
1864-1909  span,  including  1864  with  L  on  ribbon,  1871,  1872,  1877 
(in  particular),  and  1909-S,  there  are  enough  common  dates  that  ob¬ 
taining  a  specimen  in  any  desired  condition  presents  no  problem. 
Examples  are  easily  available  in  grades  from  Good  through  Uncir¬ 
culated,  although  pristine,  superb  Uncirculated  pieces  are  becom¬ 
ing  increasingly  scarce.  Proofs  were  made  in  fairly  large  quantities 
and  are  readily  available,  particularly  of  dates  after  1877. 


120 


TWO-CENT  PIECE 
1864-1873 


Designed  by:  James  B.  Longacre 
Issue  dates:  1864-1873 

Composition:  Bronze  (95%  copper,  5%  tin  and  zinc) 

Diameter:  23  mm. 

Weight:  96  grains 
Edge:  Plain 

Business  strike  mintage:  45,601,000 
Proof  mintage:  7,500  (estimated) 

The  two-cent  piece,  made  in  pattern  form  as  early  as  1836,  was 
first  used  in  circulation  in  1864.  The  obverse  design  depicts  a  shield 
with  two  arrows  behind,  a  wreath  surrounding,  and  the  motto  IN 
GOD  WE  TRUST  on  a  ribbon  above.  The  date  is  near  the  bottom 
border.  The  reverse  illustrates  an  open  wreath  enclosing  the  denomi¬ 
nation  2  CENTS,  with  UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA  around  the 
border.  Intended  to  alleviate  the  coin  shortage  of  the  Civil  War  era 
and  to  provide  for  a  convenient  substitution  for  two  individual  cents, 
the  two-cent  piece  was  minted  in  large  quantities  during  the  first 
two  years  of  its  existence,  after  which  the  mintage  figures  declined, 
until  in  1873  the  mintage  was  limited  just  to  Proofs  for  collectors. 

Specimens  of  early  years,  particularly  1864  through  1869,  are  readily 
available  in  any  grade  desired  from  Good  through  AU.  Uncirculated 
pieces  are  scarce,  and  superb  Uncirculated  pieces  with  full  original 
mint  color  are  quite  elusive.  Rarities  in  the  series  include  the  1864 
Small  Motto,  the  1869/8  overdate,  and  the  Proof-only  1873. 


121 


NICKEL  THREE-CENT  PIECE 
1865-1889 


Designed  by:  James  Barton  Longacre 
Issue  dates:  1865-1889 

Composition:  0.75  part  copper  and  0.25  part  nickel,  an  alloy 
commonly  called  "nickel" 

Diameter:  17.9  mm. 

Weight:  29.94  grains  (1.94  grams) 

Edge:  Plain 

Business  strike  mintage:  31,332,527 
Proof  mintage:  56,000  (estimated) 

Nickel  three-cent  pieces  were  intended  to  serve  as  small  change 
in  circulation  and  as  a  substitute  for  the  silver  three-cent  pieces,  in 
an  era  in  which  the  government  was  releasing  little  new  silver  coin¬ 
age  into  circulation.  Silver  coin  shipments  were  suspended  during 
the  Civil  War  and  were  not  fully  resumed  until  the  early  1870s.  De¬ 
spite  great  expectations,  as  evidenced  by  a  mintage  of  over  11  mil¬ 
lion  the  first  year,  the  pieces  were  not  well  accepted,  and  from  that 
point  the  mintages  declined.  In  later  years  very  few  were  struck.  The 
obverse  design  consists  of  Miss  Liberty  wearing  a  diadem  inscribed 
LIBERTY,  her  hair  neatly  arranged.  UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERI¬ 
CA  and  the  date  surround.  The  reverse  is  an  adaptation  of  the  lau¬ 
rel  wreath  earlier  used  on  the  1859  Indian  cent,  enclosing  the  Ro¬ 
man  numeral  III. 

Numismatists  desiring  circulated  examples  of  the  nickel  three-cent 
piece  will  find  that  coins  from  Good  through  AU  grades  are  readily 
available  for  most  issues  of  the  decade  beginning  with  the  1865  date. 
Uncirculated  coins  are  also  seen  with  regularity,  although  truly  su¬ 
perb  pieces  are  scarce.  Those  desiring  Proofs  will  have  a  better  selec¬ 
tion  among  later  issues,  which  were  produced  in  large  quantities. 
Business  strikes  are  apt  to  be  lightly  impressed  in  areas,  a  result  of 
the  hard  nickel  alloy  not  completely  filling  all  of  the  recesses  in  the 
dies. 


222 


NICKEL  FIVE-CENT  PIECE 
1866-1867  Shield,  Rays  on  Reverse 


Designed  by:  James  B.  Longacre 
Issue  dates:  1866-1867 
Composition:  75%  copper,  25%  nickel 
Diameter:  20.5  mm. 

Weight:  77.16  grains  (5  grams) 

Edge:  Plain 

Business  strike  mintage:  16,761,500 
Proof  mintage:  500  (estimated) 

The  nickel-five  cent  piece  made  its  appearance  in  1866  as  a  substi¬ 
tute  for  the  half  dime,  for  the  Treasury  Department  at  the  time  was 
withholding  silver  coins  from  circulation.  The  first  design  was  the 
Shield  style  with  rays  on  the  obverse.  The  obverse  closely  follows 
the  design  of  the  two-cent  piece  and  consists  of  a  shield  with  a  wreath 
surrounding  the  upper  portion,  a  cross  at  the  top,  and  two  crossed 
arrows  at  the  bottom.  IN  GOD  WE  TRUST  is  above,  and  the  date 
is  below.  The  reverse  is  dominated  by  the  central  numeral  5,  from 
which  emanate  13  rays  interspersed  among  as  many  stars.  The  in¬ 
scription  UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA  and  CENTS  appears 
around  the  border.  It  was  quickly  learned  that  the  hard  nickel  alloy 
plus  the  features  of  the  design  caused  coins  to  strike  up  lightly,  with 
many  design  details  often  weak  or  missing.  It  was  believed  that  the 
elimination  of  rays  from  the  reverse  would  simplify  the  design  and 
reduce  metal  movement  in  the  die,  thus  solving  the  problem.  Ac¬ 
cordingly,  the  rays  were  discontinued  early  in  1867. 

Examples  of  the  1866-1867  Shield  nickel  with  rays  are  readily  avail¬ 
able  in  grades  from  Good  through  AU.  Uncirculated  pieces  are  scarce, 
and  truly  superb  Uncirculated  coins  are  rare.  A  number  of  Proofs 
were  minted  for  collectors,  particularly  in  1866,  when  it  is  believed 
that  nearly  500  were  made.  The  1867  with  rays  is  scarcer  in  all  grades, 
and  in  Proof  it  is  a  major  rarity. 


223 


NICKEL  FIVE-CENT  PIECE 
1867-1883  Shield,  Without  Rays 


Designed  by:  James  Barton  Longacre 
Issue  dates:  1867-1883 
Composition:  75%  copper,  25%  nickel 
Diameter:  20.5  mm. 

Weight:  77.16  grains  (5  grams) 

Edge:  Plain 

Business  strike  mintage:  111,256,110 
Proof  mintage:  31,000  (estimated) 

The  Shield  nickel  style  of  1867-1883  is  similar  to  that  of  1866  except 
that  the  13  rays  between  the  stars  on  the  reverse  have  been  eliminat¬ 
ed.  This  alleviated  the  problem  of  weak  striking  to  an  extent,  with 
the  result  that  Shield  nickels  of  this  type  are  generally  better  struck 
than  earlier  pieces,  although  the  majority  of  surviving  coins  show 
weakness  in  one  area  or  another.  Die  breakage  was  a  common  oc¬ 
currence,  and  often  inspection  with  a  magnifying  glass  will  reward 
the  viewer  with  a  glimpse  of  a  myriad  of  tiny  cracks,  which  lend  in¬ 
terest  to  a  coin.  From  1867  through  1883  coinage  was  continuous, 
although  in  1877  and  1878  no  business  strikes  were  produced;  the 
issues  of  those  two  years  were  limited  to  Proofs  for  collectors. 

Numismatists  will  have  no  difficulty  obtaining  a  common  date  such 
as  most  years  from  1867  through  1876,  and  also  1882  and  1883,  in 
any  grade  desired  from  Good  through  AU.  Uncirculated  pieces  are 
scarce  and  superb  Uncirculated  pieces  are  rare.  Proofs  were  made 
in  fairly  large  numbers  for  collectors  and  are  readily  available,  al¬ 
though  most  uncleaned  examples  show  light  flecks  or  spots  as  a  re¬ 
sult  of  moisture  over  the  years. 


124 


NICKEL  FIVE-CENT  PIECE 
1883  Liberty,  Without  CENTS 


Designed  by:  Charles  E.  Barber 
Issue  date:  1883 

Composition:  75%  copper,  25%  nickel 
Diameter:  21.2  mm. 

Weight:  77.16  grains  (5  grams) 

Edge:  Plain 

Business  strike  mintage:  5,474,000 
Proof  mintage:  5,219 

In  1883  a  new  design  appeared,  the  Liberty  Head  motif  by  Charles 
E.  Barber.  The  obverse  depicts  the  head  of  Miss  Liberty,  perhaps 
modeled  after  the  goddess  Diana,  wearing  a  coronet  inscribed  LIB¬ 
ERTY  and  surrounded  by  13  stars,  with  the  date  below.  The  reverse 
shows  an  agricultural  wreath,  open  at  the  top,  enclosing  the  Roman 
letter  V  as  the  only  mark  of  value.  UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA 
and  the  motto  E  PLURIBUS  UNUM  surround.  The  word  CENTS 
does  not  appear  on  the  coin.  Unscrupulous  persons  gold-plated  the 
pieces  and  passed  them  off  as  $5  gold  coins  to  unsuspecting  mer¬ 
chants  and  citizens.  The  mint  realized  that  a  design  error  had  been 
created,  and  soon  the  word  CENTS  was  added  to  the  reverse  (see 
next  listing).  In  the  meantime,  the  variety  captured  the  fancy  of  the 
public,  and  rumors  quickly  spread  that  the  mint  was  calling  them 
in  (not  true)  and  that  the  value  would  soon  rise  sharply.  As  a  result, 
vast  quantities  were  hoarded.  Collectors  joined  the  game,  and  many 
Proofs  were  ordered,  resulting  in  a  nearly  record  mintage  of  5,219 
Proof  examples. 

In  grades  from  Good  through  Uncirculated,  particularly  in  higher 
grades  from  Extremely  Fine  through  AU,  examples  are  easily  availa¬ 
ble.  Superb  Uncirculated  coins  are  also  available,  but  some  search¬ 
ing  may  be  required  to  locate  a  nice  one.  Proofs  are  often  seen,  as 
the  generous  mintage  would  indicate. 


125 


NICKEL  FIVE-CENT  PIECE 
1883-1913  Liberty,  With  CENTS 


Designed  by:  Charles  E.  Barber 
Issue  dates:  1883-1913 
Composition:  75%  copper,  25%  nickel 
Diameter:  21.2  mm. 

Weight:  77.16  grains  (5  grams) 

Edge:  Plain 

Business  strike  mintage:  596,535,965 
Proof  mintage:  79,923 

Following  the  introduction  of  the  Liberty  nickel  without  CENTS, 
the  omission  of  this  key  word  was  realized,  and  the  reverse  design 
was  modified  to  incorporate  CENTS  below  the  wreath.  The  motto 
E  PLURIBUS  UNUM,  earlier  in  that  space,  was  reduced  in  size  and 
placed  in  an  arc  above  the  wreath.  This  style  was  continued  through 
the  end  of  the  series  in  1912.  Coinage  was  continuous  from  1883  on¬ 
ward.  Scarce  early  dates  include  1885  (the  key  issue)  and  1886.  In 
1912,  nickel  five-cent  pieces  were  struck  at  branch  mints  for  the  first 
time;  at  Denver  and  San  Francisco.  Sometime  after  1912,  some 
1913-dated  Liberty  Head  nickels  were  struck.  The  quantity  was  not 
recorded,  but  only  five  such  pieces  are  known  to  collectors  today. 

The  numismatist  seeking  an  example  for  a  type  set  will  have  no 
difficulty  acquiring  a  common  date,  particularly  in  the  1900-1912 
span,  in  any  grade  desired  from  Good  through  AU.  Uncirculated 
pieces  are  scarcer,  and  superb  Uncirculated  pieces  are  quite  elusive. 
Many  Liberty  nickels  show  evidence  of  light  striking  on  certain  of 
the  obverse  stars  and  also  on  the  reverse  wreath,  particularly  in  the 
lower  portion  at  the  left.  It  may  take  some  searching  to  find  a  sharp¬ 
ly  struck  example.  Proofs,  which  were  made  in  fairly  large  quanti¬ 
ties  throughout  the  series,  usually  are  sharply  struck  and  can  be  ob¬ 
tained  without  difficulty,  although  uncleaned  pieces  often  show  light 
flecks  due  to  moisture. 


126 


DIME 

1873-1874  With  Arrows 


Designed  by:  Christian  Gobrecht 
Issue  dates:  1873-1874 

Composition:  0.900  part  silver,  0.100  part  copper 
Diameter:  17.9  mm. 

Weight:  38.58  grains  (2.50  grams) 

Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  6,041,608 
Proof  mintage:  1,500 

In  1873  the  authorized  weight  of  the  dime  was  raised  slightly  from 
38.4  grains  to  38.58  grains,  the  latter  figure  precisely  equaling  2.50 
grams.  To  signify  the  change,  small  arrowheads  were  placed  to  the 
left  and  the  right  of  the  date  on  the  dime  (and  also  the  quarter  and 
half  dollar).  Dimes  minted  in  1873  before  the  change  was  made  are 
without  arrows.  The  with-arrows  format  was  employed  in  the  latter 
part  of  1873  as  well  as  all  of  1874.  After  that  time  the  weight  remained 
the  same,  but  the  arrows  were  discontinued.  The  design  otherwise 
remains  the  same,  with  Liberty  seated  on  the  obverse  and  a  wreath 
motif  on  the  reverse. 

Sufficient  quantities  of  business  strikes  were  made  that  the  nu¬ 
mismatist  should  encounter  no  problem  finding  coins  in  any  desired 
grade  from  Good  through  Extremely  Fine  to  AU.  Uncirculated  pieces 
are  elusive,  and  superb  Uncirculated  coins  are  even  more  difficult 
to  locate.  Survivors  of  the  Proof  mintage,  totaling  1,500  coins  for  the 
two  years,  can  be  found,  although  superb  pieces  are  rare.  Within 
the  business  strike  mintage  there  are  two  scarce  varieties,  the  Car- 
son  City  issues:  1873-CC  and  1874-CC. 


227 


DIME 

1892-1916  Barber 


Designed  by:  Charles  E.  Barber 
Issue  dates:  1892-1916 

Composition:  0.900  part  silver,  0.100  part  copper 
Diameter:  17.9  mm. 

Weight:  38.58  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  504,317,075 
Proof  mintage:  17,353 

In  1892  the  dime,  quarter,  and  half  dollar  denominations  were 
redesigned.  A  Liberty  Head  motif  common  to  all  three  denomina¬ 
tions  made  its  appearance  the  same  year.  Known  as  the  Barber  dime, 
the  ten-cent  denomination  featured  on  the  obverse  Miss  Liberty  fac¬ 
ing  right,  her  hair  in  a  Phrygian  cap  and  wearing  a  laurel  wreath, 
with  the  word  LIBERTY  in  tiny  letters  in  a  band  above  her  forehead. 
The  inscription  UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA  surrounds,  and  the 
date  is  below.  The  reverse  is  of  the  same  design  used  earlier  and  fea¬ 
tures  a  large  wreath  enclosing  ONE  DIME.  There  was  no  room  for 
the  motto  IN  GOD  WE  TRUST  on  the  coin,  so  it  was  omitted.  It 
is  not  generally  realized  that  the  obverse  design  of  the  dime  differs 
from  that  of  the  quarter  and  half  dollar,  in  that  the  latter  denomina¬ 
tions  have  stars  around  the  obverse  periphery. 

While  there  are  a  number  of  scarcities  and  rarities  in  the  1892-1916 
series,  the  exceedingly  rare  1894-S  dime  being  famous  among  them, 
there  are  enough  common  dates  that  the  type  set  collector  will  en¬ 
counter  no  difficulty  acquiring  an  example  in  any  desired  grade  from 
Good  through  AU.  Uncirculated  pieces  are  elusive,  although  hardly 
rare,  while  superb  Uncirculated  coins  are  more  difficult  to  find.  Proofs 
were  minted  each  year  from  1892  to  1915  (but  not  1916)  for  collec¬ 
tors,  and  these  can  be  obtained  with  some  searching. 


128 


TWENTY-CENT  PIECE 
1875-1878  Liberty  Seated 


Designed  by:  William  Barber  (obverse  after  Christian  Gobrecht) 

Issue  dates:  1875-1878 

Composition:  0.900  part  silver,  0.100  part  copper 
Diameter:  22  mm. 

Weight:  77.16  grains 
Edge:  Plain 

Business  strike  mintage:  1,349,840 
Proof  mintage:  5,000 

The  Act  of  March  3,  1875  authorized  the  twenty-cent  piece.  It  was 
felt  that  the  denomination  would  find  an  enthusiastic  reception  in 
the  West,  but  it  was  soon  learned  that  the  public  confused  the  pieces 
with  quarter  dollars  of  approximately  the  same  diameter.  The  ob¬ 
verse  design  features  Christian  Gobrecht's  motif  of  Miss  Liberty  seat¬ 
ed,  stars  surrounding,  and  the  date  below.  The  reverse  is  a  new  mo¬ 
tif  by  William  Barber  and  depicts  a  perched  eagle,  somewhat  similar 
in  configuration  to  that  used  on  the  trade  dollar,  surrounded  by 
UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA  and  the  denomination  expressed 
as  TWENTY  CENTS.  The  edge  is  plain,  unlike  other  silver  denomi¬ 
nations  of  the  era. 

The  type  set  collector  will  gravitate  toward  an  example  of  1875-S, 
the  issue  which  is  most  often  seen.  Specimens  are  readily  available 
in  grades  from  Very  Good  to  Extremely  Fine.  AU  pieces  are  scarce, 
and  Uncirculated  coins  are  quite  elusive.  Truly  superb  Uncirculated 
pieces  are  rare.  The  striking  is  apt  to  be  erratic,  and  often  pieces  will 
show  lightness  of  impression,  particularly  on  the  eagle  on  the  re¬ 
verse  and  on  the  Liberty  Seated  figure  and  stars  on  the  obverse.  Many 
Philadelphia  Mint  business  strike  coins  in  higher  grades  exhibit 
prooflike  surfaces.  Proofs  are  available  of  the  four  Philadelphia  is¬ 
sues  1875  through  1878. 


129 


QUARTER  DOLLAR 
1866-1891  With  Motto 


Designed  by:  Christian  Gobrecht 
Issue  dates:  1866-1891 

Composition:  0.900  part  silver,  0.100  part  copper 
Diameter:  24.3  mm. 

Weight:  96  grains  1866  to  1873  no  arrows;  96.45  grains  later 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  72,680,181 
Proof  mintage:  20,923 

In  1866  the  motto  IN  GOD  WE  TRUST  was  added  to  the  reverse 
of  the  Liberty  Seated  quarter  dollar,  half  dollar,  and  silver  dollar.  The 
Liberty  Seated  obverse  in  combination  with  the  eagle  reverse  with 
added  motto  was  continued  in  use  through  1891.  A  distinctly  differ¬ 
ent  type  is  represented  by  certain  issues  of  1873  and  all  quarter  dol¬ 
lars  of  1874  with  arrows  at  the  date  (as  discussed  in  the  next  listing). 
Mintage  was  continuous  from  1866  through  1891  at  the  Philadelphia 
Mint.  In  addition,  the  San  Francisco  and  Carson  City  mints  produced 
many  coins.  The  only  New  Orleans  issue  of  the  type  is  the  1891-0, 
made  during  the  last  year  the  design  was  in  use.  There  are  a  num¬ 
ber  of  rarities  within  the  span,  with  top  honors  being  held  by  the 
1873-CC  (variety  without  arrows  at  date)  of  which  just  two  speci¬ 
mens  are  known  to  exist. 

The  type  set  collector  will  have  no  difficulty  acquiring  an  example 
of  one  of  the  common  dates  in  this  span  in  grades  from  Good 
through  Very  Fine  or  so,  although  it  is  the  case  that  Liberty  Seated 
quarters  of  this  era  are  much  scarcer  than  contemporary  dimes  and 
are  slightly  scarcer  than  half  dollars.  Extremely  Fine  pieces  can  be 
found  with  some  searching,  AU  coins  are  scarcer,  Uncirculated  pieces 
are  scarcer  yet,  and  superb  Uncirculated  pieces  are  rare.  Proofs  are 
available  in  proportion  to  the  original  mintages. 


130 


QUARTER  DOLLAR 
1873-1874  With  Arrows 


Designed  by:  Christian  Gobrecht 
Issue  dates:  1873-1874 

Composition:  0.900  part  silver,  0.100  part  copper 
Diameter:  24.3  mm. 

Weight:  96.45  grains  (6.25  grams) 

Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  2,302,822 
Proof  mintage:  1,240 

In  1873  the  authorized  weight  of  the  quarter  dollar  was  raised  from 
96  grains  to  96.45  grains,  the  latter  figure  equaling  6.25  grams.  To 
signify  the  new  standard,  arrows  were  added  to  the  date  of  quarter 
dollars  produced  later  in  1873  and  all  quarter  dollars  produced  in 
1874.  After  1874  the  weight  remained  the  same,  but  the  arrows  were 
no  longer  used.  Otherwise,  the  Liberty  Seated  design,  with  the  motto 
IN  GOD  WE  TRUST  on  the  reverse,  is  the  same  as  that  used  from 
1866  through  1891. 

Examples  of  this  type  are  readily  available  in  grades  from  Good 
through  Fine,  although  specimens  are  considerably  scarcer  than  the 
related  dimes  of  the  same  years.  Very  Fine  pieces  are  scarce.  Extreme¬ 
ly  Fine  coins  are  quite  scarce,  AU  pieces  are  rare.  Uncirculated  pieces 
are  rarer  yet,  and  superb  Uncirculated  pieces  are  very  rare.  Proofs 
are  encountered  now  and  then,  in  keeping  with  their  original  min¬ 
tages.  Among  business  strikes,  there  is  one  rarity,  the  1873-CC,  which 
is  elusive  in  all  grades. 


131 


QUARTER  DOLLAR 
1892-1916  Barber 


Designed  by:  Charles  E.  Barber 
Issue  dates:  1892-1916 

Composition:  0.900  part  silver,  0.100  part  copper 
Diameter:  24.3  mm. 

Weight:  96.45  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  264,670,880 
Proof  mintage:  17,299 

Charles  E.  Barber's  Liberty  Head  motif,  commonly  referred  to  as 
the  "Barber"  style,  was  used  on  quarter  dollars  from  1892  through 
1916.  The  obverse  motif  of  Miss  Liberty  is  similar  to  that  found  on 
the  dime  and  half  dollar  and  features  her  facing  to  the  right,  her 
hair  in  a  Phrygian  cap,  wearing  a  laurel  wreath,  with  LIBERTY  on 
a  small  band  above  her  forehead.  Six  stars  are  to  the  left  and  seven 
to  the  right,  IN  GOD  WE  TRUST  is  above,  and  the  date  is  below. 
The  reverse  is  an  adaptation  of  the  Great  Seal  of  the  United  States 
and  depicts  a  heraldic  eagle  holding  in  its  talons  an  olive  branch  and 
arrows,  although  the  branch  and  arrows  are  transposed  from  the  po¬ 
sition  used  on  quarter  (and  other  silver  and  gold)  coinage  nearly  a 
century  earlier.  Above  the  eagle  is  a  galaxy  of  13  stars.  UNITED 
STATES  OF  AMERICA  and  QUARTER  DOLLAR  surround. 

For  type  set  purposes,  the  numismatist  will  have  no  trouble  find¬ 
ing  coins  from  Good  through  Fine.  Very  Fine  coins  are  scarce,  and 
Extremely  Fine  pieces  are  quite  scarce,  at  least  in  the  context  of  more 
recent  issues.  AU  and  Uncirculated  pieces  are  scarcer  yet,  and  su¬ 
perb  Uncirculated  coins  are  rare.  Proofs  were  produced  of  all  years 
from  1892  through  1915  (but  not  1916)  and  are  available  in  propor¬ 
tion  to  their  original  mintage. 


232 


HALF  DOLLAR 
1866-1891  With  Motto 


Designed  by:  Christian  Gobrecht 
Issue  dates:  1866-1891 

Composition:  0.900  part  silver  0.100  part  copper 
Diameter:  30.6  mm. 

Weight:  192  grains  1866  to  1873  no  arrows;  192.9  grains  later 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  56,138,834 
Proof  mintage:  20,923 

The  regular  Liberty  Seated  design,  which  had  been  in  use  since 
1839,  was  modified  in  1866  by  the  addition  of  IN  GOD  WE  TRUST 
to  the  reverse.  The  motto  appears  on  a  scroll  or  ribbon  above  the 
eagle.  A  similar  change  was  effected  in  the  quarter  and  dollar 
denominations.  Production  was  continuous  at  the  Philadelphia  Mint 
from  1866  onward.  Business  strikes  were  also  made  at  San  Francis¬ 
co  and  Carson  City,  with  several  of  the  Carson  City  varieties,  partic¬ 
ularly  those  in  the  early  1870s,  being  rare  today.  Certain  half  dollars 
of  1873  and  all  of  1874  have  arrows  at  the  date  and  are  a  separate 
type  discussed  in  the  next  listing.  Business  strike  Philadelphia  Mint 
issues  from  1879  through  1890  were  produced  in  low  numbers,  as 
the  Mint  was  busy  turning  out  unprecedented  quantities  of  silver 
dollars  at  the  time. 

Examples  of  common  dates  within  the  series,  Philadelphia  Mint 
issues  of  1875  through  1878,  for  example,  are  relatively  easy  to  ob¬ 
tain  in  grades  from  Good  through  Very  Fine.  Extremely  Fine  coins 
are  scarcer,  AU  pieces  are  scarcer  yet,  and  Uncirculated  coins  can 
be  called  very  scarce.  Superb  Uncirculated  pieces  are  quite  rare. 
Proofs  exist  in  proportion  to  their  original  mintages. 


133 


HALF  DOLLAR 
1873-1874  With  Arrows 


* 


Designed  by:  Christian  Gobrecht 
Issue  dates:  1873-1874 

Composition:  0.900  part  silver,  0.100  part  copper 
Diameter:  30.6  mm. 

Weight:  192.9  grains  (12.50  grams) 

Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  5,070,310 
Proof  mintage:  1,250 

Part  way  through  1873  the  authorized  weight  of  the  half  dollar 
denomination  was  increased  slightly  from  192  grains  to  192.9  grains, 
the  latter  equaling  precisely  12.50  grams.  To  signify  this  change,  ar¬ 
rowheads  were  placed  to  the  left  and  right  of  the  date.  After  1874 
the  weight  standard  remained  the  same,  but  the  arrows  were  no 
longer  used.  Otherwise,  the  Liberty  Seated  with  IN  GOD  WE  TRUST 
motto  type  is  the  same  as  that  used  from  1866  through  1891  inclusive. 

The  Philadelphia  Mint  produced  the  greatest  number  of  coins  dur¬ 
ing  the  1873-1874  years,  so  the  type  set  collector  normally  gravitates 
toward  one  of  these.  Examples  are  readily  available  in  grades  from 
Good  through  Very  Fine,  are  quite  scarce  in  Extremely  Fine  grade, 
are  scarcer  yet  in  AU  preservation,  and  are  rare  in  Uncirculated  state. 
Superb  Uncirculated  pieces  are  very  rare.  Proofs  exist  in  proportion 
to  the  original  mintages.  One  rare  business  strike  exists  in  the  se¬ 
ries:  the  1874-CC,  of  which  just  59,000  were  minted. 


234 


HALF  DOLLAR 
1892-1915  Barber 


Designed  by:  Charles  E.  Barber 
Issue  dates:  1892-1915 

Composition:  0.900  part  silver,  0.100  part  copper 
Diameter:  30.6  mm. 

Weight:  192.9  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  135,916,889 
Proof  mintage:  17,313 

In  1892  the  half  dollar  was  redesigned  to  the  so-called  Barber  type. 
Designer  Charles  E.  Barber's  Miss  Liberty  now  faces  right,  her  hair 
is  in  a  Phrygian  cap,  and  a  wreath  of  laurel  encircles  her  head.  The 
word  LIBERTY  appears  on  a  small  band  or  ribbon  above  her  fore¬ 
head.  IN  GOD  WE  TRUST  is  above,  six  stars  are  to  the  left,  seven 
stars  are  to  the  right,  and  the  date  is  below.  The  reverse  is  an  adap¬ 
tation  of  the  Great  Seal  of  the  United  States  and  features  a  heraldic 
eagle  grasping  an  olive  branch  and  arrows  and  holding  in  its  beak 
a  ribbon  inscribed  E  PLURIBUS  UNUM.  A  galaxy  of  stars  is  above. 
UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA  and  HALF  DOLLAR  surround.  The 
same  head  of  Miss  Liberty  appears  on  dimes  and  quarters  of  the 
era.  Mintage  was  continuous  at  the  Philadelphia  and  San  Francisco 
Mints  from  1892  through  1915,  with  additional  pieces  being  supplied 
for  many  years  by  New  Orleans  and  Denver. 

The  type  set  collector  will  encounter  no  difficulty  in  acquiring  speci¬ 
mens  in  grades  of  Good  or  Very  Good.  Fine  pieces,  believe  it  or  not, 
are  scarce.  Very  Fine  coins  are  very  scarce,  and  Extremely  Fine  coins 
can  be  called  rare  in  the  context  of  modern  issues.  AU  coins  are  rarer 
yet.  Uncirculated  pieces  are  still  more  rare,  and  superb  Uncirculat¬ 
ed  pieces  are  very  rare.  Proofs  exist  in  proportion  to  their  original 
mintages.  The  reason  for  the  rarity  of  higher  grade  circulated  pieces 
is  that,  like  quarter  dollars  of  the  same  type,  the  word  LIBERTY  tend¬ 
ed  to  wear  quickly  once  pieces  were  placed  in  circulation. 


235 


SILVER  DOLLAR 
1866-1873  With  Motto 


Designed  by:  Christian  Gobrecht 
Issue  dates:  1866-1873 

Composition:  0.900  part  silver,  0.100  part  copper 
Diameter:  38.1  mm. 

Weight:  412.5  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  3,597,888 
Proof  mintage:  6,060 

The  Liberty  Seated  dollar  design  was  modified  in  1866  by  the  ad¬ 
dition  of  the  motto  IN  GOD  WE  TRUST  on  the  ribbon  or  scroll  above 
the  eagle  on  the  reverse.  Otherwise  the  design  is  essentially  the  same 
as  that  used  from  1840  onward.  The  with-motto  format  continued 
in  use  through  1873.  The  glory  days  of  the  silver  dollar  denomina¬ 
tion  were  yet  to  come,  and  mintages  were  low  in  comparison  to  what 
would  happen  with  the  Morgan  silver  dollar  beginning  in  1878.  The 
only  "common"  Liberty  Seated  dollars  in  this  range  are  the  1871  and 
1872,  and  even  they  are  scarce  in  relation  to  later  issues. 

As  Liberty  Seated  silver  dollars  did  not  circulate  as  actively  as 
smaller  denominations,  pieces  in  well-worn  grades  such  as  Good 
and  Very  Good  are  much  scarcer  (though  no  more  desirable  or  ex¬ 
pensive)  than  coins  in  Fine  to  Very  Fine  grade,  the  latter  being  the 
conditions  typically  seen.  Extremely  Fine  pieces  are  available,  AU 
coins  are  scarce,  and  Uncirculated  pieces  are  scarcer  yet.  Superb  Un¬ 
circulated  coins  are  rarities.  Proofs  were  made  of  all  Philadelphia  Mint 
issues  and  exist  today  in  proportion  to  their  original  mintages. 


136 


SILVER  DOLLAR 
1878-1921  Morgan 


Designed  by:  George  T.  Morgan 
Issue  dates:  1878-1921 

Composition:  0.900  part  silver,  0.100  part  copper 
Diameter:  38.1  mm. 

Weight:  412.5  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  656,989,387 
Proof  mintage:  23,723 

In  1878  the  passage  of  the  Bland-Allison  Act  caused  the  eventual 
mintage  of  hundreds  of  millions  of  silver  dollars.  The  Philadelphia 

Mint  enlisted  George  T.  Morgan  to  produce  a  new  design.  The  ob¬ 
verse  depicts  Miss  Liberty  facing  left,  her  hair  in  a  Phrygian  cap,  and 
with  LIBERTY  inscribed  on  a  ribbon  or  band  holding  a  spray  of  leaves 
and  sheaves.  E  PLURIBUS  UNUM  is  above,  seven  stars  are  to  the 
left,  six  stars  are  to  the  right,  and  the  date  is  below.  The  reverse 
depicts  a  wingspread  eagle  holding  a  branch  and  three  arrows.  IN 
GOD  WE  TRUST  appears  in  Old  English  letters  above.  Surround¬ 
ing  is  the  inscription  UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA  and  ONE 
DOLLAR.  Production  was  continuous  at  the  Philadelphia  Mint  from 
1878  through  1904,  after  which  there  was  a  pause  until  the  single 
year  1921.  Additional  pieces  were  made  at  San  Francisco,  Carson  City, 
and  New  Orleans  during  the  1878-1904  span  and  in  1921  at  Denver 
and  San  Francisco. 

The  type  set  collector  will  have  no  difficulty  acquiring  a  common 
date  Morgan  dollar  in  any  grade  desired  from  Good  through  superb 
Uncirculated.  Proofs  were  minted  for  all  dates  at  Philadelphia,  and 
their  survival  today  is  proportional  to  the  original  figures. 


137 


TRADE  DOLLAR 
1873-1885 


Designed  by:  William  Barber 
Issue  dates:  1873-1885 

Composition:  0.900  part  silver,  0.100  part  copper 
Diameter:  38.1  mm 
Weight:  420  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  35,954,535 
Proof  mintage:  11,404 

The  trade  dollar  was  first  minted  in  1873  in  response  to  the  need 
for  a  coin  to  compete  with  the  Mexican  "dollar"  in  the  Orient.  Weigh¬ 
ing  420  grains,  or  slightly  heavier  than  a  standard  silver  dollar,  the 
trade  dollar  was  intended  for  export  only.  The  obverse  depicts  Miss 
Liberty  seated  on  a  bale,  of  merchandise,  her  right  hand  holding  a 
branch,  her  left  hand  holding  a  ribbon  inscribed  LIBERTY,  a  sheaf 
of  wheat  behind,  and  the  sea  in  front.  IN  GOD  WE  TRUST  appears 
at  the  bottom  just  above  the  date.  Stars  surround  the  upper  portion. 
The  reverse  depicts  an  eagle  holding  three  arrows  and  a  branch,  with 
E  PLURIBUS  UNUM  on  a  ribbon  above,  420  GRAINS,  900  FINE, 
below.  The  inscription  UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA  and  TRADE 
DOLLAR  surrounds. 

The  numismatist  today  can  readily  secure  a  trade  dollar  in  grades 
from  Fine  through  AU.  Some  pieces  have  chopmarks  consisting  of 
Oriental  characters  impressed  by  bankers  and  merchants  when  the 
pieces  circulated  in  the  Orient.  Uncirculated  coins  are  scarce,  and 
superb  Uncirculated  pieces  are  rare.  Proofs  exist  in  proportion  to  their 
original  mintages  and  are  primarily  available  from  the  years  from 
1879  through  1883. 


138 


Chapter  7 


New  Issues 

COPPER,  NICKEL,  AND 
SILVER  1901-1950 


The  first  part  of  the  present  century  saw  many  different  coinage 
designs  appear,  including  the  Lincoln  cent,  which  subsequently  went 
through  several  evolutions,  the  Buffalo  and  Jefferson  nickels,  and 
the  beautiful  new  silver  coinage  designs  which  made  their  debut  in 
1916— the  Mercury  dime,  Standing  Liberty  quarter  dollar,  and  Walk¬ 
ing  Liberty  half  dollar.  In  the  silver  dollar  series,  the  Peace  design 
was  first  minted  in  1921. 

With  the  possible  exception  of  the  Peace  silver  dollar,  which  never 
did  circulate  widely  in  the  channels  of  commerce  (most  were  kept 
stored  in  banks),  all  of  the  issues  in  this  set  are  familiar  to  my  older 
readers,  for  examples  were  readily  available  in  circulation  in  the  1950s 
and  early  1960s. 

Whereas  19th  century  coinage  featured  heraldic  emblems.  Miss  Lib¬ 
erty  in  various  stylistic  forms,  and  other  patriotic  or  allegorical  mo¬ 
tifs,  coinage  of  the  early  20th  century  began  to  emphasize  actual  peo¬ 
ple.  President  Lincoln  appeared  on  the  cent  of  1909,  Washington  on 
the  quarter  of  1932,  Jefferson  on  the  nickel  of  1938,  Franklin  Roosevelt 
on  the  dime  of  1946,  and  a  non-president,  Benjamin  Franklin,  on 
the  half  dollar  of  1948.  The  Buffalo  or  Indian  head  nickel,  represent¬ 
ing  the  native  American  race,  fits  in  with  the  "real  people"  theme. 

After  the  advent  of  depicting  actual  personalities  in  coins,  the  idea 
of  romantic  stylized  figures  was  not  dead.  Indeed,  in  1916  it  may 
have  reached  its  highest  form  in  American  silver  coinage;  at  least 
that  is  the  opinion  of  numerous  collectors  today.  In  that  year,  artists 
competed  to  produce  new  versions  of  the  dime,  quarter,  and  half 
dollar  to  replace  the  familiar  Barber  motif,  which  had  been  in  use 
since  1892.  Adolph  Weinman's  so-called  "Mercury"  dime  and  his 
Walking  Liberty  half  dollar  met  with  an  enthusiastic  acclaim,  as  did 
Hermon  MacNeil's  Standing  Liberty  quarter  dollar. 

Somewhat  sadly  for  the  sake  of  tradition,  the  new  issues  intro¬ 
duced  during  the  1901-1950  era  marked  the  end  of  silver  in  our  cir 


141 


Considered  by  numismatists  to  be  a  highlight  among  American  coin¬ 
age  designs,  the  Standing  Liberty  motif,  by  Hermon  A.  MacNeil,  ap¬ 
peared  in  1916.  This  scantily-clad  version  of  Miss  Liberty  caused  a  furor, 
and  in  1917  the  design  was  revised  by  encasing  her  in  a  suit  of  armor! 


142 


Adolph  A.  Weinman,  designer  of  the  Liberty  Head  or  "Mercury 
dime  shown  above,  a  style  minted  from  1916  through  1945,  also 
produced  the  illustrious  Liberty  Walking  half  dollar  (minted  from  1916 
through  1947). 


143 


culating  coinage.  By  1964  the  price  of  silver  bullion  had  climbed  to 
the  point  at  which  coins  were  worth  more  melted  down  than  they 
were  if  spent  at  face  value,  essentially  a  rerun  of  the  situation  back 
in  1852-1853.  Thus,  the  death  knell  of  silver  in  circulating  coinage 
was  sounded. 

Containing  no  great  rarities,  a  type  set  consisting  of  new  issues 
of  the  1901-1950  era  can  be  assembled  without  undue  difficulty,  al¬ 
though  within  the  context  of  the  set  the  1916-1917  Type  I  Standing 
Liberty  quarter  is  scarce. 


144 


CENT 

1909  V.D.B.  Lincoln 


Designed  by:  Victor  David  Brenner 
Issue  date:  1909 

Composition:  Bronze  (0.95  part  copper,  0.05  part  tin  and  zinc) 
Diameter:  19  mm 
Weight:  48  grains 
Edge:  Plain 

Business  strike  mintage:  28,479,000 
Proof  mintage:  420 

After  several  decades  of  use,  the  Indian  motif,  which  had  been 
a  familiar  sight  on  cents  since  1859,  was  replaced  by  a  new  style,  the 
Lincoln  cent.  Designed  by  noted  sculptor  Victor  David  Brenner,  who 
earlier  had  modeled  the  bust  of  Lincoln  for  several  medals  and 
plaques,  the  new  design  depicted  on  the  obverse  a  head  and  shoul¬ 
ders  portrait  of  Lincoln,  bearded,  facing  right.  IN  GOD  WE  TRUST 
is  above,  LIBERTY  is  to  the  left,  and  the  date  is  at  the  lower  right. 
The  reverse  consists  of  two  wheat  stalks,  one  to  the  left  and  the  oth¬ 
er  to  the  right,  enclosing  ONE  CENT  and  UNITED  STATES  OF 
AMERICA,  with  E  PLURIBUS  UNUM  above.  Significantly,  on  the 
1909  issue  the  initials  of  the  designer,  V.D.B.,  appear  prominently 
on  the  bottom  of  the  reverse,  centered  below  the  wheat  stalks.  A  few 
people  complained  about  the  prominence  of  Brenner's  initials  on  the 
cent.  The  opposing  voices  were  heard  at  the  Mint,  and  soon  the  re¬ 
verse  was  redesigned,  and  the  offending  V.D.B.  initials  were 
removed. 

1909  V.D.B.  cents,  the  Philadelphia  Mint  issue,  are  plentiful  today 
in  all  grades  from  Good  through  Uncirculated,  with  most  being  in 
various  worn  conditions.  Matte  Proofs  were  minted  to  the  extent  of 
420  pieces,  but  most  of  these  were  "spent,"  for  collectors  preferred 
the  earlier  mirrorlike  style  to  the  matte  finish.  Such  Matte  Proofs  are 
extremely  rare  today.  Note,  however,  that  there  is  very  little  differ¬ 
ence  between  a  sharp  business  strike  and  a  Matte  Proof,  and  if  you 
buy  a  Matte  Proof,  be  sure  it  comes  from  an  expert  source. 


145 


CENT 

1909-1958  Lincoln,  Wreath  Reverse 


Designed  by:  Victor  David  Brenner 
Issue  dates:  1909-1958 

Composition:  Bronze  (1909-1942),  new  alloy  of  0.95  part  copper 
and  0.05  zinc  (1947-1958) 

Diameter:  19  mm 
Weight:  48  grains 
Edge:  Plain 

Business  strike  mintage:  19,552,500,823 

Proof  mintage:  15,314  matte;  3,836,869  mirrorlike  finish 


After  a  brief  coinage  of  Lincoln  cents  with  V.D.B.  initials  on  the 
reverse,  the  initials  were  removed,  thus  creating  the  "wreath  reverse," 
without  initials,  a  style  which  remained  in  use  through  1958.  From 
1909  through  1942,  and  again  from  1948  through  1958,  pieces  were 
struck  in  the  standard  bronze  alloy  consisting  of  0.95  part  copper 
and  0.5  part  tin  and  zinc.  Separate  types  were  created  in  1943  with 
the  zinc-coated  steel  and  in  1944-1946  with  a  special  alloy  made  from 
melted-down  cartridge  cases  and  which  consisted  of  0.95  part  cop¬ 
per  and  0.05  zinc;  these  last  two  types  are  discussed  on  following 
separate  pages.  It  should  be  noted  that  the  V.D.B.  initials  were  put 
back  on  the  Lincoln  cent  beginning  in  1918,  but  this  time  they  were 
of  minute  size  and  placed  on  Lincoln's  shoulder.  Generally,  collec¬ 
tors  do  not  consider  the  types  with  shoulder  initials  and  without 
shoulder  initials,  or  before  1918,  and  later,  to  be  distinct  types,  al¬ 
though  in  a  way  they  are. 

Coined  by  the  billions,  cents  of  this  type  are  common  today,  and 
no  difficulty  will  be  encountered  in  obtaining  one  in  any  grade 
desired  from  Good  through  superb  Uncirculated,  with  the  latter 
grade  being  the  obvious  choice.  In  addition,  Matte  Proofs  are  avail¬ 
able  from  the  1909-1916  years  and  brilliant-finish  Proofs  are  availa¬ 
ble  of  the  1936-1942  years  and  again  from  1950  through  1958.  Today, 
superb  Matte  Proofs  are  rare,  while  mirrorlike  or  brilliant  Proofs  of 
the  later  era  are  readily  obtained. 


146 


CENT 

1943  Lincoln,  Steel 


Designed  by:  Victor  David  Brenner 
Issue  date:  1943 
Composition:  Zinc-coated  steel 
Diameter:  19  mm 
Weight:  41.67  grains 
Edge:  Plain 

Business  strike  mintage:  1,093,838,670 
Proof  mintage:  None 

During  the  early  years  of  World  War  II  copper  was  in  short  sup¬ 
ply.  In  1942  the  Mint  sought  to  replace  copper  in  our  coinage,  and 
the  Durez  Chemical  Company,  North  Tonawanda,  New  York,  was 
commissioned  to  find  substitutes.  Experiments  ensued,  and  medalets 
the  approximate  size  of  a  cent  were  struck  in  such  diverse  materials 
as  fibre,  white  metal,  plastic,  and  zinc-coated  steel.  The  last  format 
was  adopted,  and  the  following  year,  1943,  saw  the  production  of 
Lincoln  cents  in  zinc-coated  steel  at  the  Philadelphia,  Denver  and 
San  Francisco  mints. 

Examples  of  the  1943  Lincoln  cent  are  readily  available  in  all  grades 
from  Very  Fine  through  superb  Uncirculated,  although  worn  grades 
tend  to  be  a  bit  "scruffy"  in  appearance. 


147 


CENT 

1944-1946  Lincoln,  Shell  Case  Alloy 


Designed  by:  Victor  David  Brenner 
Issue  dates:  1944-1946 

Composition:  0.95  part  copper,  0.05  part  zinc 
Diameter:  19  mm 
Weight:  48  grains 
Edge:  plain 

Business  strike  mintage:  5,142,736,000 
Proof  mintage:  None 


Cartridge  cases  from  spent  ammunition  used  in  the  war  effort  were 
melted  down  and  used  as  an  alloy  for  Lincoln  cents  from  1944 
through  1946.  The  change  was  scarcely  noticeable,  except  that  when 
first  minted  the  pieces  had  a  slightly  yellower  color  than  the  bronze 
cents  of  earlier  dates.  Coinage  was  effected  in  large  quantities,  with 
over  one  billion  being  coined  in  each  of  the  years  1944  and  1945  at 
the  Philadelphia  Mint,  an  unprecedented  figure  representing  the  first 
time  the  billion  mark  had  been  crossed.  Interestingly,  by  20  years 
later  multi-billion  coinages  were  the  rule. 

Examples  are  readily  available  today  in  any  desired  grade  from  well- 
worn  to  superb  Uncirculated.  The  coin  will  present  no  difficulty  in 
acquisition. 


148 


NICKEL  FIVE-CENT  PIECE 
1913  Buffalo  or  Indian,  Type  I 


Designed  by:  James  E.  Fraser 
Issue  date:  1913 

Composition:  0.75  part  copper,  0.25  part  nickel 

Diameter:  21.2  mm 

Weight:  77.16  grains  (5  grams) 

Edge:  Plain 

Business  strike  mintage:  38,434,270 
Proof  mintage:  1,250 

In  1913  the  Liberty  Head  nickel,  which  had  remained  in  service 
since  1883,  was  replaced  by  a  new  design,  the  so-called  Buffalo  (more 
properly,  the  Indian)  nickel  by  James  E.  Fraser,  a  well-known  sculp¬ 
tor.  The  obverse  portrait  was  modeled  from  life  by  studying  three 
Indian  models,  while  the  reverse  was  styled  from  a  bison,  popular¬ 
ly  called  a  "buffalo,"  at  the  Bronx  Zoo.  The  obverse  depicts  the  head 
of  an  Indian  facing  right,  with  LIBERTY  in  small  letters  at  the  upper 
right  edge,  and  the  date  at  the  lower  left.  The  reverse  shows  a  bison 
standing  on  a  raised  mound,  UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA  and 
E  PLURIBUS  UNUM  above,  and  FIVE  CENTS  on  a  mound  below. 
It  was  found  that  the  relief  of  the  mound  caused  the  inscription  in 
that  area  to  wear  quickly,  so  the  bottom  part  of  the  reverse  was  sub¬ 
sequently  redesigned,  creating  the  so-called  Type  II.  The  Type  I  is 
distinguished  by  the  presence  of  a  mound  with  FIVE  CENTS  in¬ 
scribed  on  it,  as  noted.  Production  of  business  strikes  was  accom¬ 
plished  at  Philadelphia,  Denver,  and  San  Francisco,  with  Philadel¬ 
phia  registering  by  far  the  largest  mintage.  At  Philadelphia,  1,250 
Matte  Proof  examples  were  made  for  collectors. 

Examples  of  the  1913  Type  I  Buffalo  nickel  are  readily  available  in 
all  grades  from  About  Good  to  Uncirculated.  Superb  Uncirculated 
coins  are  scarce,  although  not  rare.  Matte  Proofs  have  survived  in 
relatively  few  numbers,  and  of  the  1,250  minted,  probably  not  more 
than  a  few  hundred  still  exist.  As  certain  business  strikes  closely 
resemble  Matte  Proofs,  care  is  to  be  taken  when  buying  one  of  these. 


149 


NICKEL  FIVE-CENT  PIECE 
1913-1938  Indian  Type  II 


Designed  by:  James  E.  Fraser 
Issue  dates:  1913-1938 

Composition:  0.75  part  copper,  0.25  part  nickel 

Diameter:  21.2  mm 

Weight:  77.16  grains  (5  grams) 

Edge:  Plain 

Business  strike  mintage:  1,174,464,771 

Proof  mintage:  4,439  Matte  Proofs;  10,189  Proofs  with  brilliant 
finish 


The  Type  II  Buffalo  nickel  is  similar  to  the  Type  I  of  1913  except 
for  the  reverse.  The  Type  II  features  a  restyled  area  at  the  bottom 
of  the  reverse.  The  "buffalo,"  previously  standing  on  a  raised  mound, 
is  now  on  a  line  or  plane.  The  inscription  FIVE  CENTS,  earlier  on 
the  mound,  is  now  in  a  recessed  portion  below  the  line,  thus  pro¬ 
tecting  it  from  wear.  This  style  was  produced  from  1913  through  the 
end  of  the  Buffalo  motif  in  1938. 

The  type  set  collector  will  have  no  difficulty  in  obtaining  one  of 
the  commoner  issues  of  this  style,  perhaps  a  piece  in  the  1930s.  Ex¬ 
amples  are  available  in  all  grades  from  About  Good  through  superb 
Uncirculated.  Most  surviving  Buffalo  nickels  show  areas  of  light  strik¬ 
ing  in  one  part  of  the  design  or  another,  with  the  high  parts  of  the 
Indian's  head  often  being  indistinct.  Indeed,  certain  issues  of  the 
Denver  and  San  Francisco  mints  in  the  1920s  are  nearly  always  weak¬ 
ly  struck,  with  1926-D  being  particularly  egregious  in  this  regard. 
Sharply  struck  and  minutely  detailed  business  strike  Buffalo  nick¬ 
els  of  any  date  are  scarce.  Matte  Proofs  were  minted  from  1913 
through  1916  and  closely  resemble  business  strikes  except  that  the 
Matte  Proof  issues  have  brilliant  squared-off  edges  and  rims  and  have 
a  microscopically  granular  surface,  unlike  the  mint  "frost"  of  most 
business  strikes.  Often  an  expert  must  be  enlisted  to  tell  the  differ¬ 
ence.  In  1936  and  1937  Proofs  of  the  brilliant  finish  were  produced. 


150 


NICKEL  FIVE-CENT  PIECE 
1938  to  Date,  Jefferson 


Designed  by:  Felix  O.  Schlag 
Issue  dates:  1938  to  date 

Composition:  0.75  part  copper,  0.25  part  nickel 

Diameter:  21.2  mm 

Weight:  76.16  grains  (5  grams) 

Edge:  Plain 

Business  strike  mintage:  21,158,380,137  through  1985 
Proof  mintage:  78,735,299  through  1985 

In  1938  the  nickel  was  redesigned.  Entering  a  competition  with 
390  artists,  Felix  Schlag  captured  an  award  of  $1,000  for  his  motif  pic¬ 
turing  Thomas  Jefferson  on  the  obverse  and  a  corner  view  of  Jeffer¬ 
son's  home,  Monticello,  on  the  reverse.  In  the  final  production  de¬ 
sign,  the  profile  of  Monticello  was  changed  to  a  front  view.  The 
finished  product  depicted  a  head  and  shoulders  portrait  of  Jeffer¬ 
son  facing  left,  with  IN  GOD  WE  TRUST  to  the  left  and  LIBERTY 
and  the  date  to  the  right.  The  reverse  depicted  Monticello  at  the  cen¬ 
ter,  E  PLURIBUS  UNUM  above,  and  inscriptions  of  MONTICELLO, 
FIVE  CENTS,  and  UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA  below.  Certain 
issues  from  1942  through  1945  were  made  of  a  different  metallic  com¬ 
position  and  are  known  as  "wartime"  nickels  and  are  discussed  in 
the  next  listing.  Apart  from  these,  the  type  has  remained  the  same 
from  1938  onward.  In  1966  the  initials  of  the  designer,  FS,  were  ad¬ 
ded  to  the  obverse  edge  beneath  the  shoulder.  However,  collectors 
have  not  considered  this  addition  to  represent  a  major  type. 

Jefferson  nickels,  currently  being  produced,  are  readily  available 
in  all  grades.  Business  strikes  with  sharply-struck  steps  on  the  Mon¬ 
ticello  building  are  scarce  for  certain  issues,  but  searching  for  these 
is  in  the  realm  of  the  Jefferson  nickel  specialist  and  need  not  con¬ 
cern  the  collector  seeking  a  single  specimen  for  type. 


151 


NICKEL  FIVE-CENT  PIECE 
1942-1945  Wartime  Jefferson 


Designed  by:  Felix  O.  Schlag 
Issue  dates:  1942-1945 

Composition:  .56  part  silver,  .09  part  manganese 

Diameter:  21.2  mm 

Weight:  77.16  grains  (5  grams) 

Edge:  plain 

Business  strike  mintage:  869,896,100 
Proof  mintage:  27,600 

The  so-called  “wartime"  alloy  represents  a  World  War  II  measure 
to  eliminate  the  use  of  nickel,  a  strategic  material,  in  coinage.  The 
former  composition  of  0.75  part  copper  and  0.25  nickel  was  changed 
to  0.56  part  copper,  0.35  part  silver,  and  0.9  part  manganese.  To 
differentiate  the  new  alloy  and  to  aid  in  later  redemption  and  sort¬ 
ing  by  metallic  content  of  these  pieces  by  the  Treasury  Department, 
the  wartime  pieces  were  made  with  a  large  mintmark  above  the  dome 
of  Monticello.  The  Philadelphia  Mint,  which  had  never  used  a  mint- 
mark  earlier,  was  represented  by  a  P,  while  Denver  and  San  Francis¬ 
co  were  represented  by  D  and  S  respectively.  I  believe  it  was  Philadel¬ 
phia  dealer  Harry  Forman  who  first  called  these  "wartime"  issues. 
In  recent  decades  they  have  been  popularly  collected  as  a  distinct  set. 

Business  strikes  are  readily  available  in  grades  from  Very  Good  to 
superb  Uncirculated.  Worn  pieces  are  apt  to  have  a  rather  scruffy 
appearance,  so  the  acquisition  of  an  Uncirculated  (or  Proof)  piece 
is  recommended.  Uncirculated  coins  are  usually  sharply  struck.  In 
1942,  27,600  Proofs  were  made  of  the  wartime  alloy  at  the  Philadel¬ 
phia  Mint,  each  coin  being  distinguished  by  a  P  above  the  dome. 
These  pieces  are  readily  available  today,  although  the  demand  for 
them  by  type  collectors  has  caused  the  price  to  rise  sharply  in  re¬ 
cent  decades. 


152 


DIME 

1916-1945  Mercury 


Designed  by:  Adolph  A.  Weinman 
Issue  dates:  1916-1945 

Composition:  0.900  part  silver,  0.100  part  copper 
Diameter:  17.9  mm 
Weight:  38.58  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  2,677,153,880 
Proof  mintage:  78,648 

In  1916,  sculptor  Adolph  A.  Weinman  produced  a  new  design  for 
the  dime.  Called  the  Liberty  Head  type  at  the  time,  the  motif  fea¬ 
tures  Miss  Liberty  facing  right,  wearing  a  Phrygian  cap  with  wings, 
LIBERTY  encircling  her  head,  and  with  IN  GOD  WE  TRUST  and 
the  date  below.  The  wings  on  the  cap  gave  rise  to  the  popular  term 
//Mercury  dime"  for  the  winged  messenger.  But,  Mercury  was  a  male 
in  mythology  and  had  wings  on  his  feet .  Nevertheless,  the  name  has 
stuck,  and  Mercury  dimes  are  what  collectors  know  them  as  today. 
The  reverse  depicts  a  fasces  or  bundle  of  sticks  with  a  blade  at  the 
top,  against  a  branch  in  the  background,  and  with  UNITED  STATES 
OF  AMERICA  and  ONE  DIME  around  the  border.  E  PLURIBUS 
UNUM  appears  at  the  lower  right.  The  design  was  continued  with¬ 
out  change  through  1945.  Coinage  was  accomplished  at  the  Philadel¬ 
phia,  Denver,  and  San  Francisco  mints.  Proofs  were  made  at  Philadel¬ 
phia  from  1936  through  1942. 

Examples  of  the  Mercury  dime  type  are  readily  available  in  all 
grades  from  About  Good  through  superb  Uncirculated.  Certain  is¬ 
sues  are  lightly  struck  and  are  apt  to  have  weaknesses  on  the  bands 
tying  the  sticks  in  the  fasces  on  the  reverse.  Those  with  sharply  de¬ 
fined  bands,  designated  as  "full  split  bands,"  are  worth  more  for 
many  issues. 


153 


DIME 

1946-1964  Roosevelt,  Silver 


Designed  by:  John  R.  Sinnock 
Issue  dates:  1946-1964  (in  silver  alloy) 

Composition:  0.900  part  silver,  0.100  part  copper 
Diameter:  17.9  mm 
Weight:  38.58  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  6,595,617,673 
Proof  mintage:  19,837,717 

After  the  death  of  President  Franklin  D.  Roosevelt  in  1945  it  was 
decided  to  redesign  the  so-called  Mercury  dime  to  reflect  the  form¬ 
er  president's  portrait.  The  dime  denomination  was  selected  because 
Roosevelt  had  a  close  association  with  the  March  of  Dimes  charity 
fundraising  over  a  long  period  of  years.  John  R.  Sinnock,  chief  en¬ 
graver  at  the  Philadelphia  Mint,  produced  a  portrait  showing  the 
head  of  Roosevelt  facing  left,  with  LIBERTY  at  the  left  side  of  the 
coin,  IN  GOD  WE  TRUST  below  his  chin,  and  the  date  to  the  lower 
right.  The  reverse  depicts  a  torch  with  branches  to  each  side,  with 
UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA  and  ONE  DIME  around  the  bord¬ 
ers.  E  PLURIBUS  UNUM  is  placed  among  the  branch  stems  and 
torch  base.  In  the  alloy  of  0.900  part  silver  and  0.100  part  copper, 
the  design  was  produced  from  1946  through  1964,  after  which  time 
the  alloy  was  changed  (see  next  chapter).  Production  was  accom¬ 
plished  at  the  Philadelphia,  Denver,  and  San  Francisco  mints.  Proofs 
were  made  at  Philadelphia  from  1950  through  1964. 

The  type  collector  will  have  no  difficulty  obtaining  an  example  in 
any  grade  desired  from  Very  Fine  to  superb  Uncirculated.  In  addi¬ 
tion,  Proofs  survive  in  large  quantities. 


254 


QUARTER  DOLLAR 
1916-1917  Standing  Liberty  Type  I 


Designed  by:  Hermon  A.  MacNeil 
Issue  dates;  1916-1917 

Compositon:  0.900  part  silver,  0.100  part  copper 
Diameter:  23.4  mm 
Weight:  96.45  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  12,253,200 
Proof  mintage:  None 

in  1916  Hermon  A.  MacNeil,  a  well-known  sculptor,  produced  a 
new  design  for  the  quarter  dollar,  replacing  the  familiar  Barber  mo¬ 
tif  which  had  been  employed  since  1892.  The  obverse  depicts  Miss 
Liberty  standing  in  a  gateway,  her  right  breast  exposed,  wearing  a 
gown,  holding  a  branch  in  her  right  hand  and  a  shield  in  her  left. 
LIBERTY  is  in  an  arc  above,  while  IN  GOD  WE  TRUST  is  lettered 
on  the  wall  or  parapet  to  each  side  of  where  she  stands.  The  date 
is  on  a  pedestal  beneath  her  feet.  The  reverse  shows  an  eagle  flying 
to  the  right,  with  UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA  and  E  PLURIBUS 
UNUM  above,  with  QUARTER  DOLLAR  below.  Seven  stars  are  to 
the  left  and  six  to  the  right.  52,000  were  minted  in  1916,  followed 
by  generous  mintage  of  over  10,000,000  at  the  three  mints  in  1917. 
Complaints  arose  concerning  the  partial  nudity  of  Miss  Liberty,  and 
because  of  this  the  design  was  soon  changed  (see  the  following 
listing). 

While  examples  of  the  1916  date  are  rare,  the  type  set  collector  desir¬ 
ing  a  Standing  Liberty  quarter  of  1917  will  have  no  difficulty  in  ac¬ 
quiring  one  from  any  desired  grade  from  Good  through  AU.  Uncir¬ 
culated  pieces  are  fairly  scarce,  while  superb  Uncirculated  coins  are 
very  elusive.  Unlike  their  later  counterparts.  Type  I  quarters  are  usual¬ 
ly  sharply  struck  at  Miss  Liberty's  head  and  on  the  shield.  Most  Un¬ 
circulated  pieces  possess  full  details. 


155 


QUARTER  DOLLAR 
1917-1930  Standing  Liberty,  Type  II 


Designed  by:  Hermon  A.  MacNeil 
Issue  dates:  1917-1930 

Composition:  0.900  part  silver  0.100  part  copper 
Diameter:  23.4  mm 
Weight:  96.45  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  214,516,400 
Proof  strike  mintage:  None 

Complaints  arose  concerning  the  exposed  right  breast  of  Miss  Lib¬ 
erty,  so  partway  through  1917  the  design  was  changed.  The  new  Miss 
Liberty  now  appears  safely  and  nearly  completely  encased  in  a  suit 
of  armor  or  mail,  perhaps  a  classic  situation  of  overcompensation! 
The  date,  high  on  the  pedestal  below  Miss  Liberty,  was  continued 
in  this  position,  but  later,  in  1925,  this  portion  of  the  coin  was 
recessed,  to  minimize  the  effects  of  wear.  The  reverse  was  restyled 
in  1917  and  in  its  new  form  the  eagle  is  higher  and  more  centered 
on  the  coin,  with  three  stars  below  the  eagle  and  five  to  each  side. 
The  so-called  Type  II  quarter  was  produced  from  1917  through  1930, 
continuously  except  for  the  year  1922.  Although  Congress  earlier 
mandated  that  coining  design  should  not  be  changed  more  often 
than  each  25  years,  by  the  early  1930s  it  was  decided  to  discontinue 
the  Standing  Liberty  motif  in  favor  of  a  new  design  (see  following 
listing). 

The  collector  will  have  no  difficulty  acquiring  specimens  of  com¬ 
moner  dates  of  the  1917-1930  era  in  any  desired  condition  from  Good 
to  AU.  Uncirculated  pieces  are  readily  found,  particularly  of  dates 
from  1925  through  1930.  Uncirculated  pieces  with  sharply  struck  de¬ 
tails  at  Miss  Liberty's  head  and  also  on  the  highest  part  of  the  shield 
are  quite  elusive,  and  for  some  issues  (such  as  1926-D)  are  very  rare. 
Such  pieces  often  command  a  sharp  premium  over  normal  Uncir¬ 
culated  coins.  No  Proofs  were  minted  during  this  span. 


156 


QUARTER  DOLLAR 
1932-1964  Washington,  Silver 


Designed  by:  John  Flanagan 
Issue  dates:  1932-1964 

Composition:  0.900  part  silver,  0.100  part  copper 
Diameter:  24.3  mm 
Weight:  96.45  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  3,780,077,001 
Proof  mintage:  19,911,592 


In  observance  of  the  200th  anniversary  of  George  Washington's 
birth,  the  government  decided  to  redesign  the  quarter  dollar  to  de¬ 
pict  the  image  of  our  first  president.  A  lively  competition  ensued, 
and  picked  from  this  was  a  proposal  of  John  Flanagan,  a  New  York 
sculptor.  The  obverse  of  the  Washington  quarter  dollar  shows  the 
head  of  Washington,  modeled  after  a  bust  by  Houdon,  facing  left, 
with  LIBERTY  above,  IN  GOD  WE  TRUST  to  the  left,  and  the  date 
below.  The  reverse  shows  a  modernistic  perched  eagle,  with  a  wreath 
below  and  E  PLURIBUS  UNUM  above.  UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERI¬ 
CA  and  QUARTER  DOLLAR  inscriptions  are  at  the  borders.  In  sil¬ 
ver  alloy  the  type  was  minted  continuously  from  1932  to  1964,  with 
the  exception  of  1933.  After  1964,  a  new  alloy  was  used  (see  next 
chapter). 

The  type  set  collector  can  readily  obtain  a  later  date  in  the  series 
for  low  cost,  in  any  desired  condition  from  well-worn  to  superb  Un¬ 
circulated.  In  addition.  Proofs  are  available  of  the  years  1936  through 
1942  and  1950  through  1964. 


257 


HALF  DOLLAR 
1916-1947  Walking  Liberty 


Designed  by:  Adolph  A.  Weinman 
Issue  dates:  1916-1947 

Composition:  0.900  part  silver,  0.100  part  copper 
Diameter:  30.6  mm 
Weight:  192.9  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  485,320,340 
Proof  mintage:  74,400 

In  1916  the  design  of  Adolph  A.  Weinman  was  selected  for  the  new 
half  dollar  motif  to  replace  the  Barber  design  which  had  been  in  use 
since  1892.  Weinman,  a  sculptor,  also  produced  the  Liberty  Head 
or  "Mercury"  dime  introduced  the  same  year.  The  obverse  depicts 
Miss  Liberty  walking  toward  the  sun,  her  right  arm  outstretched, 
her  left  arm  carrying  a  bundle  of  branches,  and  with  a  starry  cape 
behind.  LIBERTY  is  above,  while  IN  GOD  WE  TRUST  is  to  the  low¬ 
er  right,  and  the  date  is  below.  The  motif  seems  to  have  been  in¬ 
spired  by  Saint-Gaudens'  motif  for  the  illustrious  double  eagle  of 
1907.  The  reverse  shows  an  eagle  perched  on  a  rocky  crag,  from  which 
grows  a  pine  branch,  symbol  of  strength.  UNITED  STATES  OF 
AMERICA  is  above,  E  PLURIBUS  UNUM  is  to  the  left,  and  HALF 
DOLLAR  is  below.  The  design  has  been  a  favorite  with  numismatists 
ever  since  the  time  of  issue,  and  many  consider  it  to  be  one  of  the 
most  beautiful  motifs  ever  employed  on  a  circulating  coin. 

Specimens  of  the  Liberty  Walking  half  dollar  are  readily  available 
for  the  type  collector,  with  those  dated  in  the  1940s  being  most  easi¬ 
ly  found.  Grades  available  range  from  Good  through  superb  Uncir¬ 
culated,  although  sharply  struck  pieces  are  decidedly  scarce.  Proofs 
were  minted  from  1936  through  1942  and  are  available  in  propor¬ 
tion  to  the  original  mintages. 


158 


HALF  DOLLAR 
1948-1963  Franklin 


Designed  by:  John  R.  Sinnock 
Issue  dates:  1948-1963 

Composition:  0.900  part  silver,  0.100  part  copper 
Diameter:  30.6  mm 
Weight:  192.9  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  465,814,455 
Proof  mintage:  15,886,955 

In  1948  John  R.  Sinnock,  chief  engraver  of  the  Philadelphia  Mint, 
produced  a  new  design  for  the  half  dollar,  to  replace  the  Liberty  Walk¬ 
ing  motif  which  had  been  in  use  since  1916.  The  Franklin  half  dollar 
depicts  a  head  and  shoulders  portrait  of  Franklin  on  the  obverse, 
facing  right,  with  LIBERTY  above  and  IN  GOD  WE  TRUST  below. 
The  date  is  to  the  right.  The  reverse  shows  the  Liberty  Bell  with 
UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA  above  and  HALF  DOLLAR  below. 
The  motto  E  PLURIBUS  UNUM  is  to  the  left  while  a  small  eagle  is 
to  the  right.  At  the  time  of  issue,  the  design  was  criticized  by  many, 
perhaps  because  it  is  rather  plain  in  comparison  to  the  "classic"  Lib¬ 
erty  Walking  style.  However,  in  recent  years  Franklin  half  dollars  have 
emerged  as  popular  pieces,  and  today  they  are  highly  desired  by 
numismatists. 

The  type  set  collector  can  easily  obtain  a  business  strike  in  any 
desired  grade  from  Very  Fine  to  superb  Uncirculated,  although  sharp¬ 
ly  struck  Uncirculated  pieces  showing  full  bell  lines  on  the  reverse 
and  other  minutely  detailed  areas  are  elusive  for  some  issues.  Proofs 
were  minted  from  1950  through  1964  and  are  available  in  propor¬ 
tion  to  their  original  production  quantities. 


159 


SILVER  DOLLAR 
1921-1935  Peace 


* 


Designed  by:  Anthony  DeFrancisci 
Issue  dates:  1921-1935 

Composition:  0.900  part  silver,  0.100  part  copper 
Diameter:  38.1  mm 
Weight:  412.5  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  190,577,279 
Proof  mintage:  Fewer  than  50  in  1921-1922 

The  so-called  Peace  silver  dollar,  designed  by  Anthony  DeFran¬ 
cisci,  was  first  produced  in  December  1921,  following  a  large  mint¬ 
age  of  Morgan  dollars  that  same  year.  The  Peace  dollar  depicts  on 
the  obverse  Miss  Liberty,  facing  left,  wearing  a  diadem  of  spikes. 
LIBERTY  is  above,  while  IN  GOD  WE  TRUST  and  the  date  are  be¬ 
low.  The  reverse  shows  an  eagle  perched  on  a  rock,  with  a  laurel 
branch,  and  with  PEACE  inscribed  below.  UNITED  STATES  OF 
AMERICA  and  E  PLURIBUS  UNUM  are  above,  while  ONE  DOL¬ 
LAR  is  to  be  seen  just  below  the  center.  Rays  of  an  unseen  sun  ema¬ 
nate  from  the  lower  right.  Issues  of  1921,  and  a  few  pieces  dated 
1922,  are  in  high  relief,  although  collectors  have  not  necessarily 
differentiated  this  as  a  distinct  design.  It  was  found  that  the  high 
relief  caused  problems  in  having  the  pieces  strike  up  properly,  so 
in  1922  the  motifs  were  redone  to  a  shallower  format,  a  style  con¬ 
tinued  through  1935.  Mintage  of  Peace  silver  dollars  was  continu¬ 
ous  from  1921  through  1928  and  again  in  1934  and  1935. 

Specimens  of  the  common  issues  from  1921  through  1925  are  read¬ 
ily  obtainable  in  various  grades  from  Very  Fine  through  Uncirculat¬ 
ed.  Sharply  struck  Uncirculated  pieces  with  full  lustre  and  with  a 
minimum  of  marks  are  quite  scarce. 


160 


Chapter  8 


New  Issues 

COPPER,  NICKEL  AND  SILVER 
1951  ONWARD 


The  new  designs  instituted  from  1951  onward  are  familiar  to  every¬ 
one.  Here,  literally,  is  the  coinage  of  our  own  time. 

In  1959,  after  a  span  of  50  years  during  which  the  wreath  motif 
was  used  on  the  reverse  of  the  Lincoln  cent,  the  reverse  was 
redesigned  to  illustrate  the  Lincoln  Memorial.  A  further  cent  type 
was  created  in  1982  when  copper  plated  zinc  was  employed  in  place 
of  the  earlier  bronze  alloy.  It  was  feared  at  the  time  that  the  rising 
price  of  bulk  copper  would  soon  see  Lincoln  cents  worth  more  in 
melt-down  value  than  in  face  value,  something  which  happened 
several  times  with  silver  and  gold  in  American  coinage  history. 

The  rising  price  of  silver  in  1964  made  it  obvious  that  continued 
production  of  the  metal  would  result  in  coins  being  worth  more  in- 
trinsicly  than  the  face  value  stated.  There  were  several  alternatives. 
The  silver  content  could  be  reduced  in  the  alloy,  thus  lowering  the 
metallic  worth.  Or,  the  alloy  could  remain  the  same,  but  the  coins 
could  be  made  thinner  and  lighter.  Or,  a  new  metallic  composition 
could  be  used.  The  latter  is  what  happened,  and  beginning  in  1965 
the  dime,  quarter,  and  half  dollar  were  all  made  in  clad  alloy,  al¬ 
though  silver  continued  as  part  of  the  alloy  to  make  half  dollars 
through  1970.  By  the  time  that  the  United  States  in  effect  dropped 
silver  from  the  coinage  roster  in  1965,  much  of  the  rest  of  the  world 
had  done  the  same.  The  removal  of  silver  from  new  coins  and  the 
withdrawal  from  circulation  of  earlier  silver  coins  precipitated  a  na¬ 
tionwide  interest  in  the  bright  metal,  with  the  result  that  before  long, 
quantities  of  circulated  earlier  coins  were  trading  at  sharp  premiums 
above  face  value.  About  15  years  later  silver  reached  a  peak,  brush¬ 
ing  the  $50  per  ounce  mark  briefly.  Silver  made  front-page  headlines 
as  the  Hunt  brothers  of  Texas  attempted  to  amass  large  quantities. 
Later,  the  interest  waned,  and  over  the  next  several  years  the  price 


263 


.IN  COD  VI 
|kTPiu»r 


KENNEDY 

SILVER 


EISENHOWER 

CLAD 

1971-1978 


BICENTENNIAL 

SILVER 

1776-1976 


KENNEDY 
SILVER  CLAD 
1965-1970 


EISENHOWER 

SILVER 

1971-1974 


KENNEDY 
CLAD  ALLOY 
1971- 


BICENTENNIAL 

CLAD 

1776-1976 


BICENTENNIAL 

SILVER 

1776-1976 


BICENTENNIAL 

CLAD 

1776-1976 

BOWERS  AND  MERENA 
"KINGSWOOD" 


SUSAN  B.  ANTHONY 
1979-1981 


Coinage  of  our  own  time  is  the  topic  of  the  "Kingswood"  display 
holder  shown  above.  While  no  type  in  this  span  is  a  rarity,  all  have 
interesting  stories  to  tell. 


164 


drifted  downward  to  below  $5  per  ounce,  but  still  significantly  higher 
than  it  was  when  silver  coinage  ceased  in  1965. 

In  1964,  the  last  year  of  general  silver  coinage,  a  new  half  dollar 
design  appeared.  Featuring  John  F.  Kennedy,  the  motif  replaced  the 
Franklin  design  which  had  been  used  since  1948.  Numismatists  wel¬ 
comed  the  change,  for  at  the  time  the  Franklin  style  was  viewed  by 
many  as  being  inartistic.  The  historical  memory  of  Kennedy  and  his 
popularity  were  such  that  from  the  outset  half  dollars  bearing  his 
image  were  intensely  hoarded.  Eventually,  hundreds  of  millions  were 
squirreled  away,  thus  resulting  in  the  nearly  complete  disappearance 
of  the  denomination  from  circulation.  As  new  vending  machines 
were  made,  most  were  equipped  with  slots  permitting  coins  no  larger 
than  a  quarter  dollar.  By  the  mid-1980s,  half  dollars  were  rarely  seen 
and  could  be  obtained  in  quantity  only  by  applying  for  them  at  banks. 
For  all  practical  purposes,  coins  in  circulation  were  reduced  to  just 
four  values:  the  cent,  nickel,  dime,  and  quarter. 

The  dollar  denomination  was  produced  for  circulation  again  in 
1971,  following  a  lapse  since  1935.  The  new  Eisenhower  dollar  was 
made  of  clad  metal,  although  some  special  silver-content  versions 
were  struck  for  collectors.  The  Eisenhower  dollar,  minted  in  various 
forms  from  1971  through  1978,  was  created  primarily  in  response  to 
gambling  casinos  in  Las  Vegas  which  desired  dollar-size  coins  for 
the  gaming  tables.  Except  for  this  use,  Eisenhower  dollars  never  cir¬ 
culated  widely. 

In  1979  a  new  idea  reared  its  head.  A  study  showed  that  a  paper 
dollar  had  a  useful  life  of  about  18  months  in  circulation,  whereas 
a  coin  might  be  useful  for  16  years  or  more.  The  Treasury  Depart¬ 
ment  noted  that  in  France  and  England,  for  example,  paper  curren¬ 
cy  of  smaller  denominations  was  successfully  supplanted  by  coins. 
It  was  felt  that  a  dollar-size  coin  would  be  economical  and  would 
save  the  printing  of  countless  millions  of  dollar  bills.  At  the  same 
time  it  was  realized  that  the  large  diameter  of  the  Eisenhower  dollar 
was  cumbersome.  Accordingly,  a  new  size  was  decided  upon,  a  size 
between  the  familiar  quarter  and  half  dollar.  Designs  were  prepared 
at  the  Mint,  and  Chief  Engraver  Frank  Gasparro  created  a  Liberty 
Head  design  somewhat  similar  to  that  used  on  the  cent  and  half  cent 
of  1793.  This  motif  caused  wide  admiration  among  collectors.  How¬ 
ever,  Congress  was  persuaded  to  honor  Susan  B.  Anthony,  a  cham¬ 
pion  of  women's  rights,  and  Gasparro  was  directed  to  produce  an 
Anthony  design.  Susan  Anthony  dollars  were  struck  by  the 
hundreds  of  millions  and  placed  in  circulation  in  1979.  From  the  out¬ 
set,  there  was  a  hue  and  cry  against  them.  Many  confused  them  with 
the  quarter  dollar,  and  numerous  tales  were  told  of  Anthony  dollars 
being  thrown  into  turnpike  toll  machines  or  given  in  change  as  quar¬ 
ter  dollars.  Launched  during  the  wildly  inflationary  presidency  of 


265 


Jimmy  Carter,  the  Anthony  dollar  took  the  brunt  of  much  public  criti¬ 
cism  against  inflation  itself.  Although  additional  Susan  Anthony  dol¬ 
lars  were  minted  in  1980  and  1981,  from  an  early  time  the  coin  was 
recognized  as  a  failure,  a  numismatic  dodo  somewhat  similar  to  the 
20-cent  piece  of  a  century  earlier.  Still,  the  pieces  were  and  are  popu¬ 
lar  with  collectors,  representing  as  they  do  a  coin  from  our  own  time 
with  an  interesting  story  to  tell. 

The  bicentennial  year  of  1976  saw  new  designs  for  the  quarter  dol¬ 
lar,  half  dollar,  and  dollar,  all  of  which  retained  their  standard 
Washington,  Kennedy,  or  Eisenhower  obverses  but  had  the  interest¬ 
ing  double  date  1776-1976.  The  reverse  of  each  was  distinctive  and 
was  selected  from  a  nationwide  competition  of  artists. 

There  are  no  rarities  among  these  coins  of  our  own  time,  and  a 
beautiful  set  in  superb  condition  can  be  assembled  for  moderate  cost. 


CENT 

1959-1982  Memorial  Reverse,  Bronze 


Designed  by:  Victor  D.  Brenner  (obverse);  Frank  Gasparro 
(reverse) 

Issue  dates:  1959-1982 

Composition:  1959-1962  0.95  part  copper,  0.05  part  tin  and  zinc; 

1962-1982  0.95  part  copper,  0.05  part  zinc 
Diameter:  19  mm 
Weight:  48  grains 
Edge:  Plain 

Business  strike  mintage:  158,150,469,076* 

Proof  mintage:  65,103,802 

In  1959  the  reverse  of  the  Lincoln  cent  was  restyled.  The  former 
wreath  motif  was  discarded  in  favor  of  a  plan  view  of  the  Lincoln 
Memorial,  a  design  by  Frank  Gasparro  of  the  United  States  Mint. 
Above  the  building  the  motto  E  PLURIBUS  UNUM  appears,  while 
UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA  and  ONE  CENT  are  around  the  bor¬ 
der.  The  obverse  remains  the  same  as  used  in  earlier  years.  This  style, 
made  in  "bronze"  from  1959  to  1962,  had  a  composition  of  0.95  part 
copper  and  0.05  part  tin  and  zinc.  In  1962  the  alloy  was  changed 
slightly  to  0.95  part  copper  and  0.05  part  zinc.  Lincoln  cents  of  this 
style  were  made  in  large  quantities,  with  numerous  issues  exceed¬ 
ing  the  billion  mark.  Although  in  an  era  in  which  the  cent  piece  had 
virtually  no  purchasing  power  on  its  own,  and  in  which  logic  would 
suggest  that  the  denomination  would  be  obsolete,  the  proliferation 
of  state  and  local  sales  taxes  made  the  cent  more  important  than  ever 
to  facilitate  making  change.  Thus,  during  this  span  cents  were 
produced  in  record  quantities,  exceeding  for  the  first  time  the  ten 
billion  mark  in  1982. 

Examples  of  the  1959-1982  cent  are  easily  obtainable  in  any  grade 
desired. 

*1982  zinc  cent  mintage  included  in  this  figure. 


267 


CENT 

1982  to  Date,  Copper-Coated  Zinc 


Designed  by:  Victor  D.  Brenner  (obverse);  Frank  Gasparro 
(reverse) 

Issue  dates:  1982  to  date 

Composition:  planchet  consisting  of  0.992  part  zinc  and  0.008  part 
copper,  with  an  external  plating  of  pure  copper 
Diameter:  19  mm 
Weight:  38.58  grains 
Edge:  Plain 

Business  strike  mintage:  38,179,177,147  through  1985 
Proof  mintage:  9,813,065  through  1985 

By  1982  the  price  of  copper  had  risen  to  the  point  at  which  Treas¬ 
ury  officials  feared  that  cents  would  be  hoarded  for  their  metallic 
content.  To  forestall  this  and  also  to  permit  production  of  cents  at 
lower  cost,  the  earlier  alloy  consisting  primarily  of  copper  was 
replaced  with  a  new  format  consisting  of  a  core  composed  of  0.992 
part  zinc  and  0.008  part  copper  with  an  external  plating  of  pure  cop¬ 
per,  resulting  in  a  total  metallic  content  for  the  issue  of  0.976  part 
zinc  and  0.024  part  copper.  In  the  year  1982  the  earlier  as  well  as 
the  later  metallic  compositions  were  employed.  The  idea  proved  to 
be  a  success,  and  by  1986  Mint  Director  Donna  Pope  stated  that  cents 
were  in  abundant  supply  and  that  there  was  no  hint  of  public  hoard¬ 
ing.  By  that  time  the  run-up  in  copper  prices,  characteristic  of  the 
activity  in  nearly  all  metals  markets  during  the  early  1980s,  had  sub¬ 
sided.  As  a  current  coin,  the  Lincoln  cent  type  from  1982  to  date 
has  been  produced  in  large  quantities  and  probably  will  be  produced 
in  large  quantities  in  years  to  come. 

Specimens  are  readily  available  in  Uncirculated  and  Proof  finishes. 

*1982  zinc  cent  mintage  not  included. 


168 


DIME 

1965  to  Date,  Roosevelt  Clad 


Designed  by:  John  R.  Sinnock 
Issue  dates:  1965  to  date 

Composition:  Pure  copper  core  to  which  a  copper-nickel  (0.75 
part  copper,  0.25  part  nickel)  is  bonded 
Diameter:  17.9  mm 
Weight:  35.03  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  24,235,737,852  through  1985 
Proof  mintage:  58,803,304  through  1985 

In  1965,  following  the  discontinuation  of  silver  for  nearly  all  Ameri¬ 
can  coinage,  the  dime  was  first  produced  in  an  innovative  format 
known  as  "clad"  coinage.  An  outer  layer  consisting  of  copper-nickel, 
composed  of  0.75  part  copper  and  0.25  part  nickel,  somewhat  resem¬ 
bling  silver  in  appearance,  was  bonded  to  a  core  of  pure  copper.  The 
copper  core  is  visible  at  the  edge.  The  design  of  the  Roosevelt  dime, 
in  use  since  1946,  remained  the  same.  Only  the  composition  differed. 
The  clad  style  coinage  has  been  produced  continuously  since  1965. 

Examples  of  this  current  format  are  readily  available  in  Uncircu¬ 
lated  and  Proof  grades. 


169 


QUARTER  DOLLAR 
1965  to  Date,  Clad 


Designed  by:  John  Flanagan 
Issue  dates:  1965  to  date 

Composition:  Pure  copper  core  to  which  a  copper  nickel  (0.75 
part  copper,  0.25  part  nickel)  is  bonded 
Diameter:  24.3  mm 
Weight:  87.5  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  17,622,140,990  through  1985 
Proof  mintage:  51,808,124  through  1985 

Following  the  mintage  of  the  last  silver  quarter  dollars  for  circula¬ 
tion  in  1964,  the  Mint  produced,  beginning  in  1965,  the  Washington 
design  using  "clad"  planchets.  As  is  the  case  with  the  dime,  the  plan- 
chet  composition  consists  of  a  core  of  pure  copper  to  which  are  bond¬ 
ed  upper  and  lower  layers  of  copper-nickel  metal,  silver  in  appear¬ 
ance,  consisting  of  0.75  part  copper  and  0.25  part  nickel.  This  format 
has  remained  in  use  to  the  present  day.  Production  was  interrupted 
in  1976  by  the  special  bicentennial  motif,  discussed  in  the  next  listing. 

Examples  of  the  clad  style,  currently  in  use,  are  readily  available 
in  Uncirculated  and  Proof  finishes. 


1 


170 


QUARTER  DOLLAR 
1776-1976  Bicentennial,  Clad 


Designed  by:  John  Flanagan  (obverse);  Jack  L.  Ahr  (reverse) 

Issue  date:  1976 

Composition:  Pure  copper  core  to  which  a  copper  nickel  (0.75 
part  copper,  0.25  part  nickel)  is  bonded 
Diameter:  24.3  mm 
Weight:  87.5  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  1,669,902,855 
Proof  mintage:  7,059,099 

To  observe  the  nation's  bicentennial  the  Treasury  Department  called 
for  a  competition  to  redesign  the  reverses  of  the  quarter,  half  dollar, 
and  dollar.  The  motif  submitted  by  Jack  L.  Ahr  was  the  winner  for 
the  quarter.  At  the  center  of  the  coin  a  drummer  in  colonial  garb  is 
shown,  with  a  torch  encircled  by  stars  to  the  upper  left,  with  E  PLU- 
RIBUS  UNUM  below  it.  The  inscription  UNITED  STATES  OF 
AMERICA,  QUARTER  DOLLAR  surrounds.  The  obverse  of  the  coin 
is  a  continuation  of  the  design  by  John  Flanagan  inaugurated  in  1932, 
except  that  the  bicentennial  piece  has  the  unique  concept  (in  Ameri¬ 
can  coinage  for  circulation)  of  a  double  date:  1776-1976.  Examples 
were  produced  in  large  quantities  for  circulation  at  the  Philadelphia 
and  Denver  mints.  At  the  San  Francisco  Mint  Proofs  were  made  for 
collectors.  Interestingly,  production  was  well  underway  in  1975,  the 
year  before  the  bicentennial,  thus  creating  prestrikes. 

Uncirculated  and  Proof  pieces  are  readily  available. 


171 


,  QUARTER  DOLLAR 
1776-1976  Bicentennial,  Silver  Clad 


Designed  by:  John  Flanagan  (obverse);  Jack  L.  Ahr  (reverse) 

Issue  date:  1976 

Composition:  Layers  of  0.8  part  silver  and  0.2  part  copper  bonded 
to  core  of  0.209  part  silver,  0.791  part  copper 
Diameter:  24.3  mm 
Weight:  88.73  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  11,000,000 
Proof  mintage:  4,000,000 

The  San  Francisco  Mint  produced  an  additional  coinage  of  bicen¬ 
tennial  coins  with  high  silver  content.  The  "clad"  format  was  used, 
with  the  outer  layers  consisting  of  0.8  part  silver  and  0.2  part  copper 
bonded  to  a  core  of  0.209  part  silver  and  0.791  part  copper.  11,000,000 
were  struck  with  a  business  or  "Uncirculated"  finish,  while  4,000,000 
Proofs  were  made.  Unsold  examples  of  both  finishes  remained  in 
the  Mint  inventory  for  a  number  of  years  after  they  were  produced. 

Uncirculated  and  Proof  specimens  are  readily  available. 


172 


HALF  DOLLAR 
1964  Kennedy,  Silver 


Designed  by:  Gilroy  Roberts  (obverse);  Frank  Gasparro  (reverse) 

Issue  date:  1964 

Composition:  0.900  part  silver,  0.100  part  copper 
Diameter:  30.6  mm 
Weight:  117.46  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  429,509,450 
Proof  mintage:  3,950,962 

Following  the  assassination  of  President  John  Fitzgerald  Kennedy 
in  November  1963,  plans  were  made  to  memorialize  the  popular 
president  on  circulating  half  dollars.  Gilroy  Roberts,  chief  engraver 
of  the  Mint,  designed  the  obverse.  The  reverse  was  the  work  of  Frank 
Gasparro.  The  obverse  design  depicts  the  head  of  Kennedy  facing 
left,  with  LIBERTY  above  and  to  the  sides  and  the  date  below.  IN 
GOD  WE  TRUST  is  in  a  straight  line  above  the  date.  The  reverse 
is  an  adaptation  of  the  Great  Seal  of  the  United  States  and  is  reminis¬ 
cent  of  the  Heraldic  Eagle  style  used  on  gold  and  silver  coinage  of 
the  1800  era.  The  Kennedy  half  dollar  captured  the  public's  imagi¬ 
nation,  and  pieces  sold  at  a  premium  from  the  very  moment  of  re¬ 
lease.  Soon  the  premiums  subsided,  but  despite  mintages  of 
hundreds  of  millions  of  coins,  few  were  used  in  the  channels  of  com¬ 
merce.  Subsequently,  the  half  dollar  became  an  obsolete  denomina¬ 
tion  so  far  as  everyday  use  is  concerned.  Still,  large  quantities  were 
produced,  although  mintage  figures  trended  downward  over  a  period 
of  time.  After  1964,  the  silver  content  was  modified,  thus  isolating 
the  1964  year  as  the  only  Kennedy  half  dollar  composed  of  nine  parts 
silver  and  one  part  copper. 

Specimens  today  are  readily  available  in  Uncirculated  and  Proof 
finishes. 


173 


.  HALF  DOLLAR 
1965-1970  Kennedy,  Silver  Clad 


Designed  by:  Gilroy  Roberts  (obverse),  Frank  Gasparro  (reverse) 

Issue  dates:  1965-1970 

Composition:  Outer  layers  of  0.8  part  silver  and  0.2  part  copper 
bonded  to  core  of  0.209  part  silver,  0.791  part  copper. 

Diameter:  24.3  mm 
Weight:  177.46  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  848,895,006 
Proof  mintage:  8,608,947 

In  1965,  and  continuing  through  1970,  the  composition  of  the  half 
dollar  was  modified  to  diminish  its  silver  content.  Unlike  the  dime 
and  quarter  denominations,  the  half  dollar  retained  some  silver,  how¬ 
ever.  The  new  style  was  made  by  sandwiching  outer  layers  consist¬ 
ing  of  eight  parts  silver  and  two  parts  copper  to  a  core  of  0.209  part 
silver  and  0.791  part  copper,  giving  the  coin  a  "silver"  appearance. 
Whereas  the  1964  Kennedy  half  dollar  contained  a  net  of  0.3617  ounce 
of  pure  silver,  the  1965-1970  clad  coinage  saw  a  reduced  content  of 
0.1479  ounce,  making  it  unprofitable  at  the  time  to  melt  them  down 
for  their  bullion  value.  Later,  with  the  run-up  in  metal  prices  in  the 
1980  period,  the  1965-1970  silver-clad  pieces  became  worth  more  in 
meltdown  value  than  face  value,  thus  causing  the  destruction  of 
many. 

Examples  are  readily  available  in  Uncirculated  and  Proof  finishes. 


174 


HALF  DOLLAR 
1971  to  Date,  Kennedy,  Clad 


Designed  by:  Gilroy  Roberts  (obverse),  Frank  Gasparro  (reverse) 

Issue  dates:  1971  to  date 

Composition:  Layers  of  0.8  part  silver  and  0.2  part  copper 

bonded  to  core  of  0.209  part  silver  and  0.791  part  copper 
Diameter:  30.6  mm 
Weight:  175  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  1,684,775,933  through  1985 
Proof  mintage:  43,199,177  through  1985 

Beginning  in  1971,  and  continuing  through  the  present  time,  the 
composition  of  the  half  dollar  was  modified  to  conform  to  that  of 
the  dime  and  quarter.  The  current  style  consists  of  a  core  of  pure 
copper  with  outer  layers  of  copper-nickel,  with  a  silvery  appearance, 
consisting  of  0.75  part  copper  and  0.25  part  nickel.  The  Kennedy  ob¬ 
verse  and  Heraldic  Eagle  reverse,  in  use  since  1964,  were  continued. 
Business  strikes  were  produced  by  the  Philadelphia  and  Denver 
mints,  while  San  Francisco  made  Proofs  for  collectors.  The  standard 
style  was  interrupted  in  1976  by  the  bicentennial  motif  (see  follow¬ 
ing  listing).  When  coinage  resumed  in  1977,  after  the  bicentennial 
observance,  mintages  in  the  Kennedy  series  for  the  first  time  were 
fewer  than  100  million  per  year. 

Examples  are  easily  obtainable  in  Uncirculated  and  Proof  finishes. 


175 


HALF  DOLLAR 
1776-1976  Bicentennial,  Clad 


Designed  by:  Gilroy  Roberts  (obverse);  Seth  G.  Huntington 
(reverse) 

Issue  date:  1976 

Composition:  Layers  of  0.8  part  silver  and  0.2  copper  bonded 
to  core  of  0.209  part  silver,  0.791  part  copper 
Diameter:  30.6  mm 
Weight:  175  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  521,873,248 
Proof  mintage:  7,059,099 


In  1976  a  special  reverse  was  employed  for  the  1776-1976  dated 
Kennedy  half  dollar.  The  obverse  remained  the  same  as  used  earli¬ 
er,  except  for  the  date,  while  the  reverse  displayed  a  new  design  by 
Seth  G.  Huntington,  a  Minnesota  artist  who  entered  the  national 
competition  for  bicentennial  motifs.  Shown  at  the  center  of  the  coin 
is  a  representation  of  Independence  Hall  in  Philadelphia,  somewhat 
similar  to  that  used  earlier  (in  1926)  on  the  reverse  of  the  sesquicen- 
tennial  gold  quarter  eagle.  To  the  left  of  the  building  is  the  inscrip¬ 
tion  200  YEARS  OF  FREEDOM,  while  to  the  right  is  the  motto  E 
PLURIBUS  UNUM,  with  INDEPENDENCE  HALL  and  an  arc  of  stars 
below.  The  inscription  UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA,  HALF  DOL¬ 
LAR  surrounds.  Over  500,000,000  business  strikes  were  produced 
at  the  Philadelphia  and  Denver  mints,  while  the  San  Francisco  facil¬ 
ity  turned  out  7,059,099  Proofs. 

Specimens  are  readily  available  in  Uncirculated  and  Proof  formats. 


176 


HALF  DOLLAR 

1776-1976  Bicentennial,  Silver,  Clad 


Designed  by:  Gilroy  Roberts  (obverse);  Seth  G.  Huntington 
(reverse) 

Issue  date:  1976 

Composition:  Layers  of  0.8  part  silver  and  0.2  part  copper  bond¬ 
ed  to  core  of  0.209  part  silver,  0.791  part  copper 
Diameter:  30.6  mm 
Weight:  177.47  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  11,000,000 
Proof  mintage:  4,000,000 

Following  the  procedure  employed  for  the  quarter  and  dollar 
denominations,  1776-1976  Kennedy  bicentennial  half  dollars,  with 
Seth  G.  Huntington's  Independence  Hall  reverse,  were  produced  for 
collectors,  employing  a  silver  clad  format  consisting  of  a  core  of  0.209 
part  silver  and  0.791  part  copper  with  outer  layers  consisting  of  0.8 
part  silver  and  0.2  part  copper,  giving  the  pieces  a  silver  appearance. 
11,000,000  business  strikes  or  "Uncirculated"  pieces  and  4,000,000 
Proofs  were  struck,  all  at  the  San  Francisco  Mint.  The  production 
was  sufficiently  large  that  unsold  quantities  remained  on  hand  for 
a  number  of  years  afterward. 

Specimens  today  are  readily  available  in  Uncirculated  and  Proof 
finishes. 


177 


DOLLAR 

1971-1978  Eisenhower,  Clad 


Designed  by:  Frank  Gasparro 
Issue  dates:  1971-1978 

Composition:  Core  of  pure  copper  clad  with  0.75  part  copper  and 
0.25  nickel,  copper-nickel  alloy. 

Diameter:  38.1  mm 
Weight:  350  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  466,001,887 
Proof  mintage:  11,751,840 

Primarily  in  response  to  a  demand  from  Nevada  gambling  casi¬ 
nos,  which  desired  dollar-size  coins  for  use  at  the  gaming  tables  in 
an  era  in  which  earlier  silver  dollars  had  disappeared  from  circula¬ 
tion,  the  Mint  introduced  a  new  metallic  dollar  in  1971.  Circulating 
issues  were  made  of  copper-nickel  clad  material.  The  obverse  and 
reverse  designs,  the  work  of  Chief  Engraver  Frank  Gasparro,  were 
innovative.  The  obverse  features  the  head  of  President  Dwight  Eisen¬ 
hower  facing  left,  with  LIBERTY  above  and  IN  GOD  WE  TRUST  and 
the  date  below,  while  the  reverse  is  symbolic  of  the  landing  of  Ameri¬ 
cans  on  the  moon  and  was  adopted  from  the  Apollo  11  insignia. 
Shown  is  an  eagle  holding  an  olive  branch,  landing  on  the  moon, 
with  the  earth  and  the  inscription  E  PLURIBUS  UNUM  above.  The 
inscription  UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA,  ONE  DOLLAR  appears 
at  the  border.  Except  for  use  at  the  gaming  tables  in  Nevada,  few 
Eisenhower  dollars  were  ever  employed  in  general  circulation.  The 
design  was  interrupted  in  1976  by  the  bicentennial  motif  (see  sec¬ 
ond  following  listing). 

Examples  are  available  in  Uncirculated  and  Proof  finishes,  although 
superb  Uncirculated  pieces  are  fairly  scarce. 


178 


DOLLAR 

1971-1974  Eisenhower,  Silver,  Clad 


Designed  by:  Frank  Gasparro 
Issue  dates:  1971-1974 

Composition:  Core  of  0.209  part  silver  and  0.791  part  copper  with 
outer  layers  of  0.8  part  silver  and  0.2  part  copper 
Diameter:  38.1 
Weight:  379.48  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  12,844,726 
Proof  mintage:  8,397,090 

To  provide  an  issue  for  coin  collectors,  Eisenhower  dollars  of  the 
1971-1974  years  were  struck  in  a  silver  clad  composition,  with  the 
production  of  these  special  pieces  being  accomplished  at  the  San 
Francisco  Mint.  Apart  from  metallic  content,  the  design  with  Presi¬ 
dent  Eisenhower's  head  on  the  obverse  and  an  eagle  landing  on  the 
moon  on  the  reverse  is  the  same  as  the  preceding.  The  San  Francis¬ 
co  Mint  produced  business  strike  or  "Uncirculated"  pieces  as  well 
as  Proof  examples. 

Specimens  are  readily  available  with  Uncirculated  and  Proof 
finishes. 


179 


DOLLAR 

1776-1976  Bicentennial,  Clad 


Designed  by:  Frank  Gasparro  (obverse);  Dennis  R.  Williams 
(reverse) 

Issue  date:  1976 

Composition:  Core  of  pure  copper  clad  with  0.75  part  copper  and 
0.25  part  nickel,  copper-nickel  alloy 
Diameter:  38.1 
Weight:  350  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  220,565,274 
Proof  mintage:  6,995,180 

For  the  bicentennial  observation  a  new  reverse  was  mated  to  Frank 
Gasparro's  Eisenhower  obverse.  The  work  of  Dennis  R.  Williams, 
who  entered  a  nationwide  competition  for  bicentennial  designs,  the 
reverse  depicts  the  Liberty  Bell,  similar  to  that  found  on  the  1948-1963 
Franklin  half  dollar,  superimposed  on  the  moon.  The  motto  E  PLUR- 
IBUS  UNUM  appears  to  the  lower  right.  The  inscription  UNITED 
STATES  OF  AMERICA,  ONE  DOLLAR  surrounds.  Examples  in 
copper-nickel  clad  metal  were  produced  for  circulation  at  the 
Philadelphia  and  Denver  mints.  Most  saw  service  in  Nevada,  but 
many  were  acquired  as  bicentennial  souvenirs  by  the  population  at 
large.  Proofs  for  collectors  were  struck  at  San  Francisco. 

Examples  are  readily  available  in  Uncirculated  and  Proof  formats. 


180 


DOLLAR 

1776-1976  Bicentennial,  Silver,  Clad 


Designed  by:  Frank  Gasparro  (obverse);  Dennis  R.  Williams 
(reverse) 

Issue  date:  1976 

Composition:  Layers  of  0.8  part  silver  and  0.2  part  copper  bond¬ 
ed  to  core  of  0.209  part  silver,  0.791  part  copper 
Diameter:  38.1 
Weight:  379.48  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  11,000,000 
Proof  mintage:  4,000,000 

Examples  of  the  Eisenhower  bicentennial  dollar  with  the  Liberty 
Bell  and  moon  reverse,  struck  on  silver  clad  planchets,  were  produced 
at  San  Francisco  for  collectors.  11,000,000  “Uncirculated"  pieces  were 
made  and  4,000,000  Proofs  were  struck.  Sales  were  not  up  to  expec¬ 
tations,  and  unsold  quantities  of  both  formats  remained  on  hand  for 
a  number  of  years  after  the  issue  date. 

Examples  are  readily  available  in  Uncirculated  and  Proof  finishes. 


181 


DOLLAR 

1979-1981  Susan  B.  Anthony 


Designed  by:  Frank  Gasparro 
Issue  dates:  1979-1981 

Composition:  Core  of  pure  copper;  outer  layers  of  0.75  part  cop¬ 
per  and  0.25  part  nickel 
Diameter:  26.5  mm 
Weight:  125  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  857,216,452 
Proof  mintage:  11,295,064 

By  1979,  half  dollars  were  rarely  seen  in  circulation.  The  prolifera¬ 
tion  of  vending  machines,  arcade  machines,  and  other  coin-operated 
devices,  most  of  which  dispensed  goods  or  services  worth  more  than 
a  quarter  dollar  (the  highest  denomination  coin  in  general  circula¬ 
tion  at  the  time)  prompted  a  call  for  a  convenient  coin  of  high  value, 
while  a  Treasury-sponsored  study  showed  that  a  metallic  dollar  had 
a  useful  life  in  circulation  of  16  years  or  more,  as  compared  to  only 
18  months  for  a  paper  dollar.  Thus,  the  new  small-diameter  dollar 
was  conceived.  Frank  Gasparro  produced  the  designs.  The  obverse 
depicts  Susan  Anthony  facing  to  the  right,  with  stars  to  the  left  and 
right  and  with  IN  GOD  WE  TRUST  near  the  right  border.  LIBERTY 
is  above,  and  the  date  is  below.  The  reverse  is  an  adaptation  of  the 
motif  first  used  on  the  1971  Eisenhower  dollar  and  consists  of  an 
eagle  landing  on  the  moon,  with  the  earth  and  E  PLURIBUS  UNUM 
above,  and  the  inscription  UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA,  ONE 
DOLLAR  surrounding.  From  the  outset,  the  public  confused  the 
small-diameter  dollars  with  the  quarter  dollars  in  circulation.  As  not¬ 
ed  in  the  introduction  to  this  chapter,  resentment  was  high,  and  the 
Anthony  dollar  was  unpopular.  Collectors,  however,  were  attracted 
to  the  design,  and  today  the  various  issues  are  quite  collectible. 

Specimens  are  readily  available  in  Uncirculated  and  Proof  finishes. 


182 


Chapter  9 


New  Issues 
GOLD 
1795-1833 


The  American  gold  coin  designs  which  made  their  initial  appear¬ 
ance  during  the  1795-1833  era  are  among  the  rarest  of  the  rare  in  Unit¬ 
ed  States  coinage.  There  is  no  such  thing  as  a  "common"  issue  among 
the  different  varieties,  and  some  are  exceedingly  rare. 

The  Act  of  April  2,  1792  established  the  Philadelphia  Mint  and 
provided  for  various  denominations,  including  gold  coins,  the  largest 
of  which  was  to  be  an  eagle  weighing  270  grains.  Although  copper 
coinage  commenced  in  1793,  gold  coins  were  not  minted  until  two 
years  later,  for  the  chief  coiner  and  assayer  each  were  required  to 
post  personal  surety  bonds  in  the  amount  of  $10,000  before  coinage 
of  precious  metals  could  commence.  Later,  the  bond  requirements 
were  reduced  and  were  fulfilled.  The  first  delivery  of  gold  coins  oc¬ 
curred  on  July  31,  1795,  when  744  half  eagles  were  transferred,  fol¬ 
lowed  by  amounts  through  September  totaling  8,707  pieces  for  the 
year.  The  first  delivery  of  eagles,  or  $10  pieces,  took  place  on  Sep¬ 
tember  22,  1795,  and  consisted  of  1,097  pieces.  Edgar  H.  Adams,  a 
student  of  the  denomination,  noted  that  George  Washington  desired 
to  have  gold  coins  struck  before  his  term  of  office  expired,  and  this 
wish  was  granted  in  1795  when  Director  of  the  Mint  Henry  DeSaus- 
sure  delivered  100  eagles  to  the  President. 

In  1792,  Congress  established  the  relative  value  of  silver  to  gold 
at  17  to  1.  This  relationship  proved  to  be  inaccurate,  since  in  the  mar¬ 
ketplace  for  bullion  the  value  more  closely  approximated  16  to  1,  with 
the  result  that  early  gold  coins  were  melted  down  and  sold  for  more 
than  face  value  in  terms  of  silver.  After  1803,  when  France  officially 
adopted  a  ratio  of  15 ¥2  to  1,  vast  quantities  of  gold  coins  were  ex¬ 
ported  or  went  to  the  melting  pot. 

Gold  bullion  values  and  the  market  value  ratio  of  gold  to  silver 
fluctuated  during  the  early  years,  and  each  time  gold  increased  in 
value,  large  quantities  of  United  States  coins  were  melted.  Finally, 
the  Act  of  June  18,  1834  reduced  the  weight  of  gold  coins,  with  the 


185 


A  $10  gold  piece,  or  eagle,  of  the  first  year  of  issue,  1795.  This  gener¬ 
al  obverse  style  was  also  used  on  quarter  eagles  and  half  eagles  of  the 
time,  while  the  Small  Eagle  reverse  was  used  only  on  eagles  and  half 
eagles  only. 


186 


This  half  eagle,  or  $5  piece,  of  1804  illustrates  the  Heraldic  Eagle  re¬ 
verse,  a  popular  motif  used  on  silver  and  gold  coins  of  the  era.  It  is 
one  of  several  adaptations  of  the  Great  Seal  of  the  United  States  used 
in  coinage  designs  over  the  years. 


187 


The  scarce  1820  $5  gold  piece,  or  half  eagle,  shown  above  is  a  mem¬ 
ber  of  the  elusive  Capped  Head  to  Left  motif  minted  from  1813  through 
1834.  All  half  eagles  of  this  span  are  scarce,  and  a  number  of  them  are 
great  rarities. 


188 


beneficial  effect  that  later  pieces  could  not  be  melted  for  profit,  and 
from  that  point  onward  gold  coins  circulated  in  the  channels  of  com¬ 
merce.  By  that  time,  all  earlier  gold  coins,  commonly  called  old  tenor 
coins  in  various  bullion  manuals,  were  worth  more  than  face  value. 
As  coin  collectors  were  virtually  non-existent,  countless  thousands 
of  pieces  which  would  have  been  numismatically  desired  later,  were 
destroyed.  No  better  evidence  of  this  practice  can  be  found  than  by 
studying  the  mintage  records  of  $5  gold  coins  of  the  1820s  and  com¬ 
paring  them  to  the  quantities  known  today.  The  extreme  example 
is  provided  by  the  1822  half  eagle  of  which  17,796  were  struck,  but 
of  which  just  three  solitary  examples  are  known  to  survive  today. 

As  noted,  half  eagles  and  eagles  made  their  initial  appearance  in 
1795.  The  following  year,  1796,  saw  the  debut  of  the  $2%  denomina¬ 
tion,  or  quarter  eagle.  These  three  denominations  constituted  the 
spectrum  of  American  gold  coinage  during  the  1795-1834  years  in 
question.  Later,  such  denominations  as  the  gold  dollar  (1849),  $3 
(1854),  $4  (patterns  in  1879  and  1880),  and  $20  (1850)  would  be 
introduced. 

The  formation  of  a  complete  type  set  of  early  gold  coins  is  a  fas¬ 
cinating  challenge  and  is  necessarily  limited  to  those  with  a  gener¬ 
ous  budget.  As  observed  earlier,  there  are  no  common  pieces  in  the 
series,  and  several  types  are  very  rare.  The  1796  quarter  eagle  with¬ 
out  obverse  stars  and  the  1808  of  the  same  denomination  are  partic¬ 
ularly  significant  as  representatives  of  the  only  years  that  their  respec¬ 
tive  designs  were  produced. 


189 


QUARTER  EAGLE 
1796  No  Obverse  Stars 


* 


Designed  by:  Robert  Scot 
Issue  date:  1796 

Composition:  0.9167  part’ gold,  0.0833  part  copper 
Diameter:  20  mm 
Weight:  67.5  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  963  (estimated) 

Proof  mintage:  None 

The  first  design  in  the  quarter  eagle  series  is  distinguished  from 
the  later  motif  by  having  no  stars  on  the  obverse.  Designated  as  the 
Capped  Bust  to  Right  style,  the  first  quarter  eagle  of  1796,  believed 
to  have  been  minted  to  the  extent  of  963  pieces,  features  the  head 
and  shoulder  portrait  of  Miss  Liberty  facing  right,  wearing  a  cloth 
cap,  with  LIBERTY  above  and  the  date  below.  There  are  no  stars  in 
the  field.  The  reverse  is  of  the  Heraldic  Eagle  design  similar  to  that 
used  on  gold  and  silver  denominations  of  the  1800  era.  Adapted  from 
the  Great  Seal  of  the  United  States,  the  center  motif  depicts  an  ea¬ 
gle  with  a  shield  on  its  breast,  holding  an  olive  branch  and  arrows 
in  its  talons,  and  in  its  beak  a  ribbon  inscribed  E  PLURIBUS  UNUM. 
A  galaxy  of  stars  is  above,  with  a  group  of  clouds  in  an  arc  extend¬ 
ing  from  one  wing  to  the  other.  The  inscription  UNITED  STATES 
OF  AMERICA  surrounds.  There  is  no  mark  indicating  the 
denomination. 

Of  the  963  pieces  believed  to  have  been  minted,  it  has  been  esti¬ 
mated  by  David  Akers,  a  student  of  the  subject,  that  perhaps  as  many 
as  30  to  40  survive  today,  although  other  estimates  have  been  in  the 
range  of  15  to  20  pieces.  Most  of  these  are  in  grades  from  Very  Fine 
to  Extremely  Fine,  although  a  few  higher  condition  examples  exist. 


190 


QUARTER  EAGLE 
1796-1807  Capped  Bust,  Stars 


Designed  by:  Robert  Scot 
Issue  dates:  1796-1807 

Composition:  0.9167  part  gold,  0.0833  part  copper 
Diameter:  20  mm 
Weight:  67.5  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  18,524 
Proof  mintage:  None 

Following  a  brief  emission  of  1796  quarter  eagles  without  obverse 
stars,  the  design  was  modified  to  add  stars  to  the  left  and  right  of 
the  head.  The  number  of  stars  and  their  placement  vary  from  issue 
to  issue,  but  these  have  not  been  collected  as  separate  types,  per¬ 
haps  due  to  the  general  rarity  of  quarter  eagles  in  this  span.  1796 
quarter  eagles  with  stars  have  eight  stars  to  the  left  and  eight  to  the 
right,  for  a  total  of  16,  while  quarter  eagles  of  the  years  1797  through 
1807  have  13  stars  arranged  in  various  ways.  1797  quarter  eagles  have 
seven  stars  to  the  left  and  six  to  the  right,  while  1798  quarter  eagles 
have  six  to  the  left  and  seven  to  the  right.  1802/1  quarter  eagles  have 
eight  left  and  five  right.  The  year  1806  comes  in  two  varieties,  eight 
left  and  five  right  as  well  as  seven  left  and  six  right.  All  quarter  ea¬ 
gles  within  this  span  are  rare.  Apart  from  the  addition  of  stars  to 
the  obverse,  the  motifs  are  the  same  as  on  the  previous  issue. 

While  a  few  Uncirculated  examples  are  known  of  scattered  dates, 
most  quarter  eagles  known  within  this  date  span  grade  from  Very 
Fine  to  Extremely  Fine,  with  Very  Fine  being  the  norm.  In  keeping 
with  other  gold  coins,  mint-caused  planchet  adjustment  marks  are 
often  seen  as  are  areas  of  light  striking. 


191 


QUARTER  EAGLE 
1808  Capped  Bust  to  Left 


Designed  by:  John  Reich 
Issue  date:  1808 

Composition:  0.9167  part  gold,  0.0833  part  copper 
Diameter:  20  mm 
Weight:  67.5  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  2,710 
Proof  mintage:  None 

In  1808  John  Reich  redesigned  the  quarter  eagle.  The  diameter  re¬ 
mained  the  same  as  earlier,  but  the  obverse  and  reverse  motifs  were 
changed.  Miss  Liberty  now  faces  left,  wearing  a  loose  cloth  cap  se¬ 
cured  by  a  band  inscribed  LIBERTY.  Seven  stars  are  to  the  left  and 
six  are  to  the  right,  and  the  date  1808  appears  below.  The  reverse 
depicts  an  eagle  perched  on  an  olive  branch  and  holding  three  ar¬ 
rows.  The  motto  E  PLURIBUS  UNUM  is  on  a  band  or  ribbon  above. 
The  inscription  UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA  and  IVi  D  is  around 
the  border.  The  denomination  is  stated  for  the  first  time  on  a  quar¬ 
ter  eagle.  The  mintage  figure  of  2,710  on  its  own  would  suggest  a 
rarity,  but  the  demand  for  the  coin  as  the  only  year  of  its  design  type 
has  projected  it  into  the  forefront  of  popular  rarities  among  Ameri¬ 
can  gold  coins.  It  is  believed  that  perhaps  three  or  four  dozen  exist, 
nearly  all  of  which  are  in  the  grades  of  Very  Fine  or  Extremely  Fine, 
although  at  least  two  Uncirculated  coins  can  be  accounted  for. 


192 


QUARTER  EAGLE 
1821-1834  Capped  Head  to  Left 


Designed  by:  John  Reich 
Issue  dates:  1821-1834 

Composition:  0.9167  part  gold,  0.0833  part  copper 
Diameter:  18.5  mm  (1821-1827),  18.2  mm  (1829-1834) 

Weight:  67.5  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  42,065 
Proof  mintage:  Fewer  than  150 

No  quarter  eagles  were  coined  from  1809  through  1820  inclusive. 
In  1821  the  denomination  was  again  produced.  The  design  is  simi¬ 
lar  to  that  used  in  1808,  except  that  the  diameter  is  reduced  to  18.5 
mm  (subsequently  further  reduced  to  18.2  mm  in  1829)  and  the  por¬ 
trait  of  Miss  Liberty  appears  smaller  and  is  circled  by  stars.  This 
general  style  was  continued  in  use  through  1834.  Mintages  in  all  in¬ 
stances  were  low,  with  the  production  of  one  variety,  the  1826,  esti¬ 
mated  at  just  760  pieces. 

All  quarter  eagles  of  the  1821-1834  years  are  rare  today.  Most  ex¬ 
amples  seen  are  in  grades  from  Very  Fine  through  AU,  although  scat¬ 
tered  Uncirculated  pieces  have  appeared  at  auction,  as  have  a  few 
Proofs.  It  is  not  unusual  for  an  Uncirculated  piece  to  have  a  proof¬ 
like  surface. 


193 


HALF  EAGLE 

1795-1798  Small  Eagle  Reverse 


Designed  by:  Robert  Scot 
Issue  dates:  1795-1798 

Composition:  0.9167  part  gold,  0.0833  part  copper 
Diameter:  25  mm 
Weight:  135  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  18,512 
Proof  mintage:  None 

Believed  to  have  been  designed  by  Robert  Scot,  the  first  half  ea¬ 
gle,  representing  the  first  United  States  gold  coin  actually  put  in  cir¬ 
culation,  is  of  the  design  designated  by  collectors  today  as  the  Capped 
Bust  to  Right  obverse  with  Small  Eagle  reverse.  The  obverse  depicts 
Miss  Liberty,  wearing  a  cloth  cap,  facing  right,  with  LIBERTY  to  the 
right  above  and  the  date  below.  The  star  count  arrangement  is  typi¬ 
cally  10  to  the  left  and  five  to  the  right,  but  one  variety  of  1797  has 
16  stars  arranged  11  to  the  left  and  five  to  the  right.  The  reverse,  be¬ 
lieved  to  have  been  copied  from  an  ancient  cameo,  shows  an  eagle 
perched  on  a  palm  branch  holding  a  wreath  aloft  in  its  beak.  The 
inscription  UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA  surrounds.  There  is  no 
mark  or  indication  of  value  on  the  piece.  At  the  time,  gold  coins  were 
valued  in  the  channels  of  commerce  by  their  weight  and  metallic  con¬ 
tent.  Examples  were  produced  from  1795  through  1798,  with  the  last 
year  being  a  major  rarity  in  the  series— a  coin  of  which  fewer  than 
a  dozen  are  known  to  exist. 

Several  hundred  examples  survive  of  various  1795-1798  half  eagles 
with  the  Small  Eagle  reverse.  Most  of  these  bear  the  date  of  the  first 
year  of  issue,  1795.  Most  surviving  specimens  are  in  grades  from  Very 
Fine  through  AU,  but  over  the  years  a  number  have  been  designat¬ 
ed  as  Uncirculated.  Among  1795  half  eagles,  AU  and  Uncirculated 
coins  often  possess  prooflike  surfaces. 


194 


HALF  EAGLE 

1795-1807  Heraldic  Eagle  Reverse 


Designed  by:  Robert  Scot 
Issue  dates:  1795-1807 

Composition:  0.9167  part  gold,  0.0833  part  copper 
Diameter:  25  mm 
Weight:  135  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  316,867 
Proof  mintage:  None 

In  1798  the  reverse  of  the  half  eagle  was  restyled  to  incorporate 
the  Heraldic  Eagle  motif.  However,  at  the  time  it  was  the  Mint's  prac¬ 
tice  to  keep  earlier-dated  dies  on  hand  until  they  were  no  longer  fit 
for  service.  It  is  believed  that  in  1798  the  Mint  combined  the  new 
reverse  with  obverse  dies  dated  1795  and  1797,  thus  producing  earlier- 
dated  pieces.  The  motif  was  continued  in  service  through  1807.  The 
obverse  design  features  Miss  Liberty  facing  right,  similar  to  the 
preceding  issue.  The  star  arrangements  vaiy.  The  reverse  is  the  He¬ 
raldic  Eagle  motif  adopted  from  the  Great  Seal  of  the  United  States 
and  is  similar  to  that  found  on  silver  and  other  gold  coins  of  the  1800 
era.  An  eagle  at  the  center,  with  a  shield  on  its  breast,  holds  arrows 
and  an  olive  branch  in  its  talons  and  a  ribbon  inscribed  E  PLURI- 
BUS  UNUM  in  its  beak.  Above  is  a  galaxy  of  stars  and  an  arc  of 
clouds.  The  inscriptions  UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA  surrounds. 
There  is  no  mark  or  indication  of  value. 

Although  there  are  some  rarities  in  the  1795-1807  span  of  this  type, 
enough  examples  survive  of  most  issues  from  1798  through  1807  that 
the  numismatist  will  have  no  difficulty  acquiring  a  representative 
"type"  specimen  in  Very  Fine  to  AU  preservation.  Uncirculated  coins 
come  on  the  market  occasionally  and  typically  have  frosty  (rather 
than  prooflike)  surfaces. 


195 


HALF  EAGLE 

1807-1812  Capped  Draped  Bust  to  Left 


Designed  by:  John  Reich 
Issue  dates:  1807-1812 

Composition:  0.9167  part  gold,  0.0833  part  copper 
Diameter:  25  mm 
Weight:  135  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  399,013 
Proof  mintage:  None 

In  1807  John  Reich  redesigned  the  half  eagle.  The  new  style  is  the 
forerunner  of  that  adopted  a  year  later  for  the  quarter  eagle.  The  ob¬ 
verse  depicts  Miss  Liberty  facing  left,  wearing  a  cloth  cap  inscribed 
LIBERTY,  with  seven  stars  to  the  left  and  six  to  the  right.  The  re¬ 
verse  shows  an  eagle  perched  on  a  palm  branch,  holding  three  ar¬ 
rows,  with  the  motto  E  PLURIBUS  UNUM  on  a  ribbon  or  band 
above.  The  legend  UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA,  5  D.  surrounds. 
This  style  was  produced  from  1807  through  1812. 

Although  there  are  some  scarce  die  varieties  within  the  1807-1812 
span,  there  are  no  rare  dates,  and  the  type  set  collector  can  choose 
from  virtually  any  date  desired.  Specimens  are  available  in  all  grades, 
with  Very  Fine  to  AU  coins  appearing  on  the  market  with  some  fre¬ 
quency,  (relatively  speaking,  of  course).  As  stated  in  the  introduc¬ 
tion  to  this  chapter,  all  early  American  gold  coins  are  rare  in  com¬ 
parison  to  later  issues.  Uncirculated  coins  are  offered  from  time  to 
time,  especially  when  great  collections  are  dispersed,  and  typically 
have  frosty  rather  than  prooflike  surfaces. 


296 


HALF  EAGLE 

1813-1834  Capped  Head  to  Left 


Designed  by:  John  Reich 
Issue  dates:  1813-1834 

Composition:  0.9167  part  gold,  0.0833  part  copper 
Diameter:  25  mm  (1813-1829),  22.5  mm  (1829-1834) 

Weight:  135  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  1,385,612 
Proof  mintage:  Fewer  than  150 

In  1813  the  John  Reich  design  was  modified  to  a  portrait  featuring 
the  head  and  part  of  the  neck  of  Miss  Liberty,  facing  right,  an  ab¬ 
breviated  version  of  the  earlier  style.  In  the  new  version,  the  stars 
completely  surround  the  head,  and  the  date  is  below.  The  reverse 
motif  remains  the  same.  From  1813  to  1829  half  eagles  were  minted 
with  a  diameter  of  25  mm.  In  1829  the  diameter  was  reduced  to  22.5 
mm  and  certain  other  modifications  occurred,  under  the  direction 
of  William  Kneass.  Technically  speaking,  the  1829-1834  reduced  di¬ 
ameter  format  can  be  considered  a  separate  type,  but  as  half  eagles 
of  this  era  are  exceedingly  rare,  most  numismatists  have  been  con¬ 
tent  to  consider  the  span  1813-1834  as  a  single  design.  The  determi¬ 
nation  of  what  is  a  design  type  and  what  isn't  is  a  matter  of  per¬ 
sonal  preference.  There  are  many  variables,  such  as  the  star  count 
and  position  differences  noted,  for  example,  among  half  eagles  of 
the  1795-1807  Heraldic  Eagle  reverse  style. 

Although  mintages  were  fairly  generous  for  many  half  eagles  from 
1813  through  1834,  nearly  all  of  the  issues  in  this  span  are  great  rari¬ 
ties  today.  The  type  set  collector  will  have  the  best  luck  and  the  best 
use  of  his  money  if  an  issue  such  as  1813, 1814/3, 1818,  or  1820  is  select¬ 
ed,  none  of  which  will  be  inexpensive,  but  other  issues  are  apt  to 
be  much  more  costly.  The  half  eagle  of  the  1813-1834  design  type 
is  one  of  the  highlights  of  a  type  set  of  early  American  gold  coins. 


297 


EAGLE 

1795-1797  Small  Eagle  Reverse 


Designed  by:  Robert  Scot 
Issue  dates:  1795-1797 

Composition:  0.9167  part  gold,  0.0833  part  copper 
Diameter:  33  mm 
Weight:  270  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  13,344 
Proof  mintage:  None 

Eagles  or  $10  pieces  made  their  first  appearance  in  circulation  to¬ 
ward  the  end  of  1795.  The  design  of  the  first  issue  is  similar  to  that 
of  the  contemporary  half  eagle.  On  the  obverse  Miss  Liberty  is  shown 
wearing  a  cloth  cap,  facing  right,  with  stars  to  the  left  and  right.  The 
reverse,  copied  from  the  design  of  an  ancient  cameo,  depicts  an  ea¬ 
gle  perched  on  a  palm  branch  holding  a  wreath  aloft  in  its  beak.  The 
inscription  UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA  surrounds.  There  is  no 
indication  of  denomination  or  value  on  this  or  the  subsequent  eagle 
type. 

With  a  total  mintage  of  fewer  than  15,000  pieces,  eagles  of  this  de¬ 
sign  type  are  rare  today.  However,  with  some  searching,  attractive 
Very  Fine  to  AU  coins  can  be  located.  At  infrequent  intervals  Uncir¬ 
culated  pieces  appear,  usually  when  great  collections  are  dispersed. 
Such  coins  are  apt  to  have  prooflike  surfaces,  a  situation  especially 
true  of  the  first  year  of  issue,  1795. 


198 


EAGLE 

1797-1804  Heraldic  Eagle  Reverse 


Designed  by:  Robert  Scot 
Issue  dates:  1797-1804 

Composition:  0.9167  part  gold,  0.0833  part  copper 
Diameter:  33  mm 
Weight:  270  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  119,248 
Proof  mintage:  None 

Beginning  with  coins  dated  1797,  the  Heraldic  Eagle  reverse  was 
mated  to  the  obverse  style  used  earlier.  In  keeping  with  silver  and 
other  gold  denominations  of  the  1800  period,  the  reverse  depicts  an 
eagle  with  a  shield  on  its  breast,  holding  in  its  talons  a  bundle  of 
arrows  and  an  olive  branch  and  in  its  beak  a  ribbon  inscribed  E  PLU- 
RIBUS  UNUM.  A  galaxy  of  stars  and  an  arc  of  clouds  is  above.  The 
inscription  UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA  surrounds.  There  is  no 
mark  of  denomination  or  value.  The  obverse  remains  the  same  as 
the  preceding,  except  that  the  star  configuration  varies  on  certain 
issues.  For  example,  the  1798/7,  an  overdate,  exists  with  nine  stars 
left  and  four  right  and  also  with  seven  stars  left  and  six  right.  No 
eagles  were  struck  after  1804,  as  it  was  felt  that  because  of  rising  bul¬ 
lion  prices  the  pieces  would  be  melted  or  exported  as  soon  as  they 
were  produced. 

The  type  set  collector  will  find  that  issues  of  1799,  1800,  1801,  or 
1803  will  be  the  most  likely  candidates.  Examples  are  typically  found 
in  Very  Fine  to  AU  condition.  Uncirculated  pieces  are  rare.  Such  coins 
have  frosty  surfaces. 


199 


Chapter  10 


New  Issues 
GOLD 
1834-1900 


v< 


The  span  from  1834  through  1900  saw  a  proliferation  of  United 
States  gold  coin  denominations  and  types.  To  the  previous  quarter 
eagle,  half  eagle  and  eagle  denominations  three  new  values  were 
added:  the  gold  dollar,  $3  gold,  and  double  eagle.  A  pattern  denomi¬ 
nation,  the  $4  gold  "stella,"  was  made  in  1879  and  1880  but  was  never 
produced  for  circulation  (and  hence  is  not  studied  in  the  following 
pages).  Some  type  set  collectors  opt  to  include  an  example  of  the 
$4  pattern  in  their  collections,  however. 

By  1834,  the  bullion  content  of  American  gold  coins  minted  to  the 
earlier  standards  had  risen  to  the  point  at  which  newly-minted  pieces 
could  be  melted  down  for  a  profit  above  their  face  value.  For  this 
reason,  gold  coins  did  not  circulate  readily.  Rather,  they  were  bought 
by  bullion  dealers  and  others  who  made  a  profit  in  their  melting. 
To  remedy  the  situation.  Congress  passed  the  Act  of  June  28,  1834, 
which  reduced  the  authorized  weight  of  existing  denominations. 
From  that  point  forward,  gold  coins  circulated  readily. 

Following  the  January  1848  discovery  of  gold  in  quantity  on  the 
American  River  in  California,  the  seeds  were  sown  for  the  great 
California  Gold  Rush,  which  saw  a  vast  migration  westward  during 
the  1849-1850  years.  Recovered  from  the  earth  and  streams  were  un¬ 
told  quantities  of  gold,  so  much  that  gold  became  "common  in  re¬ 
lation  to  silver,  thus  causing  a  problem  with  silver  coinage.  By  1853, 
the  authorized  weights  of  silver  coins  were  reduced  to  prevent  their 
melting  for  profit. 

Faced  with  the  necessity  of  converting  vast  amounts  of  gold  bul¬ 
lion  into  coins,  the  Treasury  Department  devised  a  new  denomina¬ 
tion,  the  $20  gold  double  eagle,  which  was  produced  in  pattern  form 
in  1849  and  for  circulation  beginning  in  1850.  It  was  much  more  eco¬ 
nomical  to  strike  one  single  $20  piece  than  two  $10  pieces  or  four 
$5  pieces  to  coin  the  same  amount  of  bullion.  Double  eagles  soon 
became  the  "workhorse"  coin  in  the  banking  system,  and  large  quan- 


203 


* 


CLASSIC  HEAD 
1834-1838 


UNITED  STATES  COINACE  DESIGNS 
NEW  ISSUES  •  COLD 
1834-1900 


DOLLARS 


INDIAN-SMALL  HEAD 
1854-1856 


LIBERTY  HEAD 
1849-1854 


INDIAN-LARGE  HEAD 
1856-1889 


QUARTER  EAGLES 


CLASSIC  HEAD 
1834-1839 


CORONET 

1840-1907 

HALF  EACLES 


INDIAN  HEAD 
1854-1889 


CORONET 
TWENTY  DOLLARS 
1877-1907 


THREE  DOLLAR 


CORONET-MOTTO 

1866-1908 


CORONET 

1838-1866 


DOUBLE  EACLES 


CORONET-MOTTO 

1866-1907 


CORONET-MOTTO 

1866-1876 


CORONET 

1839-1866 


EACLES 


CORONET 

1849-1866 


BOWERS  AND  MERENA 
"KINGSWOOD" 


The  years  from  1834  through  1900  saw  the  emergence  of  over  a  doz¬ 
en  new  motifs  and  three  new  denominations  in  the  American  gold  coin 
series.  Several  of  the  issues  shown  here  are  scarce,  particularly  the  gold 
dollar  style  of  1854-1856  and  the  $3  denomination  minted  from  1854 
through  1889. 


204 


■s  Tf]S  JZ} 


The  $3  denomination  made  its  appearance  in  1854,  and  was  continued 
through  1889.  The  obverse  is  of  the  Indian  Princess  style  and  is  simi¬ 
lar  to  that  used  in  gold  dollars  of  the  1856-1889  span.  Coins  of  this 
denomination  were  never  popular  with  the  public,  and  production 
quantities,  except  for  just  a  few  dates,  were  quite  low. 


205 


tities  were  used  in  bank-to-bank  transactions  and,  in  particular,  in 
settlements  of  overseas  transactions  in  an  era  in  which  paper  mon¬ 
ey  was  viewed  with  distrust.  The  practice  of  exporting  large  num¬ 
bers  of  double  eagles  continued  well  into  the  20th  century.  In  1933, 
when  President  Franklin  Roosevelt  called  American  gold  coins  in, 
foreign  banking  and  commercial  interests  held  on  to  theirs  as  tight¬ 
ly  as  ever.  This  had  a  beneficial  effect  for  numismatists  later  when 
collecting  gold  coins  became  popular.  For  many  years,  European  and 
South  American  banks  were  a  major  source  for  such  gold  coins. 

Although  pattern  gold  dollars  had  been  made  as  early  as  1836,  it 
was  not  until  1849  that  the  denomination  was  produced  for  circula¬ 
tion.  The  gold  dollar  proved  to  be  fairly  popular,  especially  in  the 
early  days,  and  was  continued  in  use  through  1889.  Three  different 
design  types  were  made. 

In  1854  still  another  denomination,  the  $3  gold  piece,  made  its  de¬ 
but.  The  $3  had  its  inception  with  the  bill  passed  by  Congress  on 
February  21,  1853,  the  main  purpose  of  which  was  to  reduce  the 
authorized  weight  of  all  silver  pieces  except  the  dollar.  The  reason 
for  including  a  $3  piece  as  part  of  the  legislation  has  never  been  satis¬ 
factorily  explained.  Numismatists  have  theorized  that  it  may  have 
been  done  as  a  convenience  to  buy  3-cent  postage  stamps  in  sheets 
of  100,  or  to  purchase  silver  three-cent  pieces  (first  issued  in  1851) 
in  the  same  quantity.  Considering  the  closeness  in  value  to  the  popu¬ 
lar  $2.50  denomination,  the  $3  piece  seems  illogical.  But,  logic  has 
never  prevented  Congress  from  various  coinage  actions,  as  numis¬ 
matic  scholars  know  well!  James  B.  Longacre,  chief  engraver  at  the 
Mint,  designed  a  motif  which  could  not  be  easily  confused  with  the 
portrait  of  Miss  Liberty  wearing  a  coronet,  which  was  in  use  on  the 
contemporary  $2.50  and  $5  denominations.  The  result  was  a  distinc¬ 
tive  design  featuring  on  the  obverse  an  Indian  princess  with  a  feath¬ 
ered  headdress  and  on  the  reverse  a  wreath  consisting  of  corn,  cot¬ 
ton,  wheat,  and  tobacco.  The  same  obverse  and  reverse  style  was 
to  be  incorporated  on  the  gold  dollar  when  the  design  for  that 
denomination  was  revised  in  1854.  In  1856  the  same  wreath  was 
adapted  for  use  on  the  Flying  Eagle  cent.  The  $3  piece  was  star- 
crossed,  however,  and  despite  early  expectations,  the  denomination 
was  never  popular  with  the  public.  Finally  it  was  discontinued  in 
1889,  following  insignificant  mintages  in  the  later  years. 

In  1834  two  existing  denominations,  the  quarter  eagle  and  half  ea¬ 
gle,  were  restyled  by  William  Kneass,  thus  creating  the  so-called  Clas¬ 
sic  Head  motif,  which  remained  in  use  through  1838  (for  the  half 
eagle)  and  1839  (for  the  quarter  eagle). 

A  new  design,  variously  called  the  Coronet  type,  the  Liberty  Head 
style,  or  the  Braided  Hair  design  made  its  appearance  on  the  quar¬ 
ter  eagle  in  1840,  the  half  eagle  in  1839,  and  the  eagle  in  1838.  This 


206 


This  1852  $10  piece,  or  eagle,  is  of  the  Coronet  or  Liberty  Head  style 
and  represents  the  general  obverse  motif  produced  from  1838  through 
1907  (during  which  time  there  were  two  varieties  of  reverse  styles  made). 


207 


motif  was  continued  until  the  early  20th  century.  Modifications  were 
made  to  the  half  eagle,  eagle,  and  double  eagle  by  adding  IN  GOD 
WE  TRUST  beginning  in  1866,  the  same  year  that  the  motto  was  ad¬ 
ded  to  several  silver  denominations. 

As  a  study  of  individual  mintage  figures  published  in  A  Guide  Book 
of  United  States  Coins  and  elsewhere  will  reveal,  gold  coin  produc¬ 
tion  figures  varied  widely  during  the  span  under  consideration.  In 
general,  gold  dollars  of  the  1860-1889  years  were  made  in  small  quan¬ 
tities  as  were  $3  pieces  of  the  same  span.  Among  quarter  eagles  of 
the  Coronet  type  there  are  many  high-mintage  issues  interspersed 
with  low  mintages,  with  a  trend  toward  increasing  production  as  the 
Coronet  motif  entered  its  final  years. 

Half  eagles  of  the  Coronet  type  follow  a  similar  trend.  The  Coro¬ 
net  half  eagle  is  unique  in  American  coinage  history  inasmuch  as 
this  value  was  struck  at  all  seven  of  the  mints  in  operation  during 
the  19th  and  early  20th  centuries:  Philadelphia,  Charlotte,  Dahlone- 
ga,  New  Orleans,  San  Francisco,  Carson  City,  and  Denver. 

Eagle  mintages  of  the  Coronet  type  follow  a  similar  pattern  and 
increase  in  quantity  toward  the  end  of  the  design,  although  a  num¬ 
ber  of  earlier  varieties  have  generous  mintages  as  well.  Interspersed 
are  numerous  rarities.  Double  eagles  were  produced  in  vast  quanti¬ 
ties  from  1850  onward,  with  the  first  year  of  production,  1850, 
registering  the  incredible  total  of  over  a  million  pieces,  followed  by 
over  two  million  in  each  of  the  next  two  years,  the  result  of  convert¬ 
ing  California  bullion.  As  noted,  these  were  "workhorse"  coins  and 
were  extensively  used  in  bank-to-bank  transactions  and  overseas 
financial  settlements.  Although  the  majority  of  double  eagles  of  the 
Coronet  style  were  produced  in  large  quantities,  there  are  numer¬ 
ous  rarities  sprinkled  throughout  the  series,  with  some  issues  be¬ 
ing  exceedingly  rare. 

The  formation  of  a  type  set  of  new  issues  of  gold  coins  introduced 
during  the  1834-1900  span  is  a  challenge.  Happily,  in  grades  from 
Very  Fine  to  AU  the  challenge  is  realizable,  and  the  result  is  a  beau¬ 
tiful  display  covering  one  of  the  most  important  eras  in  our  coinage 
history. 


208 


The  rare  1883  $20  double  eagle  shown  above  is  representative  of  the 
design  minted  from  1877  through  1907,  with  the  denomination  on  the 
reverse  spelled  out  as  TWENTY  DOLLARS. 


209 


GOLD  DOLLAR 
*  1849-1854  Liberty  Head 


Designed  by:  James  Barton  Longacre 
Issue  dates:  1849-1854 

Composition:  0.900  part  gold,  0.100  part  copper 
Diameter:  13  mm 
Weight:  25.8  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  12,565,273 
Proof  mintage:  Fewer  than  50 

The  gold  dollar  denomination  made  its  debut  in  1849.  The  obverse 
of  the  style  minted  from  then  to  1854  depicts  the  head  of  Miss  Lib¬ 
erty  facing  left,  her  hair  tied  at  the  back,  and  wearing  a  coronet  in¬ 
scribed  LIBERTY.  Thirteen  stars  surround.  The  reverse  depicts  a 
wreath  open  at  the  top  enclosing  the  numeral  1,  the  value  DOLLAR, 
and  the  date.  The  inscription  UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA  sur¬ 
rounds.  Measuring  just  13  mm  in  diameter,  the  gold  dollar  of  the 
1849-1854  type  is  the  smallest  United  States  coin,  being  even  smaller 
than  the  14  mm  silver  three-cent  piece.  Production  was  continuous 
from  1849  through  1854.  Examples  were  produced  primarily  at  the 
Philadelphia  Mint,  but  the  facilities  at  New  Orleans,  Dahlonega, 
Charlotte  and  San  Francisco  contributed  as  well.  All  of  the  Char¬ 
lotte  and  Dahlonega  coins  are  scarce  today,  and  some  are  very  rare. 

The  type  set  collector  will  probably  want  to  acquire  a  Philadelphia 
Mint  gold  dollar  in  this  span,  for  these  are  far  more  plentiful  than 
those  of  branch  mints  and  also  are  better  struck.  Charlotte  and  Dah¬ 
lonega  coins  in  particular  are  nearly  always  very  weakly  defined  in 
certain  areas.  Examples  of  Philadelphia  Mint  gold  dollars  are  readi¬ 
ly  available  in  various  grades  from  Very  Fine  to  AU.  Uncirculated 
pieces  are  scarce,  and  superb  Uncirculated  coins  are  rare. 


no 


GOLD  DOLLAR 
1854-1856  Indian,  Small  Head 


Designed  by:  James  Barton  Longacre 
Issue  dates:  1854-1856 

Composition:  0.900  part  gold,  0.100  part  copper 
Diameter:  15  mm 
Weight:  25.8  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  1,633,426 
Proof  mintage:  Fewer  than  50 

In  1854  James  B.  Longacre  restyled  the  gold  dollar  to  an  increased 
diameter.  The  obverse  motif  was  changed  to  the  head  of  an  Indian 
princess,  wearing  a  feather  headdress  and  a  band  inscribed  LIBER¬ 
TY,  facing  left,  with  UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA  surrounding. 
The  reverse  shows  a  wreath  of  corn,  cotton,  wheat,  and  tobacco,  simi¬ 
lar  to  that  used  on  the  $3  of  the  same  year  (and  the  Flying  Eagle 
cent  minted  later,  beginning  in  1856).  From  the  very  outset  difficul¬ 
ties  in  striking  ensued.  The  high  relief  of  the  head  of  Miss  Liberty 
on  the  obverse  caused  the  situation  in  which  metal  flowing  into  the 
deep  die  recess  for  the  obverse  prevented  the  relief  areas  on  the  cor¬ 
responding  part  of  the  reverse,  particularly  the  central  two  digits  of 
the  date,  from  striking  up  properly.  Also  there  were  problems  with 
the  striking  up  of  the  wreath  and  certain  parts  of  Miss  Liberty7 s  head. 
After  a  coinage  in  1854  at  the  Philadelphia  Mint,  a  coinage  in  1855 
at  the  Philadelphia,  Charlotte,  Dahlonega,  and  New  Orleans  mints, 
and  a  coinage  in  1856  at  the  San  Francisco  Mint  only,  the  obverse 
motif  was  modified.  In  the  1854-1856  span  there  are  several  scarce 
issues  and  two  rarities,  the  1855-C  and  1855-D. 

The  type  collector  will  have  no  difficulty  in  encountering  a  Philadel¬ 
phia  Mint  coin  of  1854  or  1855  in  any  desired  grade  from  Very  Fine 
through  AU.  Uncirculated  pieces  are  scarce,  and  superb  Uncirculat¬ 
ed  coins  are  seldom  met  with.  Nearly  all  pieces  are  lightly  struck 
at  the  center  of  the  date  on  the  reverse,  so  this  is  to  be  expected. 
Indeed,  this  is  the  reason  the  design  was  changed  in  1856.  The 
1854-1856  dollar,  usually  called  the  Type  D,  is  the  scarcest  of  the  gold 
dollar  designs  and  is  the  key  to  a  gold  dollar  type  set. 


221 


GOLD  DOLLAR 
1856-1889  Indian,  Large  Head 


Designed  by:  James  Barton  Longacre 
Issue  dates:  1856-1889 

Composition:  0.900  part  gold,  0.100  part  copper 
Diameter:  15  mm 
Weight:  25.8  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  5,327,363 
Proof  mintage:  8,700  (estimated) 

In  1856  James  B.  Longacre  redesigned  the  gold  dollar  in  an  effort 
to  create  a  motif  that  would  strike  up  sharply  and  properly.  The  In¬ 
dian  princess  style  of  Miss  Liberty  was  continued,  but  in  the  new 
version  the  relief  is  lower  and  the  details  are  different.  Changes  were 
also  made  in  the  reverse  wreath.  The  result  was  a  coin  which  in¬ 
deed  could  be  struck  properly,  with  the  result  that  gold  dollars  of 
the  Type  III  design  usually  are  well  struck  in  most  areas,  including 
the  central  two  digits  of  the  date  (the  area  which  caused  a  problem 
on  the  preceding  type).  The  Type  III  or  Large  Head  motif  was 
produced  continuously  from  1856  through  1889,  although  during  and 
after  the  Civil  War,  mintages  were  exceedingly  low  for  all  years  ex¬ 
cept  a  few.  The  nadir  was  touched  in  1875  when  just  400  business 
strikes  and  20  Proofs  were  struck.  Gold  dollars  were  not  popular  with 
the  public  after  the  Civil  War,  and  eventually  the  denomination  was 
discontinued  in  1889. 

The  type  set  collector  can  easily  locate  examples  of  the  more  plen¬ 
tiful  dates  in  desired  grades  from  Very  Fine  to  AU.  Uncirculated  pieces 
are  scarce,  and  superb  Uncirculated  are  scarcer  yet,  although  a  flur¬ 
ry  of  investment  and  speculative  activity  which  occurred  among 
jewelers  and  numismatists  during  the  1879-1889  years  resulted  in  the 
survival  of  more  Uncirculated  specimens  of  these  dates  than  would 
otherwise  have  been  the  case.  Proofs  were  minted  of  various  Philadel¬ 
phia  Mint  dates,  with  those  struck  from  1884  through  1889  being 
produced  in  relatively  large  quantities.  Examples  are  fairly  scarce  to¬ 
day,  however. 


212 


QUARTER  EAGLE 
1834-1839  Classic  Head 


Designed  by:  William  Kneass 
Issue  dates:  1834-1839 

Composition:  0.8992  part  gold,  0.1008  part  copper 
Diameter:  18.2  mm 
Weight:  64.5  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  968,228 
Proof  mintage:  Fewer  than  50 

Following  the  Act  of  June  28,  1834,  which  mandated  a  reduction 
in  weight  of  gold  coins,  the  quarter  eagle  was  redesigned  by  Chief 
Engraver  William  Kneass.  The  new  format,  called  the  "Classic  Head" 
by  collectors  today,  features  the  head  of  Miss  Liberty  facing  left,  her 
hair  secured  by  a  band  inscribed  LIBERTY,  stars  circling  her  head, 
and  with  the  date  below.  The  reverse  depicts  an  eagle  with  a  shield 
on  its  breast,  perched  on  an  olive  branch  and  holding  three  arrows. 
UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA* and  2V2  D.  surrounds.  The  motto 
E  PLURIBUS  UNUM,  used  on  quarter  eagles  since  1796,  was  dis¬ 
continued.  Mintage  quantities  were  large  in  the  first  several  years 
of  the  coinage  span,  with  the  high  water  mark  being  1836,  when 
547,986  were  struck.  In  1838,  quarter  eagles  were  struck  at  Charlotte 
for  the  first  time,  followed  the  next  year  by  supplementary  coinage 
at  Dahlonega  and  New  Orleans.  By  far  the  greatest  number  of 
1834-1839  Classic  Head  quarter  eagles  were  produced  at  Philadelphia. 

Examples  of  this  style  can  be  obtained  readily  in  grades  from  Fine 
through  Extremely  Fine.  AU  pieces  are  scarce,  and  Uncirculated 
pieces  are  scarcer  yet.  Superb  Uncirculated  coins  are  very  rare.  Un¬ 
circulated  pieces  of  the  first  year  of  issue,  1834,  often  display  proof¬ 
like  surfaces. 


213 


QUARTER  EAGLE 
1840-1907  Coronet 


Designed  by:  Christian  Gobrecht 
Issue  dates:  1840-1907 

Composition:  0.900  part  gold,  0.100  part  copper 
Diameter:  18  mm 
Weight:  64.5  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  11,921,171 
Proof  mintage:  4,232  (estimated) 

The  Coronet  motif,  also  called  the  Liberty  Head  or  Braided  Hair 
style,  by  Christian  Gobrecht,  appeared  on  the  quarter  eagle  in  1840 
and  was  continued  uninterruptedly  through  1907,  the  longest  span 
in  American  coinage  history  of  a  design  in  use  without  major  change 
or  alterations.  The  obverse  depicts  Miss  Liberty,  her  hair  in  a  bun 
secured  with  a  string  of  beads,  wearing  a  coronet  inscribed  LIBER¬ 
TY,  facing  left,  her  head  circled  by  stars,  and  with  the  date  below. 
The  reverse  depicts  an  eagle  with  &  shield  on  its  breast,  perched  on 
an  olive  branch  and  holding  three  arrows.  The  inscription  UNITED 
STATES  OF  AMERICA,  2Vi  D.  surrounds.  Throughout  the  coinage 
span  1840-1907  the  Philadelphia  Mint  produced  pieces  each  year.  In 
general,  early  examples  are  fairly  scarce,  with  the  1841  in  particular 
being  a  prime  rarity.  Issues  produced  during  the  last  decade  of  the 
series  are  those  most  often  seen,  with  dates  from  1902  through  1907 
being  the  most  plentiful.  Additional  coinage  was  accomplished  from 
time  to  time  at  Charlotte,  Dahlonega,  San  Francisco,  and  New 
Orleans. 

The  type  set  collector  will  encounter  no  difficulty  in  acquiring  a 
representative  specimen  in  any  grade  desired  from  Very  Fine  through 
AU.  Uncirculated  pieces  are  encountered  with  frequency,  particu¬ 
larly  those  of  the  final  years  of  the  type.  Superb  Uncirculated  pieces 
are  available  but  are  very  scarce  in  relation  to  lower  grades.  Proofs 
were  minted  continuously,  with  the  mintages  crossing  the  100  mark 
in  later  years.  All  Proofs  are  rare  today. 


214 


$3  GOLD 

1854-1889  Indian  Head 


Designed  by:  James  Barton  Longacre 
Issue  dates:  1854-1889 

Composition:  0.900  part  gold,  0.100  part  copper 
Diameter:  20.5  mm 
Weight:  77.4  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  538,074 
Proof  mintage:  2,060  (estimated) 

The  $3  pieces  were  first  coined  in  1854  and  were  produced  at  the 
Philadelphia  Mint  continuously  through  1889.  The  obverse  features 
the  head  of  an  Indian  princess,  facing  left,  wearing  a  feathered  head¬ 
dress  upon  which  is  a  band  inscribed  LIBERTY.  The  inscription 
UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA  surrounds.  The  reverse  displays  an 
agricultural  wreath  enclosing  3  DOLLARS  and  the  date.  The  obverse 
portrait  and  the  reverse  wreath  are  similar  to  those  found  on  the  Type 
II  gold  dollar  minted  1854-1856,  while  the  reverse  wreath  was  later 
used  on  the  Flying  Eagle  cents  of  1856-1858.  The  $3  design  was  con¬ 
tinued  without  major  change  from  beginning  to  the  end,  except  that 
issues  of  the  year  1854  alone  have  the  word  DOLLARS  in  smaller 
letters  than  do  the  pieces  from  1855  to  1889.  In  addition  to  the 
Philadelphia  coinage,  pieces  were  struck  from  time  to  time  at  Dah- 
lonega.  New  Orleans  (only  in  1854)  and  San  Francisco.  All  $3  issues 
are  scarce.  However,  there  will  be  no  problem  encountered  in  locat¬ 
ing  one  of  the  higher  mintage  dates  such  as  1854,  1874,  or  1878. 
Among  coins  of  the  1854-1859  era,  grades  most  often  encountered 
range  from  Very  Fine  to  Extremely  Fine.  AU  pieces  are  scarce,  and 
Uncirculated  pieces  are  rare,  with  the  possible  exception  of  1854, 
which  occurs  more  frequently.  Superb  Uncirculated  pieces  are  quite 
rare.  Among  later  $3  pieces  available  grades  are  higher,  with  typical 
grades  being  in  the  Extremely  Fine  to  AU  range  and,  in  the  1880s, 
AU  to  Uncirculated.  Superb  Uncirculated  pieces  are  quite  scarce. 
Proofs  were  minted  and  are  available  in  proportion  to  their  produc¬ 
tion  figures.  All  are  rare. 


225 


HALF  EAGLE 
1834-1838  Classic  Head 


A. 


Designed  by:  William  Kneass 
Issue  dates:  1834-1838 

Composition:  0.8992  part  gold,  0.1008  part  copper 
Diameter:  22.5  mm 
Weight:  129  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  2,113,612 
Proof  mintage:  Fewer  than  50 

Following  the  Act  of  June  28,  1834,  which  reduced  the  weight  and 
composition  of  gold  coins,  the  half  eagle  was  redesigned  by  William 
Kneass,  chief  engraver  at  the  Philadelphia  Mint.  Known  as  the  “Clas¬ 
sic  Head"  style,  the  new  1834  issue  is  a  cousin  to  the  quarter  eagle 
of  the  same  date.  The  obverse  depicts  the  head  of  Miss  Liberty  fac¬ 
ing  left,  her  hair  secured  by  a  band  inscribed  LIBERTY,  with  stars 
circling  her  head,  and  with  the  date  below.  The  reverse  shows  an 
eagle  with  a  shield  on  its  breast,  perched  on  an  olive  branch  and 
holding  three  arrows.  The  inscription  UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERI¬ 
CA,  5  D.  surrounds.  The  motto  E  PLURIBUS  UNUM,  used  earlier, 
was  discontinued.  Quarter  eagles  of  this  style  were  produced  at  the 
Philadelphia  Mint  continuously  from  1834  through  1838  and  at  Char¬ 
lotte  and  Dahlonega  in  1838  only.  Most  of  the  mintage  was  accom¬ 
plished  at  Philadelphia.  Charlotte  and  Dahlonega  pieces  are  rare. 

The  type  set  collector  can  readily  obtain  examples  of  Philadelphia 
issues  in  this  span  in  grades  from  Very  Fine  to  Extremely  Fine.  AU 
coins  are  scarce,  Uncirculated  pieces  are  elusive,  and  superb  Uncir¬ 
culated  coins  are  very  rare.  Most  examples  are  not  sharply  struck 
on  the  higher  parts  of  the  obverse. 


226 


HALF  EAGLE 
1839-1866  Coronet 


Designed  by:  Christian  Gobrecht 
Issue  dates:  1839-1866 

Composition:  0.900  part  gold,  0.100  part  copper 
Diameter:  22.5  mm  (1839-1840);  21.6  mm  (1840-1866) 

Weight:  129.0  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  9,114,049 
Proof  mintage:  450  (estimated) 

Christian  Gobrecht's  Coronet  design,  also  called  the  Liberty  Head 
or  Braided  Hair  type,  made  its  appearance  in  the  half  eagle  series 
in  1839.  The  obverse  depicts  a  female  head  facing  left,  her  hair  tied 
in  a  bun  secured  by  a  string  of  beads,  wearing  a  coronet  inscribed 
LIBERTY,  stars  surrounding,  and  with  the  date  below.  The  reverse 
shows  an  eagle  with  a  shield  on  its  breast,  perched  on  an  olive  branch 
and  holding  three  arrows.  The  inscription  UNITED  STATES  OF 
AMERICA,  FIVE  D.  surrounds.  Issues  of  1839  and  some  of  1840 
measure  22.5  mm  and  are  sometimes  referred  to  as  "broad  mill" 
pieces,  whereas  later  issues  measure  21.6  mm.  Coinage  was  accom¬ 
plished  at  the  Philadelphia  Mint  on  a  continuous  basis  during  the 
span  indicated.  Additional  pieces  were  made  from  time  to  time  at 
Charlotte,  Dahlonega,  New  Orleans,  and  San  Francisco.  In  general, 
Charlotte  and  Dahlonega  pieces  are  scarce.  The  prime  rarity  within 
the  span  is  the  1854-S,  struck  during  the  first  year  of  operation  of 
the  San  Francisco  Mint,  a  coin  of  which  just  268  were  made  and  of 
which  only  three  are  known  to  exist  today. 

The  type  set  collector  will  have  no  problem  acquiring  one  of  the 
more  plentiful  dates  in  any  desired  grade  from  Very  Fine  through 
AU,  with  a  typical  grade  encountered  being  Very  Fine  to  Extremely 
Fine.  Uncirculated  pieces  are  scarce,  and  superb  Uncirculated  coins 
are  very  rare.  Proofs  were  made  in  limited  quantities  and  are  rarities. 


217 


HALF  EAGLE 

1866-1908  Coronet,  With  Motto 


Designed  by:  Christian  Gobrecht 
Issue  dates:  1866-1908 

Composition:  0.900  part  gold,  0.100  part  copper 
Diameter:  21.6  mm 
Weight:  129.0  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  51,503,654 
Proof  mintage:  2,938 


In  1866  the  Coronet  style  was  modified  by  adding  the  motto  IN 
GOD  WE  TRUST  on  a  ribbon  above  the  eagle  on  the  reverse.  Apart 
from  this,  the  motif  with  Liberty  Head  on  the  obverse  and  perched 
eagle  on  the  reverse  is  the  same  used  in  earlier  years.  Mintage  of 
the  with-motto  style  was  continuous  at  the  Philadelphia  Mint  dur¬ 
ing  the  span  indicated.  Additional  coins  were  made  at  San  Francis¬ 
co,  Carson  City,  New  Orleans,  and,  in  1906  and  1907,  at  the  new  Den¬ 
ver  Mint. 

The  type  set  collector  has  a  wide  choice  of  issues  in  this  span.  Coins 
in  grades  from  Very  Fine  to  AU  are  readily  encountered.  Uncirculat¬ 
ed  pieces  are  plentiful  as  well.  Superb  Uncirculated  coins  are  apt 
to  be  dated  during  the  last  decade  of  production  and  are  considera¬ 
bly  scarcer.  Proofs  were  minted  at  Philadelphia  and  in  each  instance 
are  rare. 


218 


EAGLE 

1838-1866  Coronet 


Designed  by:  Christian  Gobrecht 
Issue  dates:  1838-1866 

Composition:  0.900  part  gold,  0.100  part  copper 
Diameter:  27  mm 
Weight:  258  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  5,292,499 
Proof  mintage:  400  (estimated) 

Christian  Gobrecht's  Coronet  style,  also  called  the  Liberty  Head 
or  Braided  Hair  motif,  was  used  on  the  eagle  beginning  in  1838,  two 
years  earlier  than  on  the  quarter  eagle  and  one  year  before  the  style 
was  used  on  the  half  eagle.  The  obverse  depicts  a  female  head  fac¬ 
ing  left,  her  hair  in  a  bun  secured  by  a  string  of  beads,  wearing  a 
coronet  inscribed  LIBERTY.  Stars  surround,  and  the  date  is  below. 
The  reverse  shows  an  eagle  with  a  shield  on  its  breast,  perched  on 
an  olive  branch,  holding  three  arrows.  The  inscription  UNITED 
STATES  OF  AMERICA,  TEN  D.  surrounds.  The  Liberty  head  used 
in  1838  and  early  1839  is  slightly  differently  styled  than  that  used 
later  in  1839,  continuing  to  the  end  of  the  series.  The  most  promi¬ 
nent  difference  can  be  noted  in  the  shape  of  the  neck  truncation. 
Mintages  were  continuous  at  the  Philadelphia  Mint.  In  addition, 
pieces  were  produced  at  New  Orleans  and  San  Francisco.  A  num¬ 
ber  of  scarce  issues  occur  in  the  span,  with  1858  in  particular  con¬ 
sidered  to  be  rare. 

For  type  set  purposes  the  numismatist  can  readily  obtain  an  ex¬ 
ample  of  one  of  the  more  plentiful  dates  in  grades  of  Very  Fine  or 
Extremely  Fine.  AU  pieces  are  scarcer,  and  Uncirculated  pieces  are 
quite  scarce.  Superb  Uncirculated  coins  are  seldom  seen  or  encoun¬ 
tered  and  are  apt  to  come  on  the  market  only  when  great  collections 
are  marketed.  Proofs  were  minted  at  Philadelphia  and  in  all  instances 
are  rare. 


219 


EAGLE 

1866-1907  Coronet,  With  Motto 


Designed  by:  Christian  Gobrecht 
Issue  dates:  1866-1907 

Composition:  0.900  part  gold,  0.100  part  copper 
Diameter:  27  mm 
Weight:  258  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  37,391,767 
Proof  mintage:  2,327 

In  1866  the  motto  IN  GOD  WE  TRUST  was  added  to  the  reverse 
of  the  eagle  and  appears  on  a  ribbon  or  scroll  from  that  time  through 
1907.  Otherwise  the  Liberty  Head  obverse  and  perched  eagle  reverse 
are  the  same  as  employed  earlier.  Production  was  continuous  at  the 
Philadelphia  Mint  during  this  span  and  nearly  continuous  at  San 
Francisco.  Beginning  in  1870,  examples  were  struck  at  the  Carson  City 
Mint.  New  Orleans  coins  were  produced  from  1879  through  1883  and 
again  in  several  later  years.  Coins  were  struck  at  Denver  in  1906  and 
1907. 

In  grades  from  Very  Fine  to  AU  the  type  set  collector  will  have  a 
wide  choice  of  specimens.  Examples  are  not  rare.  Uncirculated  pieces 
are  readily  encountered  of  dates  toward  the  end  of  the  type.  Superb 
Uncirculated  pieces  are  very  elusive.  Proofs  were  minted  and  are  oc¬ 
casionally  available;  all  are  rare. 


220 


DOUBLE  EAGLE 
1849-1866  Coronet 


Designed  by:  James  Barton  Longacre 

Issue  dates:  1S49  (pattern);  1850-1866 

Composition:  0.900  part  gold,  0.100  part  copper 

Diameter:  34  mm 

Weight:  516  grains 

Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  23,526,676 
Proof  mintage:  375  (estimated) 

Following  a  pattern  coinage  in  1849,  the  double  eagle  or  $20  gold 
made  its  debut  in  circulation  in  1850.  Designed  by  James  B.  Longacre, 
the  obverse  features  the  compact  head  of  Miss  Liberty,  her  hair  tied 
in  a  bun,  wearing  a  coronet  inscribed  LIBERTY.  Stars  surround,  and 
the  date  is  below.  The  motif  is  similar  to  that  used  on  the  gold  dol¬ 
lars  of  1849-1854.  The  reverse  is  a  new  motif  not  used  elsewhere  on 
American  coinage  and  consists  of  an  eagle  with  a  squared-off  shield 
on  its  breast,  holding  an  olive  branch  and  arrows,  with  ornaments 
to  the  left  and  right,  stars  and  rays  above,  with  the  inscription  UNIT¬ 
ED  STATES  OF  AMERICA,  TWENTY  D.  surrounding.  Double  ea¬ 
gles  of  this  type  were  made  in  large  quantities  from  1850  onward, 
although  the  span  is  sprinkled  with  scarce  and  rare  issues. 

The  type  collector  will  have  no  difficulty  acquiring  an  example  of 
one  of  the  more  plentiful  dates  in  Very  Fine  to  Extremely  Fine  preser¬ 
vation.  AU  pieces  are  scarce.  Uncirculated  pieces  are  very  scarce,  and 
superb  Uncirculated  coins  are  exceedingly  rare,  although  occasion¬ 
ally  pieces  dated  1861  come  on  the  market.  Early  San  Francisco  Mint 
issues,  1854- S  through  1857-S,  are  sometimes  seen  with  lightly  etched 
surfaces.  Such  pieces  were  recovered  from  shipwrecks  and  spent  a 
century  or  more  subjected  to  the  effects  of  salt  water.  Proofs  in  all 
instances  are  exceedingly  rare. 


222 


DOUBLE  EAGLE 
1866-1876  Coronet,  With  Motto 


Designed  by:  James  Barton  Longacre 
Issue  dates:  1866-1876 

Composition:  0.900  part  gold,  0.100  part  copper 
Diameter:  30  mm 
Weight:  516  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  16,160,758 
Proof  mintage:  335 


In  1866  the  reverse  of  the  Coronet  or  Liberty  Head  style  was  modi¬ 
fied  by  adding  the  motto  IN  GOD  WE  TRUST  within  the  circle  of 
stars  above  the  eagle.  This  motto  was  continued  from  this  point  for¬ 
ward.  The  type  minted  from  1866  through  1876  is  defined  by  the  com¬ 
bination  of  the  IN  GOD  WE  TRUST  motto  with  the  denomination 
below  expressed  as  TWENTY  D.  In  1877  the  denomination  was  ex¬ 
pressed  differently,  thus  isolating  the  earlier  issues  as  a  distinct  type. 
Production  was  continuous  at  the  Philadelphia  and  San  Francisco 
mints.  Carson  City  coins  were  produced  beginning  in  1870,  with 
1870-CC  being  a  rarity  today. 

The  type  set  collector  can  readily  obtain  examples  of  commoner 
issues  in  grades  from  Very  Fine  to  Extremely  Fine  or  AU.  Uncircu¬ 
lated  pieces  are  quite  scarce,  and  superb  Uncirculated  coins  are  ex¬ 
ceedingly  rare.  Proofs  are  very  rare. 


222 


DOUBLE  EAGLE 

1877-1907  Coronet,  TWENTY  DOLLARS 


Designed  by:  James  Barton  Longacre 
Issue  dates:  1877-1907 

Composition:  0.900  part  gold,  0.100  part  copper 
Diameter:  30  mm 
Weight:  516  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  64,137,477 
Proof  mintage:  2,426 

The  Coronet  or  Liberty  Head  obverse  motif  was  continued  during 
the  1877-1907  span,  as  was  the  reverse  with  IN  GOD  WE  TRUST 
above  the  eagle.  However,  the  denomination,  formerly  expressed  as 
TWENTY  D.,  was  changed  to  read  TWENTY  DOLLARS,  thus  creat¬ 
ing  a  new  type.  Examples  were  produced  continuously  at  Philadel¬ 
phia  and  intermittently  at  Carson  City  and  San  Francisco.  New 
Orleans  produced  double  eagles  of  this  style  in  1879,  and  pieces  were 
struck  at  Denver  in  1906  and  1907.  There  are  a  number  of  rare  issues 
within  the  span,  with  the  1883  and  1884  Philadelphia  coins  being 
legendary  in  this  regard. 

The  type  set  collector  will  have  no  difficulty  obtaining  a  represen¬ 
tative  example  in  any  grade  from  Very  Fine  to  AU,  with  Extremely 
Fine  and  AU  pieces  being  abundant.  Uncirculated  pieces  are  scarcer 
and  when  seen  are  apt  to  be  dated  during  the  last  decade  of  produc¬ 
tion.  Superb  Uncirculated  pieces  are  scarcer  yet  and  when  found 
are  apt  to  be  dated  1904.  Proofs  in  all  instances  are  rare. 


223 


Chapter  11 


New  Issues 
GOLD 
1901-1933 


Gold  coin  designs  introduced  during  the  1901-1933  period  are  close¬ 
ly  grouped  around  the  years  1907-1908  and  in  each  instance  are  relat¬ 
ed  to  noted  sculptor  Augustus  Saint-Gaudens.  The  $10  eagle  and 
$20  double  eagle  of  1907  are  each  from  his  hand.  After  his  death  in 
the  summer  of  that  year,  Boston  sculptor  Bela  Lyon  Pratt,  who  stud¬ 
ied  with  Saint-Gaudens,  picked  up  the  traces  and  composed  new 
designs  for  the  $2V2  and  $5  values. 

The  story  of  Saint-Gaudens'  involvement  with  American  coinage 
is  a  long  and  romantic  one  and  is  recounted  in  numerous  places, 
including  the  present  author's  book.  United  States  Gold  Coins:  An  Il¬ 
lustrated  History.  Saint-Gaudens,  was  a  personal  acquaintance  of 
President  Theodore  Roosevelt.  One  day,  while  at  the  Smithsonian 
Institution,  Roosevelt  saw  a  group  of  Greek  coins  and  was  impressed 
by  their  artistry  and  sculptured  appearance.  By  comparison  the  cur¬ 
rent  American  coinage  was  very  bland,  he  thought.  His  thinking  con¬ 
tinued  on  the  subject,  and  soon  he  contacted  Saint-Gaudens  and 
asked  him  if  he  would  redesign  the  entire  American  coinage,  from 
the  cent  through  the  double  eagle.  In  the  early  years,  Saint-Gaudens 
had  achieved  international  renown  for  many  of  his  medallic  and 
sculptural  works,  including  the  figure  of  Diana  atop  Madison  Square 
Garden,  the  Shaw  Memorial  in  Boston,  the  Sherman  Victory  Monu¬ 
ment  in  New  York  City's  Central  Park,  and  other  efforts.  Earlier,  Saint- 
Gaudens  maintained  studios  in  New  York  City,  later  moving  to  a  hill¬ 
side  location  overlooking  the  Connecticut  River  Valley  in  Cornish, 
New  Hampshire,  where  he  established  a  studio  in  a  verdant  setting 
near  his  home,  "Aspet."  Today,  the  Saint-Gaudens  National  Histor¬ 
ic  Site  is  maintained  by  the  National  Parks  Service  and  is  open  to 
the  public. 

Saint-Gaudens  studied  the  earlier  American  coinage  and  expressed 
the  opinion  to  Roosevelt  that  the  finest  design  to  that  point  was  the 
flying  eagle  as  used  on  the  cents  of  1856-1858.  Sketches  were  pre- 


227 


pared  for  several  denominations,  including  the  cent,  $10,  and  $20. 
The  reverse  of  the  latter  denomination  used  a  modified  version  of 
the  flying  eagle  that  Saint-Gaudens  admired  from  earlier  times. 

For  the  double  eagle,  Saint-Gaudens  used  as  a  central  motif  the 
figure  of  Victory,  said  to  have  been  modeled  by  his  mistress,  Davida 
Clark,  which  was  used  earlier  on  the  Sherman  Monument.  The  re¬ 
verse,  as  noted,  illustrated  the  flying  eagle  design.  Early  versions 
of  the  double  eagle  expressed  the  date  in  Roman  numerals,  MCMVII, 
and  were  done  in  very  high  relief,  more  like  a  medal  than  a  coin, 
with  a  sculptured  effect.  All  the  while,  Saint-Gaudens  maintained 
close  contact  with  President  Roosevelt.  The  Philadelphia  Mint  was 
not  consulted. 

Charles  E.  Barber,  chief  engraver  at  the  Philadelphia  Mint,  became 
angry,  for  at  that  time  the  design  of  new  coinage  was  the  provenance 
of  the  Mint  staff.  Indeed,  the  coins  then  in  circulation— ranging  from 
the  Indian  cent  to  the  Liberty  Head  $20— were  all  designed  by  past 
or  present  Mint  employees.  When  Barber  learned  of  the  high-relief 
format  of  the  new  double  eagle,  he  immediately  and  rightly  stated 
that  such  would  not  be  compatible  with  high-speed  production 
presses.  Angered,  President  Roosevelt  said  that  this  design  must  be 
used  anyway,  even  if  only  double  eagle  per  day  could  be  struck!  He 
called  the  interference  with  the  Mint's  coinage  prerogative  his  "pet 
crime."  To  satisfy  Roosevelt,  11,250  examples  of  the  MCMVII  High 
Relief  double  were  struck,  laboriously  on  a  medal  press,  requiring 
three  impressions  per  coin.  After  that,  Chief  Engraver  Barber 
prevailed,  the  design  was  severely  modified,  and  later  issues  were 
produced  with  the  date  in  Arabic  numerals,  such  as  1907,  and  in  shal¬ 
low  relief.  The  modified  Saint-Gaudens'  design  was  used  through 
the  end  of  the  series  in  1933. 

Early  double  eagles  lacked  the  motto  IN  GOD  WE  TRUST,  which 
had  been  used  on  the  denomination  since  1866,  for  President 
Roosevelt  felt  that  God's  name  appearing  on  circulating  money  was 
sacrilegious.  Subsequently,  Congress  overruled  the  president,  and 
IN  GOD  WE  TRUST  was  added  to  the  reverse  of  the  double  eagle 
part  way  through  1908.  The  motto  addition  was  performed  on  the 
eagle  at  the  same  time. 

The  eagle  or  $10  gold  of  1907,  also  designed  by  Saint-Gaudens,  fea¬ 
tured  a  head  copied  from  a  portrait  bust,  also  of  Davida  Clark.  The 
idea  of  outfitting  Miss  Liberty,  a  lady,  with  an  Indian  headdress  typi¬ 
cally  worn  by  male  Indians  caused  some  comment  at  the  time,  but 
the  controversy  was  soon  forgotten. 

By  the  time  of  Saint-Gaudens'  death  in  1907,  only  the  $10  and 
$20  denominations  had  been  modeled.  Accordingly,  President 


228 


Bela  Lyon  Pratt's  innovative  design  for  $2Vi  and  $5  (a  $5  is  shown 
above)  pieces,  minted  from  1908  through  1929,  featured  the  motifs  in¬ 
cuse  or  sunken  in  the  coin,  with  the  field  or  background,  normally 
the  lowest  part  of  a  coin's  design,  being  the  highest  part. 


229 


The  Indian  $10  motif,  by  Augustus  Saint-Gaudens,  is  illustrated  above 
with  a  1930-S  issue,  one  of  the  prime  rarities  in  the  series. 


230 


Roosevelt's  dream  of  having  the  artist  redesign  the  entire  coinage 
spectrum  fell  short  of  the  mark. 

In  1908,  Bela  Lyon  Pratt  redesigned  the  gold  quarter  eagle  and  half 
eagle,  producing  an  innovative  motif  featuring  an  Indian  on  the  ob¬ 
verse  and  a  perched  eagle  on  the  reverse,  with  the  designs  and  in¬ 
scriptions  all  incuse  or  recessed  in  the  surface,  a  radical  departure 
from  earlier  United  States  circulating  coinage.  The  highest  areas  of 
the  new  coins  were  the  fields,  traditionally  the  lowest  areas  on  oth¬ 
er  coins.  The  incuse  designs  of  Pratt  were  used  from  1908  through 
1929. 

The  formation  of  a  basic  type  set  of  new  gold  coin  designs  of  the 
early  20th  century  will  present  no  problem.  Such  a  six-piece  set 
would  include  one  example  each  of  the  Indian  quarter  eagle  and  half 
eagle,  a  1907-1908  Saint-Gaudens  $10  without  IN  GOD  WE  TRUST 
and  a  1908-1933  specimen  with  the  motto;  a  1907-1908  Saint-Gaudens 
$20  without  the  motto  and  a  later  dated  specimen  with  IN  GOD  WE 
TRUST.  Examples  are  readily  found  in  grades  from  Very  Fine  to  AU. 
Uncirculated  pieces  are  scarce,  and  superb  Uncirculated  pieces  are 
quite  scarce. 

If  the  MCMVII  High  Relief  double  eagle  is  added,  making  a  total 
of  seven  coins  in  the  set,  then  this  one  piece  will  form  a  special  chal¬ 
lenge.  There  are  hundreds  of  specimens  in  numismatic  hands,  but 
the  popularity  of  them  is  such  that  they  are  quite  expensive  in  rela¬ 
tion  to  the  other  coins  of  the  set. 


232 


QUARTER  EAGLE 
1908-1929  Indian 


A. 


Designed  by:  Bela  Lyon  Pratt 
Issue  dates:  1908-1929 

Composition:  0.900  part  gold,  0.100  part  copper 
Diameter:  18  mm 
Weight:  64.5  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  7,250,261 
Proof  mintage:  1,827 


In  1908  numismatists  were  surprised  by  the  advent  of  the  new  quar¬ 
ter  eagle  and  half  eagle  designed  by  sculptor  Bela  Lyon  Pratt,  for 
no  advance  notice  had  been  released  concerning  them.  A  departure 
from  the  procedure  used  earlier  in  United  States  coinage,  the  new 
design  features  were  recessed  or  incuse  in  the  coins,  with  the  field 
of  the  pieces,  normally  the  lowest  part,  being  the  highest  part.  The 
obverse  of  the  Pratt  quarter  eagle,  known  as  the  Indian  Head  type, 
features  an  Indian  chief  facing  left,  with  LIBERTY  above,  six  stars 
to  the  left  and  seven  to  the  right,  and  the  date  below.  The  reverse 
shows  an  eagle  perched  on  a  branch  or  log,  with  UNITED  STATES 
OF  AMERICA  above,  E  PLURIBUS  UNUM  to  the  left,  IN  GOD  WE 
TRUST  to  the  right,  and  the  denomination  expressed  as  2Vi  DOL¬ 
LARS  below.  Examples  were  produced  at  the  Phildelphia  Mint  from 
1908  through  1915  and  again  from  1925  through  1929.  Denver  Mint 
pieces  were  produced  in  1911,  1914  and  1925,  with  the  1911-D  con¬ 
sidered  to  be  the  rarity  of  the  series. 

The  type  set  collector  can  easily  find  examples  of  the  Indian  Head 
quarter  eagle  in  grades  from  Very  Fine  to  AU.  Uncirculated  pieces 
are  scarce,  and  superb  Uncirculated  pieces  are  very  scarce.  The  scar¬ 
city  of  higher  grade  pieces  is  explained  not  by  the  mintages,  which 
in  most  instances  were  generous,  but  by  the  format  of  the  coin.  The 
field  of  a  typical  coin,  exposed  to  wear  and  other  effects,  acquired 
marks  quickly,  and  even  storage  in  a  mint  bag  was  apt  to  reduce  the 
grade  of  a  piece  below  the  Uncirculated  level. 


232 


HALF  EAGLE 
1908-1929  Indian 


Designed  by:  Bela  Lyon  Pratt 
Issue  dates:  1908-1929 

Composition:  0.900  part  gold,  0.100  part  copper 
Diameter:  21.6  mm 
Weight:  129  grains 
Edge:  Reeded 

Business  strike  mintage:  14,078,066 
Proof  mintage:  1,077 

Bela  Lyon  Pratt's  innovative  Indian  Head  half  eagle  follows  the  for¬ 
mat  of  the  related  quarter  eagle  and  features  all  of  the  design  recessed 
or  incuse  in  the  coin's  surface,  with  the  field,  normally  the  lowest 
part  on  a  coin,  being  the  highest  part.  As  is  the  case  with  quarter 
eagles,  mintmarks  are  raised  and  in  relief.  The  obverse  depicts  an 
Indian  chief  facing  left,  LIBERTY  above,  six  stars  to  the  left  and  sev¬ 
en  to  the  right,  and  the  date  below.  The  reverse  shows  an  eagle 
perched  on  a  branch  or  a  log  with  UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA 
above,  E  PLURIBUS  UNUM  to  the  left,  IN  GOD  WE  TRUST  to  the 
right,  and  the  denomination  expressed  as  FIVE  DOLLARS  below. 
Mintage  was  accomplished  at  Philadelphia  from  1908  through  1915 
and  again  in  1929.  Denver  struck  half  eagles  of  this  type  from  1909 
through  1911  and  again  in  1914.  San  Francisco  half  eagles  were  made 
from  1908  through  1916.  At  New  Orleans  the  Indian  quarter  eagle 
was  struck  in  one  year  only,  1909,  the  last  year  of  operation  of  that 
minting  facility. 

The  availability  of  Indian  Head  quarter  eagles  to  the  type  set  col¬ 
lector  is  similar  to  that  of  related  quarter  eagles.  Examples  in  grades 
from  Very  Fine  to  AU  are  easily  obtained.  Uncirculated  pieces  are 
scarce,  and  superb  Uncirculated  coins  are  seldom  seen.  The  rarity 
of  upper  echelon  grades  is  explained  by  a  characteristic  of  the  coin  s 
surface.  The  field,  being  the  highest  part,  quickly  acquired  marks 
and  abrasions,  even  while  stored  in  mint  bags  before  being  released 
into  circulation. 


233 


EAGLE 

1907-1908  Indian,  No  Motto 


Designed  by:  Augustus  Saint-Gaudens 
Issue  dates:  1907-1908 

Composition:  0.900  part  gold,  0.100  part  copper 

Diameter:  27  mm 

Weight:  258  grains 

Edge:  46  raised  stars 

Business  strike  mintage:  483,448 

Proof  mintage:  None  of  regular  issue 

Following  the  coinage  of  two  varieties  of  experimental  pieces,  with 
periods  before  and  after  the  legends  on  the  reverse,  business  strikes 
of  the  1907-1908  issue  were  produced  for  circulation.  The  obverse 
depicts  Miss  Liberty  wearing  an  Indian  headdress  inscribed  LIBER¬ 
TY  on  a  band,  13  stars  are  in  an  arc  above,  and  the  date  is  below. 
The  reverse  depicts  a  perched  eagle  with  UNITED  STATES  OF 
AMERICA  above,  the  motto  E  PLURIBUS  UNUM  to  the  right,  and 
the  denomination  expressed  as  TEN  DOLLARS  below.  As  President 
Roosevelt  personally  objected  to  the  use  of  the  name  of  the  Diety 
on  coins,  the  Indian  issues  of  1907  and  certain  issues  of  1908  lack 
IN  GOD  WE  TRUST.  Coinage  of  the  type  was  effected  at  Philadel¬ 
phia  in  1907  and  1908  and  also  in  Denver  the  latter  year. 

Specimens  are  readily  available  in  grades  from  Extremely  Fine  to 
AU.  Uncirculated  pieces  are  seen  with  some  regularity,  but  superb 
Uncirculated  coins  are  decidedly  rare. 


234 


EAGLE 

1908-1933  Indian,  With  Motto 


Designed  by:  Augustus  Saint-Gaudens 
Issue  dates:  1908-1933 

Composition:  0.900  part  gold,  0.100  part  copper 
Diameter:  27  mm 
Weight:  258  grains 

Edge:  46  stars  1908-1911;  48  stars  1912-1933 
Business  strike  mintage:  14,385,139 
Proof  mintage:  768 

In  1908  Saint-Gaudens'  Indian  Head  design  was  modified  on  the 
reverse  by  the  addition  of  IN  GOD  WE  TRUST  in  the  field  at  the 
center  right.  The  motto,  restored  by  a  special  act  of  Congress,  re¬ 
mained  in  effect  through  the  end  of  the  series  in  1933.  Otherwise 
the  Indian  head  obverse  and  perched  eagle  reverse  motif  remained 
unchanged.  The  edges  of  issues  1908-1911  have  46  raised  stars,  while 
those  minted  from  1912  onward  have  48  raised  stars,  reflecting  an 
increased  number  of  states  in  the  Union.  Mintage  was  intense  and 
continuous  from  1908  through  1916,  after  which  no  examples  were 
made  until  1920-S,  followed  by  a  gap  until  the  1926  Philadelphia  is¬ 
sue,  with  the  next  following  being  1930-S,  then  1932  and  1933. 

The  numismatist  seeking  an  example  of  the  1908-1933  type  will 
have  no  difficulty  locating  one  of  the  more  plentiful  dates  in  Extreme¬ 
ly  Fine  to  AU  grade.  Uncirculated  pieces  are  fairly  scarce,  with  the 
exception  of  1926  and  in  particular  1932.  Superb  Uncirculated  pieces 
dated  1926  and  1932  are  rare,  and  superb  Uncirculated  pieces  of  other 
dates  are  very  rare.  In  general,  much  of  the  mintage  from  1908 
through  1916  was  used  extensively  in  bank  to  bank  transactions  and 
overseas,  with  the  result  that  most  of  these  seen  today  show  signs 
of  wear. 


235 


DOUBLE  EAGLE 
MCMVII  (1907)  High  Relief 


Designed  by:  Augustus  Saint-Gaudens 
Issue  date:  1907 

Composition:  0.900  part  gold,  0.100  part  copper 
Diameter:  34  mm 
Weight:  516  grains 

Edge:  Lettered  E  PLURIBUS  UNUM  with  stars  interspersing 
Business  strike  mintage:  11,250 
Proof  mintage:  Fewer  than  25 

In  1907  fewer  than  two  dozen  examples  of  the  new  Saint-Gaudens 
design  were  made  in  Extremely  High  Relief  with  concave  fields;  pieces 
considered  today  to  be  patterns.  Following  that,  pieces  in  slightly 
lower  relief,  but  still  with  a  sculptured  effect  and  in  high  relief  com¬ 
pared  earlier  later  issues,  known  today  as  High  Relief  issues,  were 
produced  to  the  extent  of  11,250  for  circulation.  After  the  relatively 
small  mintage  was  accomplished,  the  High  Relief  format  was  dis¬ 
continued.  The  obverse  of  this  style  depicts  Miss  Liberty  striding  for¬ 
ward  with  radiant  sun  rays  behind  and  a  distant  view  of  the  Capitol 
building,  with  LIBERTY  above  and  the  date  expressed  as  MCMVII 
in  the  lower  right  field.  The  reverse  shows  an  eagle  flying  left,  Saint- 
Gaudens'  updated  version  of  that  found  on  Flying  Eagle  cents  of 
the  1856-1858  era,  with  UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA  and  TWEN¬ 
TY  DOLLARS  in  two  lines  above.  Below  is  the  sun  with  resplen¬ 
dent  rays. 

Although  11,250  pieces  were  struck  for  circulation,  from  the  very 
outset  these  coins  sold  at  a  premium  and  were  recognized  as  collec¬ 
tors'  items.  As  a  result,  most  of  the  several  hundred  or  more  pieces 
surviving  today  are  in  higher  grades,  primarily  About  Uncirculated 
and  Uncirculated.  Truly  superb  Uncirculated  pieces,  without  any 
trace  of  rubbing  on  the  higher  obverse  parts,  are  rare. 


236 


DOUBLE  EAGLE 
1907-1908  No  Motto 


Designed  by:  Augustus  Saint-Gaudens 
Issue  dates:  1907-1908 

Composition:  0.900  part  gold,  0.100  part  copper 

Diameter:  34  mm 

Weight:  516  grains 

Edge:  Lettered  E  PLURIBUS  UNUM 

Business  strike  mintage:  5,294,968 

Proof  mintage:  Fewer  than  5 

After  the  High  Relief  MCMVII  pieces  had  been  struck,  the  design 
was  modified  under  the  direction  of  Charles  E.  Barber  at  the  Philadel¬ 
phia  Mint,  and  subsequent  issues  featured  shallow  relief  and  the 
date  in  Arabic  numerals.  The  first  style  minted,  that  produced  at  the 
Philadelphia  Mint  in  1907  and  1908  and  in  Denver  in  1908,  lacks  the 
motto  IN  GOD  WE  TRUST,  for  President  Theodore  Roosevelt  per¬ 
sonally  objected  to  it.  The  general  design  remains  the  same  as  on 
the  High  Relief  issues  and  depicts  Miss  Liberty  striding  forward,  with 
rays  and  the  Capitol  building  in  the  background,  LIBERTY  above, 
and  the  date,  now  expressed  in  Arabic  numerals,  to  the  lower  right. 
The  reverse  is  similar  and  depicts  an  eagle  flying  to  the  left  over  the 
sun,  with  UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA  and  TWENTY  DOLLARS 
in  two  lines  above.  Around  the  obverse  border  of  all  Saint-Gaudens 
$20  issues  is  a  circle  of  stars,  46  stars  on  those  minted  from  1907 
through  1911  and  48  stars  on  those  made  from  1912  through  1933. 

Examples  of  the  1907-1908  No  Motto  style  are  readily  obtained  in 
grades  from  Extremely  Fine  to  AU.  Uncirculated  pieces  are  encoun¬ 
tered  with  some  frequency,  but  superb  Uncirculated  coins  are  de¬ 
cidedly  scarce. 


237 


DOUBLE  EAGLE 
1908-1933  With  Motto 


Designed  by:  Augustus  Saint-Gaudens 
Issue  dates:  1908-1933 

Composition:  0.900  part  gold,  0.100  part  copper 

Diameter:  34  mm 

Weight:  516  grains 

Edge:  Lettered  E  PLURIBUS  UNUM 

Business  strike  mintage:  64,981,428 

Proof  mintage:  687 


In  1908  the  Saint-Gaudens  design  was  modified  by  adding  IN  GOD 
WE  TRUST  in  an  arc  just  above  the  sun  on  the  reverse.  Otherwise 
the  design  is  the  same  as  the  preceding.  Issues  minted  from  1908 
through  1911  have  46  stars  around  the  obverse  border,  while  those 
minted  from  1912  through  1933  have  48  stars,  reflecting  a  larger  num¬ 
ber  of  states  in  the  Union.  Production  was  accomplished  on  a  fairly 
continuous  basis  from  1908  through  1933.  Despite  high  mintages, 
certain  issues  of  the  1920s  are  rare,  for  many  were  simply  stored  by 
the  Treasury  Department  and  then  melted  following  the  1933  gold 
recall.  The  design  of  the  issue  features  Miss  Liberty  on  the  obverse 
and  a  flying  eagle  on  the  reverse  and  is  similar  to  that  of  1907-1908 
except  for  the  addition  of  the  motto. 

The  type  set  collector  will  encounter  no  difficulty  finding  a  speci¬ 
men  in  Extremely  Fine  to  AU  grade.  Uncirculated  coins  are  relative¬ 
ly  plentiful,  but  superb  Uncirculated  pieces  are  elusive.  In  general, 
issues  from  1908  through  1921  are  very  rare  in  superb  Uncirculated 
condition,  while  certain  issues  of  the  1920s,  particularly  Philadel¬ 
phia  Mint  coins  from  1924  to  1928,  are  more  readily  obtained,  but 
still  they  present  a  challenge. 


238 


* 


Bibliography 


A  good  reference  library  is  a  wonderful  key  to  the  appreciation 
of  a  type  set  collection.  Each  design  type  has  its  own  story  to  tell. 
The  enjoyment  of  any  coin  can  be  enhanced  by  reading  about  its 
history.  The  following  books  on  specialized  series  and  denomina¬ 
tions  are  especially  helpful. 


Adams,  John  W.  (editor).  Monographs  on  Varieties  ofU.S.  Large  Cents  1793-1794.  An  an¬ 
thology  of  articles  concerning  the  two  earliest  dates  in  the  large  cent  series,  the 
romance,  history,  rarity,  etc.  A  delightful  volume  for  the  specialist. 

Ahwash,  Kamal  M.,  Encyclopedia  of  United  States  Liberty  Seated  Dimes  1837-1891.  A  large 
and  extensively  illustrated  volume  covering  the  subject  indicated. 

Akers,  David  W.,  U.S.  Gold  Coins— a  series  of  separate  volumes  covering  gold  dollars, 
quarter  eagles,  $3  and  $4  pieces,  half  eagles,  eagles,  and  double  eagles,  with  a 
page  or  more  devoted  to  each  variety,  and  with  data  concerning  the  frequency 
of  appearance  of  each  at  auction,  the  availability  in  certain  grades,  etc.  A  very  valu¬ 
able  reference  set  for  the  advanced  numismatist. 

Beistle,  M.L.,  Register  of  United  States  Half  Dollar  Die  Varieties  and  Sub-Varieties.  A  1929 
volume,  the  predecessor  of  the  later  Overton  work  on  the  subject,  discussing  die 
varieties.  The  text  is  particularly  valuable  for  the  issues  1794-1836,  but  useful  data 
on  later  issues  can  be  found  as  well. 

Bolender,  M.H.,  U.S.  Early  Silver  Dollars.  The  standard  reference  describing  die  vari¬ 
eties  of  silver  dollars  of  the  1794-1803  years. 

Bowers,  Q.  David,  The  History  of  United  States  Coinage.  Illustrated  by  the  $25  million 
Garrett  Collection,  this  large  volume,  written  for  The  Johns  Hopkins  University, 
covers  all  there  is  of  United  States  coinage,  minting,  and  history. 

Bowers,  Q.  David,  U.S.  Gold  Coins:  An  Illustrated  History.  Illustrated  by  the  $12  million 
Eliasberg  Collection  of  gold  coins,  this  volume  covers  all  American  gold  issues 
from  dollars  through  double  eagles,  with  the  history  and  background  of  each  se¬ 
ries  and  design,  and  with  information  concerning  collecting  over  the  years,  vari¬ 
ous  rarities,  etc.  A  standard  reference. 

Bowers,  Q.  David,  United  States  Copper  Coins:  An  Action  Guide  for  the  Collector  and  In¬ 
vestor.  A  book  covering  copper  issues  including  half  cents,  large  cents,  small  cents, 
and  two  cent  pieces,  illustrating  major  types  and  discussing  rarities,  the  availabil¬ 
ity  of  certain  issues,  and  other  useful  information. 


243 


Bowers,  Q.  David,  United  States  Dimes,  Quarters,  and  Half  Dollars:  An  Action  Guide  for 
the  Collector  and  Investor.  A  detailed  discussion  of  these  series. 

Bowers,  Q.  David,  United  States  Three-Cent  and  Five-Cent  Coins:  An  Action  Guide  for 
the  Collector  and  Investor.  A  detailed  discussion  of  nickel  and  silver  three-cent  pieces, 
nickel  five-cent  pieces  (of  all  types  from  Shield  through  Jefferson  issues),  and  half 
dimes.  Various  types,  varieties,  historical  items,  etc.  are  discussed,  and  many  col¬ 
lecting  hints  and  tips  are  given. 

Bowers  &  Ruddy  Galleries,  Inc.,  The  United  States  Gold  Collection.  1982  auction  cata¬ 
logue  of  the  Louis  Eliasberg  Collection  offering  one  of  each  date  and  mintmark 
issue  of  United  States  gold  coins  from  dollars  to  double  eagles. 

Breen,  Walter,  Walter  Breen's  Encyclopedia  of  United  States  Half  Cents  1793-1857.  A  mar¬ 
velous  volume  detailing  all  aspects  of  half  cent  numismatology,  accompanied  by 
superb  photographs  (taken  by  Jack  Collins)  and  an  interesting,  if  often  opinionat¬ 
ed  text.  A  rather  extensive  volume  which  will  tell  you  all  you  want  to  know  about 
half  cents,  and  probably  quite  a  bit  you  never  dreamed  of  asking  about! 

Breen,  Walter,  United  States  Half  Dimes,  A  Supplement.  1958  monograph  supplement¬ 
ing  the  1931  D.W.  Valentine's  book  on  the  subject. 

Browning,  A.W.,  The  Early  Quarters  of  the  United  States.  The  classic  reference  describ¬ 
ing  die  varieties  of  early  quarter  dollars  prior  to  the  Liberty  Seated  type. 

Cohen,  Roger  S.,  Jr.,  American  Half  Cents,  The  "Little  Half  Sisters.”  A  good  general 
guide  to  half  cent  die  varieties  of  the  1793-1857  years,  the  "last  word"  on  the  sub¬ 
ject  until  Walter  Breen's  book  came  along  in  1983. 

Davis,  David,  and  several  other  authors,  Early  United  States  Dimes  1796-1837.  A  mar¬ 
velously  detailed  guide  to  dimes  in  this  date  range,  with  descriptions  concerning 
known  die  varieties.  The  standard  reference  in  the  field. 

Dryfhout,  John  H.,  The  Work  of  Augustus  Saint-Gaudens.  Not  a  numismatic  book  but, 
rather,  a  biography  of  Saint-Gaudens  and  a  deiination  of  his  various  sculptures, 
plaques,  and  other  efforts.  Excellent  background  information  for  the  $10  and  $20 
gold  coinage  of  1907. 

Durst,  Sanford  (editor),  Early  American  Coppers.  A  collection  of  articles  pertaining  to 
United  States  large  cents,  half  cents,  and  related  matters.  Written  by  many  authors. 
A  volume  for  the  specialist. 

Ehrmantraut,  Jack  A.,  Jr.,  An  Analysis  of  Gem  Franklin  Half  Dollars.  A  discussion  per¬ 
taining  to  various  Franklin  half  dollars  1948-1963,  with  comments  concerning  the 
availability  of  each. 

Ganz,  David  L.,  The  world  of  Coins  and  Coin  Collection.  New  York:  Charles  Scribner's 
Sons,  1985. 

Kliman,  Myron  M.,  The  Two  Cent  Piece  and  Varieties.  A  monograph,  published  in  1977, 
detailing  two-cent  pieces  from  1864  to  1873  and  discussing  the  die  varieties  with¬ 
in  the  series. 

Lapp,  Warren  A.  and  Herbert  A.  Silberman  (editors).  United  States  Large  Cents, 
1793-1857.  An  anthology  containing  over  100  articles  by  various  authors,  published 
in  The  Numismatist  between  1895  and  1971,  pertaining  to  large  cents  and  half  cents. 
A  great  volume  for  the  specialist. 

Loring,  Denis  (editor),  Monographs  on  Varieties  ofU.S.  Large  Cents  1795-1803.  Many  differ¬ 
ent  articles  on  the  subject  indicated.  Fascinating  reading  for  the  specialist. 

Miller,  Wayne,  The  Morgan  and  Peace  Dollar  Textbook.  A  detailed  discussion  of  the  mint¬ 
age,  striking,  and  availability  of  various  silver  dollars  1878-1935.  A  very  useful  and 
popular  book. 

Nagengast,  Bernard,  The  Jefferson  Nickel  Analyst.  A  monograph  covering  the  various 
issues  of  Jefferson  nickels  from  1938  onward,  with  particular  relation  to  the  avail¬ 
ability  of  sharply  struck  examples  of  certain  dates  and  mintmarks.  Surprisingly, 
certain  common  issues  are  great  rarities  so  far  as  sharply  struck  pieces  are 
concerned. 


244 


Newcomb,  Howard  R.,  United  States  Copper  Cents,  1816-1857.  The  standard  guide  to 
die  varieties  of  later  large  cents,  1816-1857.  Little  editorial  or  "reading"  material 
is  included.  Valuable  for  the  painstaking,  detailed  listings  of  die  varieties. 

Overton,  A1  C.,  Early  Half  Dollar  Die  Varieties  1794-1836.  A  detailed  illustrated  volume 
pertaining  to  die  varieties  of  the  years  indicated.  The  standard  reference. 

Radeker,  William  D.,  Collecting  Coins  by  Designs:  A  Type  Collector’s  Handbook.  Short  es¬ 
says,  thoughts,  and  ideas  on  collecting  by  design  types  presented  in  the  form  of 
a  monograph. 

Reiver,  Jules,  Variety  Identification  Manual  for  U.S.  Half  Dimes  1794-1837.  A  key  and  quick 
index,  plus  rarity  ratings,  to  D.W.  Valentine's  classic  half  dime  book. 

Sheldon,  Dr.  William  H.,  Penny  Whimsy.  The  standard  text  on  United  States  large  cents 
of  the  years  1793-1814.  A  book  which  goes  far  beyond  the  large  cent  area  and  dis¬ 
cusses  many  aspects  such  as  markets,  grading,  psychology  of  collecting,  etc.  A 
highly  recommended  and  very  basic  text.  A  numismatic  classic. 

Stack,  Norman,  United  States  Type  Coins.  A  very  nice  "portfolio,"  illustrated  in  color, 
of  various  designs  from  the  earliest  years  onward. 

Stewart,  Frank  H.,  History  of  the  First  U.S.  Mint.  A  view  of  the  operations  of  the  Philadel¬ 
phia  Mint  in  the  early  days. 

Swiatek,  Anthony,  The  Walking  Liberty  Half  Dollar.  A  72-page  monograph  discussing 
one  of  America's  most  popular  series,  half  dollars  of  the  1916-1947  years. 

Taxay,  Don,  U.S.  Mint  and  Coinage.  A  superb  book  which  is  a  "must"  for  every  collec¬ 
tor  of  coins  by  design  type.  Detailed  information  concerning  the  operations  of  the 
early  Philadelphia  Mint,  combined  with  much  valuable  data  pertaining  to  artists, 
engravers,  and  new  designs  over  the  years. 

Valentine,  D.W.,  The  United  States  Half  Dimes,  published  by  the  American  Numisma¬ 
tic  Society,  1931,  later  reprinted.  The  basic  guide  to  half  dime  die  varieties.  Partic¬ 
ularly  valuable  for  issues  1794-1837,  but  useful  for  certain  later  issues  as  well.  A 
standard  reference. 

Van  Allen,  Leroy,  and  A.  George  Mallis,  Morgan  &  Peace  Silver  Dollars.  A  large  book 
describing  in  detail  the  background  and  production  of  Morgan  and  Peace  dollars, 
minting  and  melting,  and  with  an  incredibly  detailed  listing  of  minute  die  varieties. 

Willem,  John  M.,  The  United  States  Trade  Dollar.  A  detailed  study  of  the  trade  dollar, 
with  emphasis  on  historical  background. 

White,  Weimar  W.,  The  Liberty  Seated  Dollar  1840-1873.  A  monograph  with  a  grading 
commentary,  investment  ideas  and  theories,  and  comments  by  date. 

Yeoman,  Richard  S.,  A  Guide  Book  of  United  States  Coins.  The  standard  reference  on  United 
States  coins,  and  one  of  the  ten  best-selling  books  in  general  publishing  history. 
A  wonderful  overview  of  American  coinage  from  the  earliest  years  onward. 


245 


A 

■A 


Index 


A 

Act  of  June  28,  1834,  203;  213, 
216 

Ahr,  Jack  L„  171,  172 
Akers,  David,  190 
American  Journal  of  Numismat¬ 
ics,  13 

American  Numismatical  Manu¬ 
al,  The,  98 

Anthony,  Susan  B.,  35,  165 
Apollo  11,  178 

B 

Barber,  Charles  E.,  118,  125, 
126,  128,  129,  132,  135, 
138,  228,  237 
Becker,  Tom,  20 
Birch,  Robert,  38 
Bland-Allison  Act,  115,  137 
Bowers  and  Merena  Galler¬ 
ies,  20 

Breen,  Walter,  24,  38 
Brenner,  Victor  David,  17, 145, 
146,  147,  148,  167,  168 
Bronx  Zoo,  149 

C 

Carter,  Jimmy,  166 
Civil  War,  27,  98,  101,  104,  115, 
119,  120,  212 
Clark,  Davida,  228 
Coin  &  Currency  Institute,  16 
Coin  World,  15 

D 

Davis,  Jefferson,  27 
DeFrancisci,  Anthony,  160 
DeSaussure,  Henry,  185 
Dickeson,  Montroville  W.,  98 
Durez  Chemical  Company, 
147 

E 

Eckfeldt,  Adam,  38,  41 
Eisenhower,  Dwight,  165 

F 

Flanagan,  John,  157, 170,  171, 
172 

Forman,  Harry,  152 
Franklin,  Benjamin,  141,  165 
Fraser,  James  E.,  149,  150 
Friedberg,  Robert,  16 

G 

Gardner,  John,  42 
Garrett  Collection,  13 
Gasparro,  Frank,  35,  165,  167, 


168,  173-175,  178-182 
Gilmor,  Robert,  60 
Gobrecht,  Christian,  75,  77, 
80-86,  88-92,  99,  105-112, 
127,  129-131,  133, 134, 136, 
214,  217-220 

Great  Seal  of  the  United 
States,  35,  36,  53,  65,  69, 
71,  118,  173,  187,  195 
Guide  Book  of  United  States 
Coins,  A,  13,  15,  25,  208 

H 

Hunt  brothers,  163 
Huntington,  Seth  G.,  176 

J 

Johns  Hopkins  University, 
The,  13 

Julian,  Robert  W.,  24 
K 

Kennedy,  John  F.,  165,  173 
Kingswood  holders,  21-23,  79, 
164 

Kneass,  William,  66,  87,  197, 
206,  213,  216 
Kosoff,  Abe,  35 

L 

Library  of  Coins  albums,  16 
Lincoln,  Abraham,  27 
Longacre,  James  Barton,  99, 
100-104,  120-124,  206,  210, 
211,  212,  215,  221-223 

M 

MacNeil,  Hermon  A.,  141, 
142,  155,  156 
Macallister,  James  G.,  35 
Merena,  Ray,  20 
Mickley,  Joseph  J.,  60 
Mint  Cabinet,  98 
mintage  figures  (explanation 
of),  25-26 

Morgan,  George  T.,  137 
N 

National  Coin  Collection,  98 
Numismatic  News,  15 
Numismatic  Scrapbook  Maga¬ 
zine,  13,  15 

Numismatist,  The,  13,  15 

O 

Overton,  A1  C„  49 


P 

Penny  Whimsy,  27,  35 
Photograde,  45 
Pope,  Donna,  168 
Pratt,  Bela  Lyon,  229,  231, 
232,  233 

R 

Randall  Hoard,  64 
Raymond,  Wayte,  11,  13,  16 
Reich,  John,  59,  62,  63,  66-68, 
70,  72,  87,  192,  193,  196, 
197 

Roberts,  Gilroy,  173-177 
Roosevelt,  Franklin  D.,  141, 
154,  206 

Roosevelt,  Theodore,  27,  227, 
228,  231,  237 
Ruddy,  James  F.,  45 

S 

Saint-Gaudens,  Augustus, 
21,  227,  230,  234-238 
Schlag,  Felix  O.,  151,  152 
Scot,  Robert,  39,  43-53,  61,  64, 
65,  69,  71,  190,  191,  194, 
195,  198,  199 

Sheldon,  Dr.  William  H.,  27, 
35 

Sinnock,  John  R.,  159,  169 
Smithsonian  Institution,  98, 
227 

St.  Oswald,  Lord,  31 
Standard  Catalogue  of  United 
States  Coins,  13 
Star  Spangled  Banner,  119 
Stuart,  Gilbert,  33,  35 

T 

Taxay,  Don,  24 
Time,  15 

Treasury  Department,  117, 
123,  152,  165,  203,  238 

U 

United  States  Gold  Coins:  An  Il¬ 
lustrated  History,  227 

V 

Voigt,  Henry,  40 

W 

Washington,  George,  157 
Weinman,  Adolph  A.,  14, 
141,  143,  153,  158 
Williams,  Dennis  R.,  180, 181 

Note:  See  Table  of  Contents  for  lo¬ 
cations  of  various  coin  types. 


248 


Bowers  and  Merena  Galleries,  Inc.